US20150159903A1 - Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body - Google Patents

Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150159903A1
US20150159903A1 US14/565,354 US201414565354A US2015159903A1 US 20150159903 A1 US20150159903 A1 US 20150159903A1 US 201414565354 A US201414565354 A US 201414565354A US 2015159903 A1 US2015159903 A1 US 2015159903A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
user
thermostat
hvac controller
screen
cases
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/565,354
Inventor
Pavel Marak
Eric Barton
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Honeywell International Inc
Original Assignee
Honeywell International Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Honeywell International Inc filed Critical Honeywell International Inc
Priority to US14/565,354 priority Critical patent/US20150159903A1/en
Publication of US20150159903A1 publication Critical patent/US20150159903A1/en
Assigned to HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. reassignment HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BARTON, ERIC, MARAK, PAVEL
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • F24F11/0086
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • F21V23/003Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being electronics drivers or controllers for operating the light source, e.g. for a LED array
    • F21V23/004Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being electronics drivers or controllers for operating the light source, e.g. for a LED array arranged on a substrate, e.g. a printed circuit board
    • F21V23/005Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being electronics drivers or controllers for operating the light source, e.g. for a LED array arranged on a substrate, e.g. a printed circuit board the substrate is supporting also the light source
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/30Control or safety arrangements for purposes related to the operation of the system, e.g. for safety or monitoring
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/52Indication arrangements, e.g. displays
    • F24F11/523Indication arrangements, e.g. displays for displaying temperature data
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/52Indication arrangements, e.g. displays
    • F24F11/526Indication arrangements, e.g. displays giving audible indications
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/56Remote control
    • F24F11/58Remote control using Internet communication
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/62Control or safety arrangements characterised by the type of control or by internal processing, e.g. using fuzzy logic, adaptive control or estimation of values
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/62Control or safety arrangements characterised by the type of control or by internal processing, e.g. using fuzzy logic, adaptive control or estimation of values
    • F24F11/63Electronic processing
    • F24F11/64Electronic processing using pre-stored data
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/62Control or safety arrangements characterised by the type of control or by internal processing, e.g. using fuzzy logic, adaptive control or estimation of values
    • F24F11/63Electronic processing
    • F24F11/65Electronic processing for selecting an operating mode
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/0001Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • G02B6/0096Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems the lights guides being of the hollow type
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B15/00Systems controlled by a computer
    • G05B15/02Systems controlled by a computer electric
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B5/00Visible signalling systems, e.g. personal calling systems, remote indication of seats occupied
    • G08B5/22Visible signalling systems, e.g. personal calling systems, remote indication of seats occupied using electric transmission; using electromagnetic transmission
    • G08B5/36Visible signalling systems, e.g. personal calling systems, remote indication of seats occupied using electric transmission; using electromagnetic transmission using visible light sources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/28Data switching networks characterised by path configuration, e.g. LAN [Local Area Networks] or WAN [Wide Area Networks]
    • H04L12/2803Home automation networks
    • H04L12/2816Controlling appliance services of a home automation network by calling their functionalities
    • H04L12/2818Controlling appliance services of a home automation network by calling their functionalities from a device located outside both the home and the home network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/02Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP]
    • H04L67/025Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP] for remote control or remote monitoring of applications
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/10Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
    • H04W4/005
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/021Services related to particular areas, e.g. point of interest [POI] services, venue services or geofences
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/02Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
    • H05K7/12Resilient or clamping means for holding component to structure
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2113/00Combination of light sources
    • F21Y2113/10Combination of light sources of different colours
    • F21Y2113/13Combination of light sources of different colours comprising an assembly of point-like light sources
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/50Control or safety arrangements characterised by user interfaces or communication
    • F24F11/52Indication arrangements, e.g. displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05BCONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
    • G05B2219/00Program-control systems
    • G05B2219/20Pc systems
    • G05B2219/26Pc applications
    • G05B2219/2614HVAC, heating, ventillation, climate control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02GINSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES, OR OF COMBINED OPTICAL AND ELECTRIC CABLES OR LINES
    • H02G3/00Installations of electric cables or lines or protective tubing therefor in or on buildings, equivalent structures or vehicles
    • H02G3/02Details
    • H02G3/08Distribution boxes; Connection or junction boxes
    • H02G3/10Distribution boxes; Connection or junction boxes for surface mounting on a wall
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/08Protocols specially adapted for terminal emulation, e.g. Telnet

Definitions

  • HVAC Heating, ventilation, and/or air conditioning
  • HVAC systems are often used to control the comfort level within a building or other structure.
  • HVAC systems typically include an HVAC controller that controls various HVAC components of the HVAC system in order to affect and/or control one or more environmental conditions within the building. Improvements in the hardware, the user experience, and the functionality of such systems are desirable.
  • a building automation controller assembly includes a wall plate for mounting to a wall and a controller housing releasably securable to the wall plate.
  • a permanent magnet may be secured to one of the wall plate and the controller housing and a magnetically attracted material may be secured to the other one of the wall plate and the controller housing.
  • the controller housing may be releasably secured to the wall plate based, at least in part, on the magnetic interaction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC system servicing a building or structure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC control system that may facilitate access and/or control of the HVAC system of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller
  • FIG. 4 is a front elevation view of an illustrative HVAC controller
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded view of the illustrative HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 6A shows an illustrative display window mask of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 6B is an exploded view of a portion of the illustrative HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 6C is a cross-sectional view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing details of the assembly
  • FIG. 6D is an exploded view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing a window and its relationship to other components;
  • FIG. 6E shows an illustrative a touch sensitive element for use in the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 6F is an exploded view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing an alternate window and its relationship to other components;
  • FIG. 7A is a perspective view of light sources for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative lens and diffuser for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 7C is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative lens for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller and the spatial relationship between the lens and a light source;
  • FIG. 7D is a perspective view of an outlet surface of a lens for illuminating a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 7E is a perspective view of an inlet surface of a lens for receiving light from a light source to illuminate a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIGS. 7F-7H show various illustrative combinations of lens and diffusers for illuminating a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 8A is a perspective view of an illustrative thermistor mount of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 8B is a perspective view of the position of the illustrative thermistor mount of FIG. 8A relative to a window support of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view showing the position of the illustrative thermistor mount of FIG. 8A relative to additional components of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative HVAC controller showing an illustrative rotational damping assembly
  • FIG. 9B is a perspective view of illustrative dampeners of the rotational damping assembly of FIG. 9A ;
  • FIG. 9C is an exploded views showing an illustrative method for joining a button light guide assembly to a window support of an HVAC controller
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an illustrative assembly and method for encoding rotation of a turning ring
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view of an illustrative code wheel or turning ring
  • FIG. 10B is a perspective view of another illustrative code wheel with a reflective code mounted to an inner extending flange;
  • FIG. 10C is a cross-sectional perspective view of the illustrative code wheel of FIG. 10B mounted in an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 10D is a perspective view of a user's finger turning an outer ring of an illustrative HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 11A-D illustrate several magnetic mounting configurations for mounting a thermostat housing to a thermostat mounting plate
  • FIG. 12A illustrates a battery terminal of the prior art
  • FIG. 12B illustrates an improved battery terminal
  • FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the illustrative battery terminal of FIG. 12B installed on a printed wiring board;
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of an illustrative mounting arrangement for certain components of a printed wiring board of an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an illustrative light guide ring for an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 ;
  • FIG. 14B is a detailed view of a light input region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A ;
  • FIG. 14C is another detailed view of the light input region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A ;
  • FIG. 14D is a detailed view of the light extraction region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A ;
  • FIG. 14E is an elevation view of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A mounted in relation to a printed circuit board;
  • FIG. 14F is a flow diagram showing an illustrative method for illuminating a light guide ring, such as the light guide ring of FIG. 14A ;
  • FIG. 15 is an elevation view of the wall side view of a mud ring
  • FIG. 15A is a perspective view of an illustrative wall plate, showing jumper switch actuators that may be used to selectively block access to wiring terminals;
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are a schematic diagram of an illustrative circuit for switching between single transformer and two transformer operation
  • FIG. 16C is a schematic diagram of another illustrative circuit for switching between single transformer and two transformer operation
  • FIG. 16D is a schematic diagram of another illustrative circuit for providing an optional utility terminal
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram of principal settings for an illustrative thermostat and its interactions with networked components
  • FIG. 17A is a front elevation view of the front face of an illustrative thermostat
  • FIGS. 17B-17I are front elevation views of the front face of the illustrative thermostat of FIG. 17A under a variety of operating conditions;
  • FIGS. 17J-17L are front elevation views of the front face of the illustrative thermostat of FIG. 17A illustrating optional presentation modes for weather related information
  • FIG. 18A is a block diagram of an illustrative building automation system that utilizes user-defined macros
  • FIG. 18B is a block diagram of a remote user device that can be utilized with the building automation system of FIG. 18A ;
  • FIG. 18C is a flow diagram showing a method that may be carried out using the building automation system of FIG. 18A and the remote user device of FIG. 18B ;
  • FIGS. 18D-18J are an illustrative flow diagram of programming one-touch actions (e.g. macros);
  • FIG. 19A is a block diagram of an illustrative mobile device that can be used to program an illustrative HVAC controller of a building automation system
  • FIG. 19B is a block diagram of another illustrative mobile device that can be used to program an illustrative HVAC controller of a building automation system;
  • FIG. 19C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the mobile devices of FIG. 19A and/or FIG. 19B ;
  • FIG. 19D-19L schematically illustrates the display of messages related to the operation of a thermostat on a mobile device
  • FIG. 20A is a block diagram of an illustrative building automation system
  • FIG. 20B is a block diagram of another illustrative building automation system
  • FIG. 20C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the illustrative building automation systems of FIG. 20A and/or FIG. 20B ;
  • FIGS. 20D-27 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to a user via the user interface of a mobile device in connection with downloading of an application program code for installing, setting up and configuring an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 28 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed upon successful launch of an application program code for setting up an HVAC controller
  • FIGS. 29-41 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through removal of an existing HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIGS. 42-49 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through installation of a new HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 50 is a front elevation view an illustrative HVAC controller after a successful installation
  • FIG. 51 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) when the remote device is attempting to connect to a wireless network hosted by an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 52 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of an illustrative HVAC controller when a remote device (e.g. mobile device) is attempting to connect to a network hosted by the illustrative HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 53 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of an illustrative HVAC controller upon successful connection of a remote device to the wireless network hosted by the illustrative HVAC controller 18 ;
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of network architecture that may be utilized by an illustrative HVAC controller in communication with a remote device and an external web service;
  • FIGS. 55-69 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through configuring an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 70 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code upon completion of the configuration phase of the setup process
  • FIG. 71 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller that has been configured upon completion of the configuration phase of the setup process;
  • FIGS. 72-78 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide the user through connecting an HVAC controller to a wireless network and to a web service;
  • FIGS. 79-84 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide a user through personalizing an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 85 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the illustrative HVAC controller that is being setup after completion of the setup process;
  • FIG. 86A is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system
  • FIG. 86B is a schematic block diagram of another illustrative building automation system.
  • FIG. 86C is a schematic block diagram of a server of an illustrative building automation system
  • FIGS. 86D and 86E show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide a user through utilizing certain functions of an HVAC controller;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIGS. 87-91 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may identify and connect to an HVAC contractor;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 92 shows another view of an options screen after a user has connected to an HVAC contractor
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic diagram of an illustrative method for utilizing geofencing in a building automation system
  • FIG. 94 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system that may be used with geofencing
  • FIG. 95 is a schematic block diagram of another building automation system that may be use with geofencing
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic block diagram of another building automation system that may be use with geofencing
  • FIG. 97 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may select between a small and a large proximity boundary setting for geofencing;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIGS. 98-101 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide a user through selecting an appropriate proximity boundary;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 102 shows another illustrative setting screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may select an appropriate geofence setting;
  • a remote device e.g. mobile device
  • FIG. 103 shows an illustrative screen through which a user may customize a proximity boundary
  • FIGS. 104-106 show illustrative screens through which a user may customize a proximity boundary
  • FIG. 107 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller.
  • references in the specification to “an embodiment”, “some embodiments”, “other embodiments”, etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is contemplated that the feature, structure, or characteristic may be applied to other embodiments whether or not explicitly described unless clearly stated to the contrary.
  • Building automation systems are systems that control one or more operations of a building.
  • Building automation systems can include HVAC systems, security systems, fire suppression systems, energy management systems and other systems. While HVAC systems are used as an example below, it should be recognized that the concepts disclosed herein can be applied to building control systems more generally.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of a building 2 having an illustrative heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system 4 . While FIG. 1 shows a typical forced air type HVAC system, other types of HVAC systems are contemplated including, but not limited to, boiler systems, radiant heating systems, electric heating systems, cooling systems, heat pump systems, and/or any other suitable type of HVAC system, as desired.
  • the illustrative HVAC system 4 of FIG. 1 includes one or more HVAC components 6 , a system of ductwork and air vents including a supply air duct 10 and a return air duct 14 , and one or more HVAC controllers 18 .
  • the one or more HVAC components 6 may include, but are not limited to, a furnace, a heat pump, an electric heat pump, a geothermal heat pump, an electric heating unit, an air conditioning unit, a humidifier, a dehumidifier, an air exchanger, an air cleaner, a damper, a valve, and/or the like.
  • the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be configured to control the comfort level in the building or structure by activating and deactivating the HVAC component(s) 6 in a controlled manner.
  • the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be configured to control the HVAC component(s) 6 via a wired or wireless communication link 20 .
  • the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be a thermostat, such as, for example, a wall mountable thermostat, but this is not required in all embodiments. Such a thermostat may include (e.g. within the thermostat housing) or have access to a temperature sensor for sensing an ambient temperature at or near the thermostat.
  • the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be a zone controller, or may include multiple zone controllers each monitoring and/or controlling the comfort level within a particular zone in the building or other structure.
  • the HVAC component(s) 6 may provide heated air (and/or cooled air) via the ductwork throughout the building 2 .
  • the HVAC component(s) 6 may be in fluid communication with every room and/or zone in the building 2 via the ductwork 10 and 14 , but this is not required.
  • an HVAC component 6 e.g. forced warm air furnace
  • the heated air may be forced through supply air duct 10 by a blower or fan 22 .
  • the cooler air from each zone may be returned to the HVAC component 6 (e.g. forced warm air furnace) for heating via return air ducts 14 .
  • an HVAC component 6 e.g. air conditioning unit
  • the cooled air may be forced through supply air duct 10 by the blower or fan 22 .
  • the warmer air from each zone may be returned to the HVAC component 6 (e.g. air conditioning unit) for cooling via return air ducts 14 .
  • the HVAC system 4 may include an internet gateway or other device 23 that may allow one or more of the HVAC components, as described herein, to communicate over a wide area network (WAN) such as, for example, the Internet.
  • WAN wide area network
  • the system of vents or ductwork 10 and/or 14 can include one or more dampers 24 to regulate the flow of air, but this is not required.
  • one or more dampers 24 may be coupled to one or more HVAC controller(s) 18 , and can be coordinated with the operation of one or more HVAC components 6 .
  • the one or more HVAC controller(s) 18 may actuate dampers 24 to an open position, a closed position, and/or a partially open position to modulate the flow of air from the one or more HVAC components to an appropriate room and/or zone in the building or other structure.
  • the dampers 24 may be particularly useful in zoned HVAC systems, and may be used to control which zone(s) receives conditioned air from the HVAC component(s) 6 .
  • one or more air filters 30 may be used to remove dust and other pollutants from the air inside the building 2 .
  • the air filter(s) 30 is installed in the return air duct 14 , and may filter the air prior to the air entering the HVAC component 6 , but it is contemplated that any other suitable location for the air filter(s) 30 may be used.
  • the presence of the air filter(s) 30 may not only improve the indoor air quality, but may also protect the HVAC components 6 from dust and other particulate matter that would otherwise be permitted to enter the HVAC component.
  • the illustrative HVAC system 4 may include an equipment interface module (EIM) 34 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may, in addition to controlling the HVAC under the direction of the thermostat, be configured to measure or detect a change in a given parameter between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may measure a difference in temperature, flow rate, pressure, or a combination of any one of these parameters between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may be adapted to measure the difference or change in temperature (delta T) between a return air side and discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 for the heating and/or cooling mode.
  • the equipment interface module 34 may include a first temperature sensor 38 a located in the return (incoming) air duct 14 , and a second temperature sensor 38 b located in the discharge (outgoing or supply) air duct 10 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may include a differential pressure sensor including a first pressure tap 39 a located in the return (incoming) air duct 14 , and a second pressure tap 39 b located downstream of the air filter 30 to measure a change in a parameter related to the amount of flow restriction through the air filter 30 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 when provided, may include at least one flow sensor that is capable of providing a measure that is related to the amount of air flow restriction through the air filter 30 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may include an air filter monitor. These are just some examples.
  • the equipment interface module 34 may be configured to communicate with the HVAC controller 18 via, for example, a wired or wireless communication link 42 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may be incorporated or combined with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the equipment interface module 34 may communicate, relay or otherwise transmit data regarding the selected parameter (e.g. temperature, pressure, flow rate, etc.) to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may use the data from the equipment interface module 34 to evaluate the system's operation and/or performance.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may compare data related to the difference in temperature (delta T) between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 to a previously determined delta T limit stored in the HVAC controller 18 to determine a current operating performance of the HVAC system 4 .
  • delta T difference in temperature
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an HVAC control system 50 that facilitates remote access and/or control of the HVAC system 4 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the HVAC control system 50 may be considered a building control system or part of a building control system.
  • the illustrative HVAC control system 50 includes an HVAC controller, as for example, HVAC controller 18 (see FIG. 1 ) that is configured to communicate with and control one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may communicate with the one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4 via a wired or wireless link.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may communicate over one or more wired or wireless networks that may accommodate remote access and/or control of the HVAC controller 18 via another device such as a smart phone, tablet, e-reader, laptop computer, personal computer, key fob, or the like.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may include a first communications port 52 for communicating over a first network 54 , and in some cases, a second communications port 56 for communicating over a second network 58 .
  • the first network 54 may be a wireless local area network (LAN), and the second network 58 (when provided) may be a wide area network or global network (WAN) including, for example, the Internet.
  • LAN wireless local area network
  • WAN global network
  • the wireless local area network 54 may provide a wireless access point and/or a network host device that is separate from the HVAC controller 18 . In other cases, the wireless local area network 54 may provide a wireless access point and/or a network host device that is part of the HVAC controller 18 . In some cases, the wireless local area network 54 may include a local domain name server (DNS), but this is not required for all embodiments. In some cases, the wireless local area network 54 may be an ad-hoc wireless network, but this is not required.
  • DNS local domain name server
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to communicate over the second network 58 with an external web service hosted by one or more external web server 66 .
  • an external web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to upload selected data via the second network 58 to the external web service where it may be collected and stored on the external web server 66 . In some cases, the data may be indicative of the performance of the HVAC system 4 . Additionally, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download selected data, settings and/or services sometimes including software updates from the external web service over the second network 58 .
  • the data, settings and/or services may be received automatically from the web service, downloaded periodically in accordance with a control algorithm, and/or downloaded in response to a user request.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download an HVAC operating schedule and operating parameter settings such as, for example, temperature set points, humidity set points, start times, end times, schedules, window frost protection settings, and/or the like from the web server 66 over the second network 58 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive one or more user profiles having at least one operational parameter setting that is selected by and reflective of a user's preferences.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download firmware and/or hardware updates such as, for example, device drivers from the web server 66 over the second network 58 . Additionally, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive local weather data, weather alerts and/or warnings, major stock index ticker data, and/or news headlines over the second network 58 . These are just some examples.
  • remote access and/or control of the HVAC controller 18 may be provided over the first network 54 and/or the second network 58 .
  • a variety of remote wireless devices 62 may be used to access and/or control the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location (e.g. remote from the HVAC Controller 18 ) over the first network 54 and/or second network 58 including, but not limited to, mobile phones including smart phones, tablet computers, laptop or personal computers, wireless network-enabled key fobs, e-readers, and/or the like.
  • the remote wireless devices 62 are configured to communicate wirelessly over the first network 54 and/or second network 58 with the HVAC controller 18 via one or more wireless communication protocols including, but not limited to, cellular communication, ZigBee, REDLINKTM, Bluetooth, WiFi, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and/or any other suitable common or proprietary wireless protocol, as desired.
  • wireless communication protocols including, but not limited to, cellular communication, ZigBee, REDLINKTM, Bluetooth, WiFi, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and/or any other suitable common or proprietary wireless protocol, as desired.
  • an application program code stored in the memory of the remote device 62 may be used to remotely access and/or control the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code (app) may be provided for downloading from an external web service, such as the web service hosted by the external web server 66 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service) or another external web service (e.g. ITUNES® or Google Play).
  • the app may provide a remote user interface for interacting with the HVAC controller 18 at the user's remote device 62 .
  • a user may be able to change the operating schedule and operating parameter settings such as, for example, temperature set points, humidity set points, start times, end times, schedules, window frost protection settings, accept software updates and/or the like.
  • Communications may be routed from the user's remote device 62 to the web server 66 and then, from the web server 66 to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • communications may flow in the opposite direction such as, for example, when a user interacts directly with the HVAC controller 18 to change an operating parameter setting such as, for example, a schedule change or a set point change.
  • the change made at the HVAC controller 18 may then be routed to the web server 66 and then from the web server 66 to the remote device 62 where it may reflected by the application program executed by the remote device 62 .
  • a user may be able to interact with the HVAC controller 18 via a user interface provided by one or more web pages served up by the web server 66 .
  • the user may interact with the one or more web pages using a variety of internet capable devices to effect a change at the HVAC controller 18 as well as view usage data and energy consumption date related to the usage of the HVAC system 4 .
  • communication may occur between the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 without being relayed through a server.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustrative schematic block diagram of the HVAC controller 18 of FIG. 2 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be accessed and/or controlled from a remote location over the first network 54 and/or the second network 58 using a remote wireless device 62 such as, for example, a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop or personal computer, a wireless network-enabled key fob, an e-reader, and/or the like.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be a thermostat, but this is not required.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may include a communications block 60 having a first communications port 52 for communicating over a first network (e.g.
  • the first communications port 52 can be a wireless communications port including a wireless transceiver for wirelessly sending and/or receiving signals over a first wireless network 54 .
  • the second communications port 56 may be a wireless communications port including a wireless transceiver for sending and/or receiving signals over a second wireless network 58 .
  • the second communications port 56 may be in communication with a wired or wireless router or gateway for connecting to the second network, but this is not required.
  • the router or gateway may be integral to the HVAC controller 18 or may be provided as a separate device.
  • the illustrative HVAC controller 18 may include a processor (e.g. microprocessor, microcontroller, etc.) 64 and a memory 72 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may also include a user interface 108 , but this is not required.
  • HVAC controller 18 may include a timer (not shown). The timer may be integral to the processor 64 or may be provided as a separate component.
  • the memory 72 of the illustrative HVAC controller 18 may be in communication with the processor 64 .
  • the memory 72 may be used to store any desired information, such as the aforementioned control algorithm, set points, schedule times, diagnostic limits such as, for example, differential pressure limits, delta T limits, and the like.
  • the memory 72 may be any suitable type of storage device including, but not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM, flash memory, a hard drive, and/or the like.
  • the processor 64 may store information within the memory 72 , and may subsequently retrieve the stored information from the memory 72 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may include an input/output block (I/O block) 78 having a number of wire terminals (e.g. 80 a - 80 c ) for receiving one or more signals from the HVAC system 4 and/or for providing one or more control signals to the HVAC system 4 .
  • the I/O block 78 may communicate with one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may have any number of wire terminals for accepting a connection from one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the I/O block 78 may communicate with another controller, which is in communication with one or more HVAC components of the HVAC system 4 , such as a zone control panel in a zoned HVAC system, equipment interface module (EIM) (e.g. EIM 34 shown in FIG. 1 ) or any other suitable building control device.
  • EIM equipment interface module
  • a power-transformation block 82 may be connected to one or more wires of the I/O block 78 , and may be configured to bleed or steal energy from the one or more wires of the I/O block 78 .
  • the power bled off of the one or more wires of the I/O block may be stored in an energy storage device 86 that may be used to at least partially power the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the energy storage device 86 may be capacitor or a rechargeable battery.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may also include a back-up source of energy such as, for example, a battery that may be used to supplement power supplied to the HVAC controller 18 when the amount of available power stored by the energy storage device 86 is less than optimal or is insufficient to power certain applications. Certain applications or functions performed by the HVAC controller may require a greater amount of energy than others. If there is an insufficient amount of energy stored in the energy storage device 86 , then, in some cases, certain applications and/or functions may be prohibited by the processor 64 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may also include one or more sensors such as for example, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an occupancy sensor, a proximity sensor, and/or the like. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may include an internal temperature sensor 90 , as shown FIG. 3 , but this is not required. The HVAC controller 18 may also communicate with one or more remote temperature sensors, humidity sensors, and/or occupancy sensors located throughout the building or structure. Additionally, the HVAC controller may communicate with a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor located outside of the building or structure for sensing an outdoor temperature and/or humidity if desired.
  • sensors such as for example, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an occupancy sensor, a proximity sensor, and/or the like. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may include an internal temperature sensor 90 , as shown FIG. 3 , but this is not required. The HVAC controller 18 may also communicate with one or more remote temperature sensors, humidity sensors, and/or occupancy sensors located throughout the building or structure. Additionally, the HVAC controller may communicate with a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor located outside of the building
  • the HVAC controller 18 may include a sensor 92 that is configured determine if a user is in proximity to the building controller.
  • the sensor 92 may be a motion sensor or a proximity sensor such as, for example, a passive infrared (PIR) sensor.
  • PIR passive infrared
  • the sensor 92 may be located remotely from the HVAC controller 18 and may be in wireless communication with the HVAC controller 18 via one of the communication ports.
  • the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user is near or expected to be near the HVAC controller 18 based, at least in part, on the location data provided by a location based service application program executed by a user's remote device 62 that the user utilizes to interact with the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location.
  • the location data generated by the location based services app may be transmitted from the user's remote device 62 directly to the HVAC controller 18 or, in some cases, may be transmitted to the HVAC controller 18 via a server 66 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM server) to which both the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 may be connected.
  • a server 66 e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM server
  • the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user or, more specifically, the user's remote device 62 has crossed at least one of two or more proximity boundaries relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 based on location data provided by the user's remote device that the user utilizes to interact with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user's remote device 62 may determine that the user has crossed a proximity boundary by comparing the location data generated by sensor 92 of the user's remote device 62 to a predetermined fixed location or boundary.
  • the proximity boundary(s) may be defined by a radius extending outward from a predetermined fixed location.
  • the predetermined fixed location may be the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another selected location such as, for example, the user's workplace.
  • the proximity boundary(s) may be customized by the user and may have any shape and or size that appropriately reflects the user's local and/or daily travel habits.
  • at least one proximity boundary may be configured by the user to have the same general size and/or shape of the city in which their home or workplace is located.
  • the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user is in proximity to or is expected to be in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 upon detecting that the user's remote device 62 is connected to the building's wireless network which, in some cases, may be the same network to which the HVAC controller 18 is also connected.
  • Such functionality is shown and described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0031989 entitled “HVAC CONTROLLER WITH WIRELESS NETWORK BASED OCCUPANCY DETECTION AND CONTROL”, the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
  • the user's remote device 62 may be configured to determine that a user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 upon sensing a user's interaction with the HVAC controller 18 via the user interface provided at the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sensor 92 may be configured to sense when the screen of the user interface 108 is touched and/or when a button provided at the user interface 108 is pressed by a user.
  • the sensor 92 may be a touch sensitive region provided on the user interface 108 when the user interface 108 incorporates a touch screen display.
  • the sensor 92 may be associated with a hard button or soft key that is provided separate from a display of the user interface 108 .
  • the sensor 92 may deliver a signal to the processor 64 indicating that the user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 . In other cases, the upon detecting or determining that a user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 , the sensor 92 may be configured to transmit a signal to a remote server 66 over a second network 58 via the communications block 60 .
  • the user interface 108 when provided, may be any suitable user interface that permits the HVAC controller 18 to display and/or solicit information, as well as accept one or more user interactions with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user interface 108 may permit a user to locally enter data such as temperature set points, humidity set points, starting times, ending times, schedule times, diagnostic limits, responses to alerts, and the like.
  • the user interface 108 may be a physical user interface that is accessible at the HVAC controller 18 , and may include a display and/or a distinct keypad.
  • the display may be any suitable display.
  • a display may include or may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), and in some cases an e-ink display, fixed segment display, or a dot matrix LCD display.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • the user interface 108 may be a touch screen LCD panel that functions as both display and keypad.
  • the touch screen LCD panel may be adapted to solicit values for a number of operating parameters and/or to receive such values, but this is not required.
  • the user interface 108 may be a dynamic graphical user interface.
  • the user interface 108 need not be physically accessible to a user at the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user interface 108 may be a virtual user interface 108 that is accessible via the first network 54 and/or second network 58 using a mobile wireless device such as one of those remote devices 62 previously described herein.
  • the virtual user interface 108 may be provided by an app executed by a user's remote device for the purposes of remotely interacting with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user may change temperature set points, humidity set points, starting times, ending times, schedule times, diagnostic limits, respond to alerts, update their user profile, view energy usage data, and/or the like.
  • changes made to the HVAC controller 18 via a user interface 108 provided by an app on the user's remote device 62 may be first transmitted to an external web server 66 .
  • the external web server 66 may receive and accept the user inputs entered via the virtual user interface 108 provided by the app on the user's remote device 62 , and associate the user inputs with a user's account on the external web service.
  • the external web server 66 may update the control algorithm, as applicable, and transmit at least a portion of the updated control algorithm over the second network 58 to the HVAC controller 18 where it is received via the second port 56 and may be stored in the memory 72 for execution by the processor 64 . In some cases, the user may observe the effect of their inputs at the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the communication rate between the processor 64 and the web server 66 may affect the message latency from when the user interacts with the user interface 108 provided by their remote device 62 to effect a change at the HVAC controller 18 and when a message corresponding to the user's interaction with the user interface 108 provided at their remote device 62 is communicated to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user may experience lower message latencies when the HVAC controller 18 has a full amount of available power stored in the energy storage device.
  • the message latency may increase as less power is available to the HVAC controller 18 from the energy storage device 86 , but this is not required.
  • the virtual user interface 108 may include one or more web pages that are transmitted over the second network 58 (e.g. WAN or the Internet) by an external web server (e.g. web server 66 ).
  • the one or more web pages forming the virtual user interface 108 may be hosted by an external web service and associated with a user account having one or more user profiles.
  • the external web server 66 may receive and accept user inputs entered via the virtual user interface and associate the user inputs with a user's account on the external web service.
  • the external web server 66 may update the control algorithm, as applicable, and transmit at least a portion of the updated control algorithm over the second network 58 to the HVAC controller 18 where it is received via the second port 56 and may be stored in the memory 72 for execution by the processor 64 . In some cases, the user may observe the effect of their inputs at the HVAC controller 18 .
  • a user may use either the user interface 108 provided at the HVAC controller 18 and/or a virtual user interface 108 as described herein.
  • the two types of user interfaces 108 that may be used to interact with the HVAC controller 18 are not mutually exclusive of one another.
  • a virtual user interface 108 may provide more advanced capabilities to the user.
  • FIG. 4 is a front elevation view of an illustrative HVAC controller 18 that includes a user interface 108 .
  • the user interface 108 provided at the HVAC controller 18 , may be provided in addition to or in alternative to a virtual user interface that may be provided by an application program executed by a user's remote device 62 or that may be viewed as one or more web pages served up by a web server 66 , as discussed herein.
  • the illustrative user interface 108 may include a display 94 disposed within a housing 96 .
  • the display 94 may be a touch screen display, but this is not required.
  • the user interface 108 may include one or more touch sensitive regions 98 a - 98 c provided on the display 94 , each touch sensitive region defining a button through which the user may interact with the HVAC controller 18 . Additionally, or alternatively, the user interface 108 may include one or more buttons 102 a and 102 b that may be provided separate from the display 94 through which the user may interact with the HVAC controller 18 . In some cases, the buttons 102 a , 102 b may be touch sensitive capacitive buttons. In other cases, the buttons 102 a , 102 b may be hard, physical buttons or soft keys. It will be generally understood that the size and shape of the display as well as the number and location of the various buttons can vary.
  • the housing 96 may be fabricated from any suitable material. As shown in FIG. 4 , the housing 96 may have a generally circular foot print, but this is not required. In some cases, the housing 96 may be a two-part housing a may include a rotating ring 106 which may form part of the user interface 108 , and which may provide another mechanism for accepting input from a user. For example, the user may rotate the ring 106 to increase or decrease an operating parameter (e.g. set point) and/or to change information viewed on the display 94 by advancing from a first screen to a second screen displayed on the display 94 .
  • an operating parameter e.g. set point
  • a more advanced or detailed user interface 108 for more fully interacting with the HVAC controller 18 may be provided by an application program executed at a user's remote device 62 and/or by one or more web pages served up by a web server such as web server 66 , as described herein.
  • the processor 64 may operate in accordance with an algorithm that controls or at least partially controls one or more HVAC components of an HVAC system such as, for example, HVAC system 4 of FIG. 1 .
  • the processor 64 may operate in accordance with a control algorithm that provides temperature set point changes, humidity set point changes, schedule changes, start and end time changes, window frost protection setting changes, operating mode changes, and/or the like.
  • At least a portion of the control algorithm may be stored locally in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 and, in some cases, may be received from an external web service over the second network 58 .
  • the control algorithm (or portion thereof) stored locally in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 may be periodically updated in accordance with a predetermined schedule (e.g.
  • control algorithm e.g. set point change
  • the updates to the control algorithm or portion of the control algorithm stored in the memory 72 may be received from an external web service over the second network.
  • the control algorithm may include settings such as set points.
  • the processor 64 may operate according to a first operating mode having a first temperature set point, a second operating mode having a second temperature set point, a third operating mode having a third temperature set point, and/or the like.
  • the first operating mode may correspond to an occupied mode
  • the second operating mode may correspond to an unoccupied mode.
  • the third operating mode may correspond to a holiday or vacation mode wherein the building or structure in which the HVAC system 4 is located may be unoccupied for an extended period of time.
  • the third operating mode may correspond to a sleep mode wherein the building occupants are either asleep or inactive for a period of time. These are just some examples. It will be understood that the processor 64 may be capable of operating in additional operating modes as necessary or desired.
  • the number of operating modes and the operating parameter settings associated with each of the operating modes may be established locally through the user interface 108 , and/or through an external web service and delivered to the HVAC controller via the second network 58 where they may be stored in the memory 72 for reference by the processor 64 .
  • the processor 64 may operate according to one or more predetermined operating parameter settings associated with a user profile for an individual user.
  • the user profile may be stored in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 and/or may be hosted by an external web service and stored on an external web server.
  • the user profile may include one or more user-selected settings for one or more operating modes that may be designated by the user.
  • the processor 64 may operate according to a first operating mode having a first temperature set point associated with a first user profile, a second operating mode having a second temperature set point associated with the first user profile, a third operating mode having a third temperature set point associated with the first user profile, and/or the like.
  • the first operating mode may correspond to an occupied mode
  • the second operating mode may correspond to an unoccupied mode
  • the third operating mode may correspond to a vacation or extended away mode wherein the building or structure in which the HVAC system 4 is located may be unoccupied for an extended period of time.
  • multiple user profiles may be associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the processor 64 may be programmed to include a set of rules for determining which individual's user profile takes precedence for controlling the HVAC system when both user profiles are active.
  • the processor 64 may be programmed to execute a guided set-up routine that may guide a user through configuring the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more HVAC components 6 of their particular HVAC system 4 .
  • the user may have limited knowledge about the particular HVAC system configuration.
  • the guided set-up routine may be configured to guide a user through set-up of the HVAC controller 18 without requiring detailed knowledge of the particular HVAC system and/or without requiring the user to consult a technical manual or guide.
  • FIG. 5 serves to indicate the relative locations of components of one illustrative embodiment. It will be appreciated that certain of the components may be omitted, combined, rearranged, or otherwise modified in other embodiments.
  • window display mask 200 of FIG. 6A may allow selected display components to be seen through the window display mask 200 to effect a uniform display appearance as well as to alter the apparent shape(s) of the elements of the overall display without requiring custom display elements.
  • the display window itself may be fabricated from any convenient transparent material such glass, polycarbonate, acrylic, or the like.
  • the window display mask 200 is formed on the inner surface of the display window and is carefully registered with display elements of the thermostat.
  • the window display mask 200 may be formed by conventional techniques and the opaque regions of the window display mask may be colored black, white, or other colors.
  • the window display mask may be formed of a material which is largely transparent when backlit and which presents a mirror finish when not backlit.
  • the portions of the window display mask which are formed of a material which is largely transparent when backlit may be confined to those portions of the window display mask which are not opaque.
  • the material which is largely transparent when backlit may include a metallized layer which is substantially nonconductive to minimize interference with radio frequency communication between the thermostat and other components of the system.
  • the material which is largely transparent when backlit may be applied to the inner surface of the transparent material before the mask 200 is applied. This material may also be used as a component of an optical encoder associated with sensing motion and or position of a code wheel or turning ring (see 180 h of FIG. 5 ), but this is not required.
  • Some portions and apertures 220 a - b of the window display mask 200 may overlie a single display element, such as a rectangular color LED display of FIG. 5 e , so that the user experiences that portion of the color LED display which is seen through aperture 220 b as a circular screen element and experiences the arched aperture 220 a as a separate arched display element or elements.
  • the areas displayed through apertures 220 a - b of the window display mask 200 may be further divided into visually distinct display regions such as three user buttons in the area of arched aperture 220 a and/or lists in aperture 220 b .
  • the visual information displayed within an aperture may change from time-to-time depending upon the state of the thermostat.
  • the information displayed through aperture 220 b may alternate between the current time and the current temperature.
  • the display may provide the current indoor temperature and the current set point through aperture 220 b , if those temperatures differ.
  • the information displayed may include a list of options from which the user may select using a touch screen capability of the device.
  • the information displayed through the upper aperture 220 a may represent an array of choices such system mode a setting of Heat, Off, Cool, and optionally may change to a centered indication of the selected choice at a fifth time.
  • the display through aperture 220 b may indicate a portion of the pending changes to the list of set point options.
  • circular aperture 220 b and the arched aperture 220 a configurations are only illustrative and non-limiting and may be replaced by more or fewer mask apertures, said apertures having any desired shape(s).
  • certain display elements may be implemented as stencils 102 a , 102 b overlying a light source which back illuminates the stencil when the associated function is available and/or active and which is dark or grayed when the function is unavailable and/or inactive. Additional information may be conveyed by selecting from among multiple colored light sources.
  • stencil 102 a may overlie a touch-sensitive element such as capacitive touch-sensitive membrane to request local weather information and the information retrieved by the thermostat may be displayed with color coding of light displayed through the aperture or may be displayed in greater detail through the central aperture 220 b .
  • one or both touch-sensitive elements associated, for example, with stencil areas 102 a and/or 102 b may cause one or more options to be displayed and/or selected on the portion of the display visible through aperture 220 b.
  • the window and display mask 200 may be positioned relative to regions 222 a , 232 a - b (which are on the transparent touch-sensitive element 240 , see subassembly 180 c of FIG. 5 ), and are held in registry with the display (not shown in this figure for clarity) by an appropriate adhesive or other mounting fixture.
  • an air gap 244 may be introduced between the front surface of the display and the back surface of the touch sensitive element 240 associated therewith by a perimeter spacer 248 (See FIG. 6C ).
  • the air gap 244 is believed to enhance the performance of the touch sensitive element 240 and also to help reduce radio frequency noise introduced into the touch sensitive element 240 by the display.
  • the air gap 244 may be employed with or without a touch sensitive element 240 ground plane formed on the back surface of the touch sensitive element 240 and separated therefrom by a dielectric spacer 207 .
  • touch-sensitive element 240 may be adhesively attached to the display and button light guide assemblies which are also coupled to window support 250 (see, FIG. 5 , element 1800 ).
  • Aperture 220 in the window support 250 is aligned with touch sensitive button areas 222 a and an upper portion of the display.
  • Aperture 220 is also aligned with a touch sensitive region of the touch-sensitive element 240 and overlies a lower portion of the display.
  • Stencil aperture 102 a is aligned with a touch-sensitive region 232 a and overlies an illumination source (not shown in this view).
  • stencil aperture 102 b is aligned with a touch-sensitive region 232 b and overlies an illumination source (not shown in this view).
  • Window support 250 and adhesive may maintain the window and mask 200 in the desired relationship to other elements of the device and may include appropriate apertures for mounting the display and the illumination sources.
  • a mask having generally the same apertures and visual features as described above may be formed on the outer surface of the window.
  • the mask may be applied by any of the standard techniques including, but not limited to lamination or in-mold application.
  • other components of the thermostat may be attached to the inner surface of the window without adversely affecting appearance.
  • the molded window and associated mask 200 may include bosses 215 such as are shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the bosses 215 like the window support 250 described above, may serve as an assembly framework which is configured to receive a stacked array of relatively stationary components of the thermostat.
  • the bosses 215 may be asymmetrically disposed and/or may differ in size or shape to help ensure that subsequently added components during assembly are assembled in the correct front side/backside orientation.
  • one or more of the bosses may be tapered and/or stepped to ensure that the order of added components is correct during assembly.
  • the inner surface of the window may be relieved, for example, to provide a thin section through which an IR sensor may view the room for occupant presence and/or motion with minimal attenuation of the signal by the material of the window when delivered to an optical element 210 that is associated with the IR sensor.
  • the window and mask may include an aperture that is in registration with an optical element 210 that is associated with an IR sensor.
  • the programmable thermostat may be configured to become activated and powered when it senses the presence of a person in front of the programmable thermostat.
  • This detection may be provided by a passive infrared sensor (PIR) and an associated optical element 210 .
  • the sensor may detect thermal radiation of a human body (5-12 micrometers—infrared area [IR]).
  • the sensor may include two separate detector pads. A signal may be generated based on a time-based change of thermal radiation received by the two separate detector pads.
  • the IR wavelengths of interest are typically blocked by most common optic materials.
  • One suitable material for an optical window and/or lens may be polyethylene (PE). Glass substantially blocks the wavelengths of interest and so glass windows may need to have an aperture to accommodate a proximity sensor and its lens.
  • a suitable lens either positioned in the hole of a glass window or behind a thinned section of a window, may incorporate sloped front surfaces and a corresponding convex rear surface to impart a degree of directionality to the field(s) of view of the sensor.
  • the use of Fresnel lens designs may be desirable to increase the amount of IR energy which reaches the sensor.
  • the light gathering surfaces may desirably differ in size to compensate for transmission differences to equalize sensitivity in different directions. While IR sensors are disclosed here as one example, it is contemplated that any suitable sensor may be used, as desired.
  • the capacitive touch element may be adhered to the masked window 200 as shown in FIG. 6F .
  • a display element group “D” may be located between the window and the button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g which is positioned by the bosses 215 .
  • the touch sensitive element(s) of the thermostat may each be implemented as a separate element, or may be provided with two or more touch sensitive regions.
  • the touch sensitive element may be formed from a piece of flexible printed circuit material, which is folded into a U-shape and adhered to opposite sides of a transparent dielectric spacer 207 as may be seen in enlarged detail A of FIG. 6E .
  • a first half of the flexible printed circuit material may form a solid ground plane extending over substantially the entire surface of the dielectric layer 207 .
  • the second half of the flexible printed circuit material may form the capacitive elements of the touch sensitive assembly, which may serve as the functional buttons, as well as a generalized touch sensitive region associated with the active portions of the display.
  • the touch sensitive assembly may be adhered to the window and spaced a short distance from the face of the display to improve sensitivity and reduce noise.
  • Backlights such as LED backlights may be used to illuminate the stencil apertures in the window display mask for window 180 a of FIG. 5 .
  • a three color LED may be mated with a custom lens and a diffuser to provide a relatively hot-spot free illumination from LED arrays mounted on a printed wiring board, 180 j of FIG. 5 .
  • the area to be illuminated is 14 mm in diameter and is located 6 mm from the printed wiring board.
  • lens 310 may be mounted to the window support 180 f of FIG. 5 at locations 311 and over the LED(s) 320 on the printed wiring board.
  • the lens 310 is combined with a diffuser 310 a .
  • the LED array (or single LED) may produce light with a distribution cone angle of about 120 degrees which generally corresponds to the desired light output angle from the system.
  • An illustrative ray 330 has been traced through the lens and the diffuser 310 a with a resulting output cone 340 .
  • Textured and non-textured diffusers formed from polyethylene terephthalate (PET), acrylics, or acetal, each with thicknesses between 0.17 millimeters (mm) and 1.7 mm, have been shown to be functional with good wide angle light output when the film is translucent and/or textured.
  • the lens 310 may be formed from a translucent or milky material thus combining the light capture/distribution functions with diffusive scattering.
  • FIG. 7C illustrates a lens 310 , shown in cross-section, which has an optionally surface-textured inlet surface 312 and an optionally surface-textured outlet surface 314 .
  • the position of the light source, such as an LED, is indicated by reference numeral 316 .
  • FIGS. 7D and 7E provide perspective views of an illustrative lens 310 output surface and input surface respectively, as well as the associated mounting structures 315 .
  • FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate various illustrative combinations of a lens 310 and a diffusion component 312 .
  • FIG. 7F shows a lens with a thick diffuser.
  • FIG. 7G shows a lens with a thin diffuser.
  • FIG. 7H shows a lens with an integral or combined diffuser.
  • a thermostat For a thermostat, it is often important to have an accurate indication of the ambient air temperature surrounding the thermostat.
  • a thermostat that includes active electronics in a housing that has a sealed appearance, it can be difficult to position a temperature sensor within the device where the influence of internally generated heat is minimized and where motion of housing components does not complicate connecting the sensor to an appropriate PWB or daughter board.
  • the fixed window is an attractive locale.
  • a thermistor may be thermally bonded to the inside surface of the fixed window with a thermal grease to help overcome the variations in positioning which may result from the assembly process.
  • a temperature sensor such as thermistor 403 a is mounted on a flexible circuit member 403 ( FIG. 8A ) extending from daughterboard 403 b , which is connected in turn to the printed wiring board 180 j of FIG. 5 by connector 405 as illustrated in FIG. 8B .
  • the daughterboard 403 b may be mounted to window support 401 (see, 180 f of FIG. 5 ) such that the circuit member 403 , extending from daughterboard 403 b , is inserted into an isolation pocket formed between window 404 , the window support 401 , and other internal structure(s) such as, for example dampener 402 as may be seen in FIG. 8C .
  • window 404 may be considered as providing an outer housing wall 406 such that a pocket 408 is formed behind the outer housing wall 406 .
  • Daughterboard 403 b may extend beyond dampener 402 into pocket 408 .
  • thermistor 403 a is thermally connected to outer housing wall 406 and is thermally isolated from the rest of the interior of the thermostat. It will be appreciated that the thermostat includes a plurality of heat producing components, and the thermistor 403 a is positioned within pocket 408 such that thermistor 403 a is isolated from the plurality of heat producing components.
  • contacts between the pocket forming structures and the flexible circuit member 403 flex the flexible circuit member mounted thermistor 403 a against the window 404 , reducing or eliminating the need for manual positioning of a lead mounted thermistor 403 a and the need for thermal contact grease.
  • flexible circuit member 403 is configured to provide a bias force toward a non-flexed state when flexed. In some embodiments, the bias force of flexible circuit member 403 biases the thermistor 403 a against outer housing wall 406 .
  • a rotatable ring may form part of the outer surface of the HVAC controller.
  • an optical encoder such as a reflective optical encoder, may be employed to detect rotation of the rotatable ring.
  • a flange of the rotatable ring may be captured between a fixed sliding ring (see, 180 i of FIG. 5 ) and a loading surface which includes 3 to 8 pressure applying paddles as components of the button light guide assembly (see, 180 g of FIG. 5 ).
  • Grease dots may be applied between the fixed sliding ring and the rotatable ring to provide a desired degree of drag while keeping the grease on the opposite side of the assemblies from the optical ring rotation encoder, if present.
  • FIG. 9A A flange 472 of a rotating ring 470 extends inward and rides against a fixed sliding ring 460 , sometimes with grease 450 at the interface.
  • ridges and corresponding relief portions of the rings 460 , 470 provide a labyrinth seal which helps confine the grease 450 to the desired sliding interface between the two rings.
  • cantilevered dampeners 480 a are positioned along the perimeter of button light guide assembly 480 and each dampener 480 a applies a light pressure to a raised surface 474 of the flange 472 of the rotating ring 470 .
  • pressure may be supplied by, or supplemented by, wire springs, wound springs, sheet metal springs, a wave washer, and the like (not shown).
  • FIG. 9B six illustrative cantilevered dampeners 480 a are shown formed around the perimeter of the button light guide assembly 480 (see, 180 g of FIG. 5 ).
  • the button light guide assembly 480 is conveniently mounted to trap the rotating ring 470 (omitted for clarity) between button light guide assembly 480 and fixed sliding ring 460 .
  • a surface of the rotating ring may be patterned, for example by metalizing, to provide a reflective code ring to be sensed by an optical encoder capable of sensing rotational increments as pulses or the like and further capable of sensing direction of rotation.
  • the rotating ring may include a plurality of teeth distributed around an inner or outer perimeter thereof as in the form of a planetary, bevel, or ring gear adapted to mate with a complementary gear to drive an encoder which provides signals related to incremental rotation and direction. See FIG.
  • FIG. 10A is illustrative of a rotating ring adapted for use with the gear and encoder arrangement. Other encoding methods may be used.
  • the metalized pattern may not form a continuous conductive ring around the rotating ring to help minimize interference with radio frequency communication between the thermostat and other components of the building automation system. Such a construction may help RF communications between an external device and an internal antenna of the thermostat.
  • FIG. 10B illustrates an illustrative code wheel 180 h with a reflective code 522 mounted on an inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h .
  • FIG. 10C shows the illustrative code wheel 180 h installed in an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller shown in FIGS. 4-5 .
  • the code wheel 180 h is a rotatable ring, and is disposed between a first stationary housing component and a second stationary housing component.
  • the first stationary housing component may include the button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g ( FIG. 5 ) and the second stationary housing component may include the sliding ring 180 i ( FIG. 5 ).
  • first stationary housing component and/or the second stationary housing component may include one or more additional components in combination with the aforementioned button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g and the sliding ring 180 i .
  • the code wheel 180 h has an outer exposed surface that a user can use to rotate the code wheel 180 h.
  • the rotatable ring or code wheel 180 h has a first side 502 and an opposing second side 504 .
  • the first side 502 of the code wheel 180 h is configured to slide along a surface of the first stationary housing component and the second side 504 of the code wheel 180 h is configured to slide along a surface of the second stationary housing component when the code wheel 180 h is rotated.
  • the first side 502 of the code wheel 180 h includes an inward extending flange 524 that extends towards a rotation axis of the code wheel 180 h and may be considered as having an encoded surface including a reflective code 522 .
  • the reflective code 522 may be considered as facing towards a front of the thermostat, or away from a back of the thermostat.
  • the inward extending flange 524 may define an upward facing (in the illustrated orientation of FIG. 10C ) surface that the reflective code 522 may be mounted on. It is contemplated that the reflective code 522 may be deposited, printed, adhered, etched or otherwise secured or formed on the upward facing surface of the inward extending flange 524 . In some embodiments, the reflective code 522 may include a reflective repeating pattern that optionally varies with respect to rotational position on the encoded surface.
  • An encoder 526 is shown disposed over the inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h .
  • the encoder 526 may be considered as facing towards the back of the thermostat, or away from the front of the thermostat.
  • the encoder 526 is an optical encoder.
  • the encoder 526 is shown mounted above the upward facing surface of the inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h .
  • the encoder 526 may detect the reflective code 522 as the code wheel 180 h is rotated by the user, and may output a signal that is indicative of rotation of the code wheel 180 h that may be used as an input to the thermostat, such as to adjust a temperature setpoint or the like.
  • the output signal of the stationary encoder 526 indicates how far and in which direction the rotatable ring 180 h was rotated by the user. It will be appreciated that in some instances, a user may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in order to instruct the thermostat to change a temperature setpoint. The user may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in a first direction in order to increase a temperature setpoint, for example, and may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in a second, opposite direction, in order to decrease a temperature setpoint.
  • the encoding element providing the function associated with the rotating ring or code wheel 180 h may be a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element. See FIG. 10D in which the movement of a user's finger 525 near or along an element of the perimeter of the thermostat is sensed to determine direction and degree of motion and encoded to acquire the input information.
  • a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 with which the user interacts may, or may not, be configured to physically move while being manipulated.
  • a capacitive or other touch sensitive element 527 may be configured to remain stationary to simplify the mechanical design of the thermostat, and to possibly improve reliability of the user interface of the thermostat.
  • a capacitive change may be caused by an interaction (e.g. touch or near touch) between the capacitive or other touch sensitive element 527 and a user's finger 525 .
  • This capacitive change may be correlated to a direction and degree of motion of the user's finger 525 along the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 , and thus correlated to a desired input of the user.
  • the relative and/or absolute position of the user's finger 525 may be detected by heterodyning the frequency of a fixed frequency oscillator with a variable frequency oscillator whose frequency is altered by changes in capacitance caused by changes in position of the user's finger along the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 .
  • a turning ring or the like may be provided, and may present a desired mechanical feel such as a damped turning ring feel as discussed above with reference to FIG. 9 .
  • a rotating ring may be positioned adjacent to a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 .
  • the rotating ring may include one or more conductive elements that function similar to the user's finger 525 discussed above. That is, the one or more conductive elements of the rotating ring may be sensed (e.g. capacitively) by the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 .
  • a rotating ring may include one or more magnets, and one or more stationary magnetic sensors may be used to detect the relative and/or absolute position of the rotating ring.
  • the encoding function associated with a rotating ring or code wheel 180 h may be provided by a rotational potentiometer or rotational capacitor, if desired.
  • a rotating ring may be provided with markings along an inward extending flange 524 .
  • the markings may be part of a regular pattern, or may be random or pseudo-random.
  • the optical encoder 526 may periodically capture an image of the markings. The optical encoder may then compare a previous image of the markings with a more recent image of the markings, and may determine movement (i.e. direction and displacement) of specific markings, and thus movement of the rotating ring.
  • Such an optical encoder may be the same or similar to that used in many optical mice.
  • a thermostat 512 may be removably secured to a wall plate 533 .
  • the wall plate 533 may be secured to a wall.
  • the thermostat 512 may include a controller housing 532 that is releasably securable to the wall plate 533 .
  • One of the controller housing 532 and the wall plate 533 may include a permanent magnet while the other of the controller housing 532 and the wall plate 533 may include a magnetically attracted material such that the controller housing 532 may be releasably secured to the wall plate 533 based, at least in part, upon the magnetic attraction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material.
  • the magnetically attracted material is a ferromagnetic material such as steel.
  • the magnetically attracted material is another permanent magnet. It will be appreciated that in instances employing two magnets, each magnet will be oriented to present an opposite polarity to its paired magnet in order to provide an attractive force.
  • the controller housing 532 includes screws 531 having a ferromagnetic head 531 a which are attracted by a magnet 534 built into the wall plate 533 .
  • Other screws may hold the wall plate 533 to the wall.
  • tubular magnets 535 are disposed within a recess 535 a formed in a back surface 535 b of the body of the thermostat 538 and are mounted about screws 536 in the body of thermostat 538 such that a magnetic circuit attracts a ferromagnetic plate 537 built into the wall plate 539 .
  • FIG. 11A the controller housing 532 includes screws 531 having a ferromagnetic head 531 a which are attracted by a magnet 534 built into the wall plate 533 .
  • Other screws may hold the wall plate 533 to the wall.
  • tubular magnets 535 are disposed within a recess 535 a formed in a back surface 535 b of the body of the thermostat 538 and are mounted about screws 536 in the body of thermostat 538 such that
  • a magnet 540 is pressed or glued into a pocket 540 a formed in a back surface 540 b of thermostat casing 541 and attracts a ferromagnetic plate 543 which is part of wall plate 542 .
  • the magnet 540 is frictionally held within the pocket 540 a , or with an adhesive.
  • a magnet 545 is placed in thermoplastic casing 544 and attracts ferromagnetic plate 547 which is a part of wall plate 546 .
  • the ferromagnetic plate may interact with more than one magnet in the manner of a keeper.
  • the magnet(s) may be associated with the wall plate and the ferromagnetic plate may be an element of the thermostat.
  • both the thermostat and the wall plate may contain magnets and those magnets may attract each other pairwise and/or may attract corresponding ferromagnetic elements in the opposed wall plate or thermostat.
  • the magnetic interactions described may serve to properly orient the thermostat relative to the wall plate.
  • the illustrated embodiments include single linear magnets, it will be appreciated that “horseshoe” magnets and magnet arrays may be used.
  • the case back 180 m ( FIG. 5 ) and the wall plate 180 n ( FIG. 5 ) may, in combination, form an alignment feature.
  • the wall plate 180 n includes a terminal block having a rectangular shape formed around the terminal block.
  • the case back 180 m includes a portion that fits into the rectangular shape. This interaction helps properly align the case back 180 m with the wall plate 180 n.
  • FIGS. 12B-12C An improved battery terminal for a thermostat or other device is shown in FIGS. 12B-12C .
  • a thermostat may employ a user replaceable battery.
  • Conventional coiled spring battery terminals must accommodate variations in battery length as well as provide for easy insertion of the battery into the battery holder.
  • FIG. 12A shows a conventional coiled spring battery terminal secured to a base 551 . When so provided, the coiled spring battery terminal tends to tilt undesirably as a result of the pitch of the helical spring 552 at the attachment to the base 551 .
  • a coiled spring battery terminal 553 may include an end that is bent into an extended planar base 554 , which helps ensure that the coiled portion 555 of the coiled spring battery terminal remains oriented substantially perpendicular to the base to which it is attached.
  • the extended base 554 of the coiled spring battery terminal 553 may be secured to a base plate by crimping, welding, soldering, and/or the like.
  • the extended base 554 of the coiled spring battery terminal 553 may be substantially rectangular as shown in FIG. 12B , while in other embodiments, the extended base 554 may be round or have the form of a polygon.
  • a device employing the improved battery terminal is illustrated in FIG. 12C .
  • the improved battery terminal base 553 may be attached to the printed wiring board (see, 180 j of FIG. 5 ) by any mechanism including screws, rivets, adhesives, clips, and the like. In some instances, the attachment may provide an electrical connection between the battery terminal and the printed wiring board. In certain embodiments, the battery holder may position the battery at least partially within the plane of the printed wiring board, but this is not required.
  • a supercapacitor 563 used to maintain electrical power to the thermostat in the event of a power failure and/or battery failure often is manufactured with leads extending from an end face thereof. Accordingly, mounting a supercapacitor 563 directly to the printed wiring board 560 may cause the supercapacitor 563 to extend away from the plane of the printed wiring board to an undesirable degree or may require the use of a daughterboard mounted at right angles to the printed wiring board which requires undesirable assembly costs.
  • a supercapacitor 563 often is somewhat sensitive to heat damage when soldering is used to directly attach the supercapacitor 563 to a printed wiring board 560 or daughterboard.
  • These problems may be addressed by positioning the supercapacitor 563 at least partially within the plane of the printed wiring board 560 and connecting the supercapacitor 563 to the printed wiring board 560 with wire leads and an optional connector as best shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the supercapacitor 563 may extend at least partially into relief 567 that is located along the bottom of the printed wiring board 560 .
  • a similar problem related to mounting a speaker 562 without suppressing sound generation and without damaging the speaker 562 during a soldering operation may be addressed by mounting speaker 562 on a carrier 561 which is, in turn, mounted to the printed wiring board 560 , and by connecting the speaker 562 to the printed wiring board 560 with leads as also shown in FIG. 13 .
  • a thermostat may employ an illuminated light ring element (see, 1801 of FIG. 5 ), which in some cases can be used to indicates a current operating condition of the device, for example: heating equipment on, cooling equipment on, or neither heating or cooling equipment on.
  • a current operating condition of the device for example: heating equipment on, cooling equipment on, or neither heating or cooling equipment on.
  • Each operating condition may be indicated by the display of a different color, which may be augmented by other audio and/or visual cues, if desired.
  • colored lighting presented on the device front panel and from the device back side may be coordinated to indicate the current operating condition. For example, matching front and back side illumination may be orange to indicate that the heating equipment is currently activated, blue illumination may indicate cooling equipment is currently activated, and the absence of illumination may indicate neither the heating equipment or cooling equipment is activated.
  • These visual indications may be further supplemented and reinforced by the display of, for example, a distinctive colored icon such as an (orange) sun when heating and a (blue) snowflake when cooling, and/or by projecting an appropriate color light from the illuminated ring out along the back side of the thermostat onto an adjacent wall or mud ring.
  • a distinctive colored icon such as an (orange) sun when heating and a (blue) snowflake when cooling
  • the color-keyed display features may persist if external power is available, and optionally may fade to a lower brightness level after a pre-determined duration. When external power is not available, the display brightness and duration may be diminished or even eliminated quickly. In such low power consumption circumstances, illumination may be confined to one of the window feature(s) and the illuminated ring element near the thermostat base.
  • orange is used to indicate heating operation, and may be represented by an orange temperature set point, an orange sun icon, and an orange light ring or halo around the device's base.
  • Blue is used to indicate cooling operation and may be represented by a blue temperature set point, a blue snowflake, and a blue light ring around the device's base. When neither heating nor cooling is on, the word Off may be displayed on the front display.
  • a user can press anywhere in the area designated for the color temperature set point and color icon to select among the three operating modes. Once pressed, the temperature set point disappears and is replaced by the icons for the three selectable modes—a sun for heating mode, a snowflake for cooling mode and Off for an off mode. There may be an audio cue along with visual indication(s) to indicate to the user that the thermostat is now in a mode selection state. The currently selected mode will be displayed in color while the two non-selected modes may be grayed out. The user can select a new mode, or return to the current mode, by pressing one of these three options. The currently selected option may then be display in its designated color. At the center of the display, the actual temperature may disappear and may be replaced by visual and/or written cues that provide further an explanation of the currently selected mode.
  • the user By pressing the mode a second time, the user confirms that they want the device to switch to that mode. This mode choice can be confirmed after a short period of touch-press inactivity. There may be audio cues associated to the initial selection and confirming button press actions.
  • the two grayed out mode options may disappear.
  • the associated temperature set point may appear in its designated color, alongside the matching colored icon for the selected mode.
  • the device's light ring may also change to that color for a short period of time. This reaffirms to the user that the mode has been locked into this particular operation. If the heating or cooling equipment turns on, the colored icon for that mode may animate in a way that indicates to the user that the heat or cooling equipment is on.
  • the temperature and/or the appropriate heat/cool icon may appear to shimmer.
  • the device's light ring may illuminate with the corresponding color.
  • the user does not have a temperature set point being controlled to, and thus it does not appear.
  • the word Off remains while the grayed out snowflake and sun disappear.
  • the device's light ring may not illuminate in the Off Mode.
  • the light ring may be implemented as a circular light guide.
  • the light ring may direct light along a defined strip that extends around at least a majority of the perimeter of the device housing.
  • the defined strip is on the front face of the device that is facing away from the all.
  • the defined strip may extend along the side wall of the device, wherein the side wall extends from the front face back toward the wall.
  • the defined strip may be on the back face of the device and may project light toward the wall to light up the wall, sometimes forming a light halo around the device.
  • Light extraction from the light guide may be tailored to provide a uniform glow around the perimeter without significant bright or dark spots or, if desired, may be patterned.
  • light sources that illuminate the light guide may be LEDS, including three color devices to allow custom color mixing under program control. Although a default color scheme has been described above, it will be appreciated that other color schemes may be employed and, in some embodiments, may be user specified.
  • FIG. 14A An illustrative light guide 600 is illustrated in FIG. 14A , corresponding to element 1801 of FIG. 5 .
  • the light guide 600 has an annular shape that partially fits within the housing of the thermostat and partially extends outside of the housing of the thermostat.
  • the light guide 600 has an annular shape that fits within the back ring 180 k .
  • a bulk of the light guide body 606 fits within the back ring 180 k while the output section of the light guide 600 extends to a radial position about equal to an outer surface of the back ring 180 k.
  • the illustrative light guide includes two shaped light input pockets 601 adapted to capture light from a light source (not illustrated in FIG. 14A ) which allows the light guide to project light of desired colors onto a wall or mud ring to which the thermostat is mounted.
  • the light input pockets 601 may include a compound curved surface 601 a ( FIG. 14B ), as illustrated, that faces the light source.
  • at least a portion of the light source may be positioned within the light input pockets 601 .
  • the light guide 600 includes long bifurcated sections 603 that are adjacent to the shaped light input pockets 601 .
  • the bifurcated sections 603 accept light from the shaped light input pockets 601 and distribute the light into a light guide body 606 that extends around the light guide 600 .
  • FIGS. 14B and 14C provide additional views of the bifurcated sections 603 .
  • the long inlet section 603 may help improve color mixing.
  • a portion of the light guide may be coated with a reflective material 604 to improve retention of light in the transition region between the long inlet section 603 and the light guide body 606 .
  • Region 605 of the light guide 600 may help reduce what would otherwise be an unduly bright spot adjacent to that portion of the light guide 600 and redirects excess illumination into the ring portion of the light guide 600 .
  • the surrounding components of the thermostat such as a light reflective ring, also may contribute to uniform distribution of light within the light guide.
  • the bifurcated section 603 includes a first leg 603 a curving in a first direction and a second leg 603 b curving in a second, opposing, direction.
  • the light guide body 606 includes a first light guide body portion 606 a that is optically coupled to the first leg 603 a and a second light guide body portion 606 b that is optically coupled to the second leg 603 b .
  • the light guide body 606 has a contoured profile to aid in uniform light distribution.
  • the first light guide body portion 606 a may have a maximum height or volume proximate the bifurcated section 603 and a minimum height or volume at a point 606 c that is spaced away from the bifurcated section 603 .
  • the minimum height or volume at point 606 c occurs at a position that is midway between two equally spaced bifurcated sections 603 .
  • the output section of the light guide is illustrated in greater detail in FIG. 14D , which illustrates an output turn 607 adapted to direct light toward the output surface 608 .
  • the output surface 608 may be a textured surface to enhance uniform light leakage to illuminate, for example, the wall or mud ring (not shown) behind the thermostat.
  • the light guide 600 may be secured to the thermostat housing such that the output surface 608 may face the wall or other vertical surface to which the thermostat is securable.
  • the light guide may be adapted to produce a modulated illumination such that several brighter illuminated regions may be produced, for example gradually reaching greatest brightness at 3, 6, 9, and 12 o'clock positions and diminishing in between for decorative effect or may be modulated to produce a generally uniform background illumination with bright spots distributed around the illuminated region.
  • FIG. 14E illustrates the light guide 600 in combination with the printed wiring board 180 j ( FIG. 5 ).
  • the printed wiring board 180 j includes a pair of light sources 602 .
  • each of the pair of light sources 602 are equidistantly spaced apart from one another, about 180 degrees apart, and are positioned on the printed wiring board 180 j such that each of the light sources 602 are positioned adjacent a corresponding input pocket 601 and bifurcated section 603 . Accordingly, light emanating from each of the light sources 602 may enter an input pocket 601 and bifurcated section 603 , and thus pass into the light guide body 606 .
  • the light sources 602 may be any desired light source.
  • each of the light sources 602 includes one or more light emitting diodes (LED).
  • each of the light sources 602 may be a multicolor selectable LED.
  • FIG. 14F illustrates a lighting method that may be carried out using an HVAC controller that controls one or more HVAC components.
  • a first operating state of the HVAC controller may be identified, as generally indicated at block 632 .
  • the HVAC controller may have two or more distinct operating states.
  • a first color that is assigned to the first operating state may be identified.
  • each of the two or more distinct operating states may have different assigned colors.
  • the first color may be projected rearward and onto a surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable, as generally indicated at block 636 .
  • the first color is shielded from being projected forward and away from the surface.
  • projecting the first color includes projecting an annular light ring on the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable.
  • the annular light ring is substantially circumferentially uniform in intensity (e.g. halo).
  • a second operating state of the HVAC controller may be identified.
  • a second color, different from the first color, assigned to the second operating state may be identified as optionally indicated at block 642 .
  • the second color may be projected rearward and onto the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable while shielding the second color from being projected forward and away from the surface.
  • the first operating state corresponds to the HVAC controller causing an HVAC heating component(s) to be energized.
  • the second operating state may correspond to the HVAC controller causing an HVAC cooling component(s) to be energized.
  • a third operating state corresponds to the HVAC controller not causing either the HVAC heating component or the HVAC cooling component to be energized (off state). In some cases, when the HVAC controller is in the third operating state, no color is projected rearward and onto the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable.
  • the programmable thermostat may optionally include a “mud ring” adjacent the back side of the thermostat body and covering a portion of the wall around the thermostat body.
  • a “mud ring” is a larger decorative plate that fits between the wall and the thermostat and may cover a wall opening and/or an unpainted or mismatched wall surface.
  • the mud ring may have an additional function in that it may be large enough and shaped to cover that portion of the wall or an opening in the wall which had been covered by a previous thermostat installation. A mud ring that provides this function may minimize the need to renew the decorative and aesthetic aspects of the wall in the vicinity of the thermostat.
  • the mud ring may be a decorative element of the thermostat installation.
  • the mud ring may also serve as a suitable field upon which the light from a light guide described herein may be projected and in those embodiments it may be desirable to select the color and texture of the mud ring to help ensure that the light projected on the mud ring has the desired visual impact.
  • the mud ring may have a textured surface to help reflect the incoming light forward toward a user.
  • the textured surface may itself be patterned, such as having one or more annular shaped textured surfaces around the thermostat on a generally non-textured mud ring.
  • the mud ring may be omitted and light from the thermostat may be directed onto the wall itself. It will be appreciated that the mud ring may assume one of a variety of shapes and sizes.
  • the installation package for the thermostat may include several optional mud rings to allow selection of a size, shape and/or color that is best suited to the need for wall coverage and/or aesthetics.
  • the mud ring of the disclosure may be configured to mate with the back of the wall plate assembly (see, 180 n of FIG. 5 ) before or after mounting the wall plate assembly to the wall.
  • the mud ring may be provided with apertures to match corresponding features of the wall plate assembly, such as the wiring hole, screw holes, battery access openings, and the like.
  • the mud ring 610 may be attached to the wall plate assembly (not visible) by two orienting posts or hooks 612 and a latch 613 which maintain alignment between the mud ring and the wall plate assembly.
  • Other attachment elements such as a flange with latch portions, bayonet engagement features, screws, and/or any other suitable attachment mechanism may be used.
  • the wall mount assembly may include features configured to simplify initial wiring of the system.
  • a jumper may be used to connect the “R” and “Rc” terminals together at the wall plate, and the single transformer is connected to the R terminal.
  • the jumper wire is typically removed, and wiring from one transformer is connected to an “R” terminal and the other transformer is connected to the “Rc” terminal.
  • thermostats support configurable accessory outputs. Accessories that have their own transformer often require two terminal connections so that the thermostat can complete the circuit enabling the accessory. Accessories that use the HVAC system transformer often require only one terminal connection because the connection to the system transformer is made within the thermostat. This presents a problem for installers because to use a single universal output that supports two possible connections on a system that requires only one requires extra wiring and system knowledge.
  • the jumper between the R/Rc terminals may be eliminated by including a switch in the wall plate that has a physical actuator 609 A ( FIG. 15A ) that blocks access to the Rc terminal in the default position (e.g. single transformer), and can be moved to expose the Rc terminal.
  • the switch may automatically connect R and Rc and no external jumper wire may be required.
  • the physical actuator 609 A is moved to expose the Rc terminal, which changes the switch position to disconnect the jumper connection between R and Rc at the switch.
  • the configuration of the accessory output may be accomplished by including a switch in the wall plate that has a physical actuator 609 B that blocks access to the second accessory terminal in the default position, and can be moved to expose the second accessory terminal.
  • the switch automatically forms an internal connection so that the thermostat can switch the first accessory terminal using the HVAC system transformer.
  • the physical actuator 609 B may be moved to expose the second accessory terminal, which changes the switch to disconnect the connection to the HVAC system transformer and allows the thermostat to switch power from the external transformer.
  • the switches of the disclosure may continue to perform their function even if the thermostat is operating on battery power, if desired.
  • FIGS. 16A , 16 B, 16 C and 16 D show switching function which may be accomplished by switching the loads directly with a switch, or using the switch as a signal in a TRIAC, FET, relay or other circuit.
  • pins 2 and 3 of the S 1 switch are connected to each other when using the single transformer, R-24 VAC.
  • 24 VAC is applied to the R terminal and the peak voltage is supplied to drain of Q 2 through fast recovery diode D 8 .
  • 3.3V generated by U 2 , voltage regulator IC, S-1142B and Q 2 , 2N7002 is applied to U 1 , TS3005 timer IC and FET SW VCC.
  • Pins 1 and 2 of S 1 switch are connected to each other when using the dual transformer, RC-24 VAC.
  • the 3.3 VDC produced from the R-24 VAC is cut off, the entire jumper circuit stops working, and the thermostat is powered by RC-24 VAC.
  • the thermostat CPU recognizes that the device is powered by RC-24 VAC through 3.3 volts applied to pin 1 of switch S 1 , and turns on the power transformation circuit powered by RC-24 VAC and turns off the power transformation circuit powered by R-24 VAC.
  • the switch can be wired in series with a coil of a relay such that the operation of the switch activates or deactivates the relay coil so that the relay switches the load appropriately.
  • the thermostat may provide services beyond utilitarian control of an HVAC system.
  • the user can view today's weather forecast through one button press on the device.
  • the device may highlight interaction points for the user using visual and/or audio cues, so that the user is intuitively guided through the experience.
  • One of these highlighted interaction points may be an icon that represents weather.
  • a weather button such as weather button 102 b
  • the display of an actual temperature, temperature set point, and system mode may be replaced by today's current weather conditions, weather anticipated in 6 hours, and weather anticipated in 12 hours.
  • Each of these time points may provide an icon on the main display that is associated with current conditions or with anticipated future conditions in the area. There may also be a current and/or expected temperature and humidity numeric value.
  • the display When available from the weather source or readily calculable, the display may include a comfort index.
  • the single button press may provide a comprehensive outlook of the short term expected weather so users can plan their day quickly, and in some cases, optionally choose to activate a one-touch activity.
  • the weather information may disappear, restoring the home screen (e.g. actual temperature, temperature set point and currently selected system mode icon). If the user does not press the weather button 102 b a second time, the device may automatically return to the home screen after a period of time.
  • the device may allow the user to scroll through today's weather, historic weather, anticipated weather, and/or severe weather alert notifications using, for example the rotatable dial or gestures on the touch screen, to activate a scroll through the options depending upon availability of that information from a networked source.
  • the thermostat may have access to an exterior air sensor and may be capable of displaying parameters of the exterior air such as temperature and/or humidity.
  • the thermostat may convey details related to how the user's HVAC system has typically operated when similar outside weather (be it today's, historic, or future) is presented. For example, on a day where high temperatures are expected to top 100° F., the device may display that typically the air conditioner runs 12 hours to maintain ‘x’ degree temperature inside where ‘x’ may be the currently programmed set point. Along with this display of typical operation parameters, there may be an indication, based on the current utility rates, of what the expected cost associated with the indicated setting for this outside condition may be. In some cases, there may be an indication, based on the current utility rates, of how much the user may save in cooling costs if the user were to increase the set point by, for example, 3 degrees.
  • the user may specify a daily cost budget for cooling the building, and the device may set the set point temperature so that the expected cooling costs for that day stay under that budget.
  • the programmable thermostat may include a selection button which, when pressed, activates a first program module adapted to send a query to a source of local weather information; a second program module adapted to receive weather information related to one of local weather conditions and anticipated local weather; a third program module adapted to convert received weather information to one or more of displayable representations of alphanumeric data and icons; and a display driver for displaying the displayable representations of one or more of alphanumeric data and icons on a display associated with the programmable thermostat.
  • the programmable thermostat may generate a query under program control for weather information which may be sent to a source of local weather information.
  • the second module may be adapted to convert the received weather information to a displayable form and to initiate display of weather information at the thermostat.
  • the programmable thermostat may be adapted to play a sound associated with received weather information.
  • the HVAC system may include a thermostat 18 and a user console 652 .
  • the user console 652 may be remote and only intermittently available through network 650 .
  • the network 650 may provide additional resources 658 .
  • the network 650 commonly will include a WiFi network as an initial link; however other components may be employed, for example, the Internet, cellular communication, REDLINKTM, ZigBee, Bluetooth, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and their functional equivalent.
  • portions of the network, including the initial link may be hard wired components, fiber optics, and the like and connections to additional resources 658 often may be through hard wired components, fiber optics, and the like.
  • the settings module 620 may include a hardware block 622 , which may be used to store and manage hardware settings for the thermostat and/or HVAC components. Blocks 624 and 626 store and manage home settings and away settings, while block 628 provides control of advanced features.
  • Features associated with the weather module 630 may be accessed by touching one of the stencil areas adjacent to the main display, which may present a weather related icon such as a sun partially obscured by a cloud.
  • the weather related icon may be illuminated by, for example, different colored lighting to indicate whether the features are enabled and being viewed or enabled, but not being viewed. When the weather related icon is not illuminated, the weather related features are not enabled.
  • FIG. 17A the weather related icon is shown to the left of the main display.
  • features associated with the Smart Away module 640 may be accessed by touching a stencil area which presents an icon associated with that function, for example, a home (see FIG. 17A ).
  • the Smart Away icon is shown to the right of the main display.
  • the hardware module 622 may be accessed by touching an upper region optionally defined by a display mask to allow the user to alter basic system functions such as the selection of operating mode, for example Cool/Off/Heat, with appropriate visual and/or audible cue accompaniment.
  • the cooling function may be accessed by touching an icon such as a snow flake; the heating function may be accessed by touching an icon such as a sun (not shown in FIG. 17B ); and the HVAC functions may be turned off by touching the word OFF (also not shown in FIG. 17B ).
  • the thermostat display may dim to a preset level, for example 30% of maximum brightness, as illustrated by dotted lines in FIG. 17E .
  • the thermostat display may assume an active state, for example, that of FIG. 17B or 17 D for the cooling mode, and increases display brightness to 100%.
  • cooling is off because the temperature is near the set point (perhaps within 1 degree).
  • the cooling icon a blue snowflake, is static, and the current cooling set-point (71 degrees), also displayed in blue for cooling, are displayed in the upper portion of the display.
  • the current room temperature 72 degrees is displayed in the lower or main display window.
  • FIG. 17C the outer ring of the thermostat has been rotated by the user (or the set-point has been changed by an external source such as a cell phone or PC application or the action of a One-Touch button) to lower the set-point to the now displayed 68 degrees, whereupon a blue light ring illuminates the wall or mud ring adjacent to the thermostat to acknowledge the change and the blue snowflake animates.
  • the illumination of the light ring is illustrated by the thick black line extending around the perimeter of the thermostat.
  • the light ring extinguishes, as shown in FIG. 17D , but the blue snowflake continues to animate, for example by shimmering, as illustrated in FIG. 17E , while the cooling hardware is active.
  • Analogous actions may occur in heat mode, activated by touching the sun icon in the upper mode display area, as shown in FIG. 17F in which the set-point has been changed to 74 degrees such that the new set-point temperature, 74 degrees and the sun are displayed in orange to indicate heating mode, the light ring glows orange for a preset time to acknowledge the change, and the orange sun animates, for example by shimmering, while the heating hardware is active.
  • pressing one of the touch sensitive stencil areas adjacent to the main display, in this example, the house stencil icon to the right of the main display activates a Smart Away feature, governed by Smart Away module 640 , which provides simplified short-term modification of the normally active program settings.
  • the Smart Away feature may acknowledge the selection of the Smart Away module 640 by changing the color of the illumination of the house stencil icon and optionally changing the color of the light ring illumination, adding “Smart Away” text to the main display, storing the current state of the thermostat (for example, Cool/OFF/Heat and set-point) and replacing the upper window or portion of the display with three options in the upper display area or window with the default being “Time” and the remaining options being “Hours” and “Days”, as shown in FIG. 17G .
  • the dotted pattern around the perimeter of FIG. 17G is used to indicate a color change of the light ring illumination.
  • the main display indicates the current time plus one hour and the time may be increased in 15 minutes by rotating the outer ring.
  • the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • a third Smart Away mode starts with a display of the current day of the week and current time and advances in three hour increments to an anticipated return time and date by turning the outer ring.
  • the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • the house stencil icon may be illuminated to indicate that a Smart Away mode is active and the light ring may illuminate the wall or mud ring with an appropriate color cue for a specified length of time.
  • the house stencil icon illuminates at reduced brightness when Smart Away actions are active and may fade to off periodically to indicate that the function is engaged, as shown by the dashed home icon in FIG. 17H .
  • an audio cue may be played when the house stencil icon is touched, when the Smart Away setting is accepted, and/or when the outer ring is turned to alter the displayed setting. It will be appreciated that each action and/or display change may be accompanied by appropriate animation and/or playing of audio cues. Audio cues are especially useful for visually impaired users. After a period of inactivity within the room, the display may return to sleep mode to conserve battery power.
  • the thermostat may remember the current settings to be reinstated at the termination of the Smart Away mode and may, if desired, remember the current Smart Away settings for use as the default to be displayed when re-entering the Smart Away mode at a later date.
  • the user may set the operating mode to Cool or Heat and set a temperature set-point before entering the Smart Away mode.
  • a Cool mode increment and/or Heat mode decrement may be entered as a default during system installation or by using a cell phone or PC application.
  • the thermostat may learn the users' preferences and use those as suggested temperature set-points when entering the Smart Away mode.
  • the user may elect to allow a remote manufacturer's server to select and/or alter the temperature to be maintained based upon, for example, one or more of the anticipated or actual weather in the vicinity, energy consumption considerations, historical data regarding the rate of temperature recovery in various conditions, and the like.
  • server controlled temperature settings may be provided through the networking capability of the thermostat. Further, the user may override the temperature setting in anticipation of, for example, an early return, by using a cell phone or PC application.
  • An active Smart Away mode may be turned off at the thermostat by touching the house stencil icon, turning the outer ring, and/or changing the Cool/OFF/Heat mode manually. This may be acknowledged on the main display and by turning off the house stencil icon illumination.
  • the system may restore the previously stored state of the thermostat, for example mode and set-point, and may return to normal operation.
  • a weather module 300 may be accessed through the hardware module 202 by touching the one of the stencil areas adjacent to the main display which presents a weather related icon.
  • the weather related icon may not be illuminated.
  • the thermostat may acknowledge the selection of the weather module 300 by changing the color of the illumination of the weather related icon and optionally the light ring illumination, stores the current state of the thermostat (for example, Cool/OFF/Heat and set-point) and replaces the upper window or portion of the display with options such as “Now” and “12 Hour” with the default “Now” selected.
  • the main display may continue to display the current temperature of the room and in addition may display the outdoor temperature, relative humidity, and an icon representing the current weather as obtained through a network connection from a selected local weather source.
  • the display may include, or in the alternative display, the expected high and low temperature for the day.
  • any severe weather alerts may be displayed as text and/or an icon.
  • the main display may be replaced by three rows of information indicating conditions at the current time to the nearest hour, the current time plus 6 hours, and the current time plus 12 hours.
  • the current weather information and forecast may be obtained through a network connection from a local weather source.
  • Each of the three rows of information may display an outdoor temperature and an icon indicating the expected weather conditions for that time.
  • the thermostat may restore the previous state of the thermostat after a preselected interval such as 9 seconds. In other embodiments, the thermostat may restore the previous state of the thermostat after the preselected interval following a failure to detect motion in the room with an IR motion sensor.
  • the display in the Off mode is illustrated in FIG. 17I .
  • the thermostat may include additional display capabilities, such as reporting system status, and/or may initiate other actions.
  • the thermostat may detect a low battery condition and send a message via WiFi or other link to the network and thence to a cell phone and/or PC application, perhaps by SMS text message or e-mail, to warn of the low battery condition.
  • the thermostat may display a low battery icon.
  • the thermostat may blank the display to conserve power, send additional messages via the WiFi or other link to the network and thence to a cell phone and/or PC application, perhaps by SMS text message or e-mail, and continue to control the HVAC equipment, perhaps in a state of delayed responsiveness to further conserve power.
  • the display may include a “No WiFi” message and/or icon.
  • the thermostat's user interface may disable certain features which depend upon network connection(s). For example, if the weather module is activated by touching the weather related stencil, if a pre-programmed action needs weather information, or if the Smart Away function requests weather information, perhaps through a manufacturer's or other server, the thermostat may display a message indicating that the requested function is not available, perhaps with an indication of the time at which the loss of connection was noted and/or an appropriate icon.
  • the thermostat may resume the default operation profile after competing any currently active Smart Away or one-touch operation which does not require a network connection.
  • the thermostat may suggest corrective actions such as restarting the router, calling the ISP, or calling the manufacturer of the thermostat. After a pre-selected time interval, the thermostat may resume the normal display mode and/or the normal display mode with a “No WiFi” message and/or icon. Following such actions, the thermostat may sense a lack of activity in the usual manner and enter a sleep mode after a specified time interval.
  • user configurable one-touch actions may be provided. Such one-touch actions may be setup or activated at the thermostat itself, via a network such as by a cellular phone network, the Internet, a local WiFi network, and/or the like or combinations thereof.
  • access to a list of available one-touch actions may be provided by pressing a button or stencil on the window of the thermostat.
  • the button or stencil may be double-touched to access one-touch actions and single-touched to access other functions such as Smart Away.
  • the one-touch actions may be accessed by maintaining contact with the button or stencil for a predetermined length of time (e.g. holding the button in for 5 seconds).
  • the upper display area of the thermostat may include two touch-activated regions for navigating the list of available one-touch commands and a touch-activated region for activating the selected command.
  • the upper display area may include appropriate icons, for example up and down arrows and an “>” character, and activation(s) may be accompanied by appropriate audio and/or visual cues.
  • One-touch actions may be particularly useful for those people who do not live life by a set schedule and have a need for a HVAC system that easily accommodates modification of routine operation of the HVAC system by introducing pre-programmed or readily programmed macros that allow rapid and unique personal customization on a one-time or recurring basis.
  • the interface may allow one-touch activation of previously configured macros that may be provided for primarily time-based and/or non-time-based events as well as for non-time-based activities with a known time component.
  • Time-based events may include those events with at least one of a designated start time, a designated end time, and a duration designation in conjunction with a function, such as heat, cool, fan-on, and the like.
  • the function may be inferred by the indicated direction of temperature change.
  • Actions to be initiated by such events may be specified in a variety of ways. As a non-limiting example, an event may lower the current set point of the thermostat by 7 degrees for a period of 20 minutes starting at the current time. As another non-limiting example, the event may raise the set point 5 degrees for two hours starting at 3:40 PM on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays until further notice. The latter instance may, for example, be useful to better accommodate a student who is engaging in after school activities for a semester.
  • Non-limiting examples of non-time-based actions or activities include interests, weather, lifestyle, level of activity, home efficiency, number of occupants, detected presence of specific individual(s), and the like.
  • Associated displays may include a clock, HVAC activity, outdoor conditions, alerts, and communications.
  • the actions or activities may include conditional logic, for example, increase the set point by 5 degrees at 4:30 AM Monday-Friday IF the outdoor temperature is less than 20° F. AND the home is unoccupied. Some actions may simply increase or decrease the current set point by a few degrees until the next regularly scheduled temperature change to increase comfort if the user feels chilly or warm at the moment.
  • One-touch actions may be viewed as personalized modifications, or macros, added to a background program which typically has been fixed by programming temperatures to be maintained between fixed times within a daily profile.
  • One-touch actions may introduce convenient variations or over-rides to a daily schedule which persist for a fixed time interval or until the next pre-programmed daily schedule action. For example, if a user occasionally decides in the morning to exercise in the home gym after work, a one-touch button activated in the morning may direct the system to lower the set point by 5° F. at 5:00 PM to accommodate the increased activity level. If, on the other hand, the user decides to go shopping before going home, the onset of a previously programmed temperature change may be delayed by 1.5 hours to save energy by activating a one-touch action.
  • one-touch actions may provide incremental changes in the current set point while in other embodiments one-touch actions may initiate a change in a set point to a specified value.
  • a one-touch action may toggle the daily program from one group of temperature settings for time intervals to a corresponding group of “away from home” settings.
  • the one-touch actions may specify qualifiers such as days of the week and absolute or relative times.
  • One-touch actions may be conditionally based upon external or internal data.
  • the thermostat may query a local weather service and, for example, raise the set point by five degrees for fifteen minutes when users are expected to arrive if the external temperature is below zero degrees to compensate for the introduction of cold air into parts of the house remote from the thermostat and to greet the user with a warm home if desired.
  • the thermostat may also be responsive to the presence of users in the room or home at times when the house is expected to be unoccupied. This information may come from a variety of sources. For example, an IR sensor in the thermostat may determine that people are moving in the room, or may be aware of motion sensors associated with an alarm system for the house through a wired or wireless connection. In addition, the thermostat may be aware of the presence or even the approach to the home of one or more users through signals from cell phones or tablet computers which have an enabled location service such that the one-touch action may alter the current set point to prepare the house for occupancy.
  • a simplified programming environment may be used to pre-program aspects of the operation of a thermostat and to implement pre-programmed aspects of the operation of a thermostat.
  • a user may create one-touch actions that are relevant to them and create a unique set of home comfort conditions that are ideal for them.
  • the one-touch actions may be transmitted to a WiFi enabled thermostat via a network such as by a cellular phone network, the Internet, a local WiFi network, and/or the like or combinations thereof for storage at the thermostat.
  • the one-touch actions may be invoked (over-ride the currently programmed schedule) remotely and/or at the thermostat.
  • the thermostat may order the list of available one-touch actions or macros to present the available actions in frequency-of-use order.
  • the list of available one-touch actions may be presented or ordered by other criteria such as by who created the action or may be presented or ordered according to their date of creation.
  • the one-touch commands may be ordered chronologically according to the order in which certain events are expected to occur such as, for example: wake, leave, home, sleep.
  • Other less frequently used one-touch actions such as one-touch actions related to comfort settings for a party or economy settings for a vacation may appear towards the end of the list of one-touch actions that are displayed.
  • Other groupings and/or ordering by a user configurable drag-and-drop list may be employed.
  • consumer can choose to display available one-touch actions such that they are actionable and available to the consumer by pressing a window button. When engaged, these actions may drive conditions within the house to pre-configured settings with one consumer touch or may alter or over-ride the underlying basic schedule such that the change is implemented at some future time. These actions may be customized and chosen by the consumer so that they have controls and functionality which are time or non-time based and which are relevant to them. While “one-touch” is used as a descriptor to indicate ease of use, it is contemplated that more than one touch may be required to activate the action, depending on the implementation.
  • the user or users may configure a one-touch action for when people will or won't be at home to maximize comfort when home and maximize savings when away.
  • a user may, if desired, configure a group of one-touch actions to conserve energy when they decide to leave the house for an extended period of time such as a 3, 4, 5, or 6 hour temperature set back, for example to dine and attend a movie or concert.
  • the away from home options may be a partially or completely pre-programmed system option.
  • the user may also configure lifestyle or level of activity actions, such as exercise room work out time.
  • the home When turning this action on, for example, the home may be cooled, or allowed to cool, more than normal by lowering the set point and the fan may be set to circulate more, since people typically feel hotter when using an exercise room.
  • Such actions may be implemented to start immediately or at a specified time. In some cases, such one touch actions can be implemented for only a selected zone or selected zones of a zoned HVAC system.
  • thermostat consumers can choose to have simple information displayed to them which are unique and/or relevant to them, such as weather, clock, or HVAC activity.
  • These one-touch actions and information displays may be configured and displayed alongside or instead of other one-touch actions such that operation remains intuitive.
  • the option to configure one-touch actions using a cell phone, tablet, or personal computer application allows the user experience to be richer and more intuitive in view of the greater display and input options.
  • the larger application display area may, for example, display categories of actions and fully displayed lists of options for selection rather than requiring stepping through menus.
  • some inputs may be more conveniently entered directly from a keyboard or a pull-down list rather than up or down stepping.
  • a scrolling list may be somewhat limited as to the reasonable number of time increments whereas a user may enter a time such as 4:23 directly from a keyboard, if desired, rather than being limited to, for example, 10 minute increments in a list.
  • the one touch actions may be considered user defined macros.
  • each of the macros may include a user selected trigger, and a corresponding user selected action.
  • FIG. 18A provides a block diagram of a building automation system 770 while FIG. 18B provides a block diagram of a remote user device 772 that can be used in conjunction with the building automation system 770 .
  • the building automation system 770 includes a memory 774 for storing one or more user defined macros and a controller 776 that is operably coupled to the memory 774 .
  • the controller 776 may be configured to determine when a user selected trigger occurs, and in response, outputs one or more control signals to achieve the corresponding user selected action.
  • at least one of the user defined macros has a name that is user defined, and wherein the user defined name is displayed on a display. The display may be part of the building automation system 770 and/or the remote user device 772 , among others.
  • the user selected trigger may be selected from a plurality of predefined triggers.
  • suitable triggers include activation by a user, activation at a specified time, activation when no one is home, and activation when someone is home.
  • the user selected action may be selected from a plurality of predefined actions. In some cases, the plurality of predefined actions may be programmed into the building automation system 770 , for example.
  • Illustrative but non-limiting examples of predefined actions include lowering the temperature by a specified amount, raising the temperature by a specified amount, lowering the temperature by a specified amount for a specified length of time, raising the temperature by a specified amount for a specified length of time, changing the temperature to a specified value, changing the temperature in one or more specified zones, lowering the humidity by a specified amount, raising the humidity by a specified amount, lowering the humidity by a specified amount for a specified length of time, raising the humidity by a specified amount for a specified length of time, activating a fan to circulate air, deactivating a fan to not circulate air, activating a heat exchanger, deactivating a heat exchanger, activate a security system, deactivate a security system, turn on lights, turn off lights, open a garage door, close a garage door, turn on a pool pump, turn off a pool pump, turn on an appliance, and turn off an appliance.
  • the building automation system 770 may include a communications port 778 that is operably coupled to the controller 776 and that is configured to receive input from a user.
  • the input from a user includes but is not limited to a user selected trigger and a corresponding user selected action for at least some of the one or more user defined macros.
  • the communications port 778 is configured to receive input from a user's remote device such as a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer and a personal computer.
  • a user's remote device may include the remote user device 772 ( FIG. 18B ).
  • the communications port 778 is configured to output one or more control signals for controlling building automation equipment (not illustrated).
  • the memory 774 , the controller 776 and the communications port 778 may be part of a server, but this is not required.
  • the communications port 778 may be configured to output the one or more control signals to a building controller such as a building controller 780 .
  • the building controller 780 may provide one or more control signals for controlling building automation equipment.
  • building automation equipment include HVAC equipment, security equipment, lighting equipment and the like.
  • the remote user device 772 may, as noted above, represent a variety of different devices, including but not limited to a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, and a personal computer.
  • the remote user device 772 may include a user interface 782 and a memory 784 for storing one or more user defined macros, each of which include a user selected trigger and a user selected action.
  • a controller 786 is operably coupled to the memory 784 , the user interface 782 and a communications port 788 .
  • the communications port 788 is a wireless communications port, but this is not required.
  • the controller 786 may be configured to accept, via the user interface 782 , a definition for a new user defined macro.
  • the controller 786 displays a plurality of triggers via the user interface 782 and accepts a selection of a user selected trigger for the new user defined macro.
  • the controller 786 then displays a plurality of actions via the user interface 782 , and accepts a selection of a user selected action for the new user defined macro.
  • the new user defined macro is stored in the memory 784 and is transmitted to a remote location, optionally a remote server, via the communications port 788 .
  • FIG. 18C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the building automation system 770 ( FIG. 18A ) and/or the remote user device 772 ( FIG. 18B ).
  • a plurality of one touch icons may be displayed on a display, each of the plurality of one touch icons corresponding to one of a plurality of user defined macros that each includes a user assigned action.
  • One of the plurality of one touch icons may be selected by a user, as indicated at block 792 .
  • the user defined macro that corresponds to the selected one of the plurality of one touch icons may then be executed, including causing control signals to be sent to the building control system to implement the user selected action as generally indicated at block 794 .
  • the displaying step of block 790 and/or the accepting step of block 792 may be performed on a remote user device such as the remote user device 772 ( FIG. 18B ), which as noted may be a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer or a personal computer.
  • a remote user device such as the remote user device 772 ( FIG. 18B ), which as noted may be a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer or a personal computer.
  • a user may be allowed to customize the name of at least one of the one touch icons, and to display the customized name on the display when displaying the plurality of one touch icons on a display.
  • a user may be allowed to define one or more new one touch icons and corresponding user defined macro, and to display the one or more new one touch icons on the display for selection by the user.
  • FIGS. 18D-18J provide illustrative but non-limiting examples of screens from an illustrative remote user device. It will be appreciated that these screens provide additional examples of user defined triggers and corresponding user defined actions.
  • an initial screen 700 may present the user with options for triggering the one-touch action which may include a “You Tap on a setting”, “It is a specified time”, “Your house is empty”, “Someone is at home”, and the like at 700 a .
  • the programming application may present common options such as “Use at home settings”, “Make it 5 degrees cooler”, “Make it 5 degrees warmer”, “Use economy settings”, “Use Away settings”, “Circulate the air”, and the like at 710 (see FIG. 18E ).
  • the application may present additional opportunities for customization as seen at 710 a , 710 b .
  • the application may provide a button which presents an additional menu with the option to provide finer control of the temperature offset and conditions for applying the offset.
  • the application may present options for the offset in 1 degree increments from 1 degree to 10 degrees, or other convenient range, and allow the user to specify whether the action applies when heating or cooling.
  • the application may present the offset as a display of the temperature to be maintained.
  • the application program code may display an adjusted temperature setpoint adjacent a temperature offset. The adjusted temperature setpoint is reflective of the temperature setpoint that results after the temperature setpoint is applied.
  • those buttons which admit of further options in addition to a default value may include a sub-icon such as an arrow which if selected provides further options.
  • selection of the button which admits of further options may require confirmation of the selection in the form of, for example, a double-tap or selection of a “Next” button within the display.
  • the screen 720 may be displayed.
  • the application may set upper and lower limits on a departure from the set-point temperature in screen 720 .
  • the user may be presented with the option to name the new setting 730 and to add it to the list of available one-touch actions 740 and the information may be shared with other devices which may initiate one-touch actions within the system such that the newly created action is available from all devices associated with the thermostat.
  • the application may specify the triggering time(s) and day(s) of the week for the action and pass control to the previously described temperature modification options and following selection of those options to the naming and distribution functions described above.
  • the one-touch actions may also be programmed to be responsive to the presence 750 or absence 760 of occupants within the house and/or, in some embodiments, within a user specified distance or proximity boundary relative to the house. See FIG. 18H .
  • the location of the house may be defined by its full address. In some cases, this may be a street address. In other cases, the full address may be a GPS position and/or a position identified via a cellular network. In some instances, the full address may refer to longitude and latitude values. These are just some examples.
  • the thermostat may employ an IR sensor and associated optical element 210 within the thermostat to determine that people are moving in the room, or may be aware of motion sensors associated with an alarm system for the house through a wireless connection.
  • the system may determine that all occupants are absent by the failure to sense an occupant for a specified length of time.
  • the thermostat may be aware of the presence or even the approach to the home of one or more users through signals from a cell phone or tablet computer which has an enabled location service.
  • Such user related location services may be generalized such that the departure of all registered users or the departures of each member of a subgroup of registered users (e.g. geofence depart) may trigger the specified settings.
  • any registered user or of one or more specific individual registered users may trigger specified settings.
  • a proximity boundary or geofence may be used to determine the departure and/or arrival of registered users, which can then be used as triggers for one-touch actions.
  • FIGS. 18I-18J An example of programming one touch actions for a zoned system (e.g. upstairs and downstairs) is shown in FIGS. 18I-18J .
  • the application(s) will be understood to include the ordinary editing, cancellation, deleting, etc. actions of a user interface as well as screens for presenting, selecting, and activating one-touch actions.
  • the application may include the capability of providing comments or other information for display when a one-touch application is active. In some embodiments, such additional information may be in the form of a user supplied graphic and/or may be accompanied by an audio cue.
  • one-touch actions may be activated at the device or at remote application location(s).
  • simple information may be displayed on the device and optionally may be accompanied by audio cues.
  • the thermostat may transfer operational data to an application or applications which reside on one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, and remote server for analysis and compilation of reports for the user.
  • the data transfers involved may be accomplished via wireless communication links, wired connections, or combinations of wireless communication links and wired connections using one or more of the commonly employed communication protocols.
  • the information may be accumulated and transferred to one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, or remote server from another component of the HVAC system such as an equipment interface module. Such transfers may be initiated by either the information collecting equipment (the thermostat or equipment interface module) or by a receiving application running on the one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, and remote server.
  • the transfer of information may occur on a regular schedule, upon the occurrence of a triggering event within the system, or may be initiated by the user.
  • Illustrative sources driving the transfer of information and/or the delivery of a message may include, but are not limited to: user behavior; historical behavior, neighborhood/local trends in behavior (e.g. local trends in energy usage); local weather and impending weather events; energy consumption; HVAC controller status (e.g. loss of network connection, low batter, etc.); HVAC system status; smartphone location; and/or events occurring at the HVAC controller.
  • one of the information collecting equipment, the one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, or remote server may not be on-line or otherwise available to participate in an exchange of data, alerts, or reports at the time that such exchanges would normally occur.
  • the system components may periodically attempt to establish communication and/or may deposit a message for later retrieval, such as an e-mail or text message, to ensure that data exchange(s) occurs when direct communication is reestablished.
  • an application may assemble periodic reports, on-demand reports, and/or alerts to be delivered to the consumer, for example by a message center on a server to a smart phone or personal computer application or by e-mail to a smart phone or personal computer.
  • a home screen 800 may open, for example, with a user provided identifier 802 for a default thermostat location, a summary of the current state 804 of the selected thermostat, a scrolling list of recent system actions in reverse chronological order 806 , and selectable options 808 , as shown in FIG. 19D .
  • home screen 800 may include an indication 803 of the number of recent system actions which have not been reviewed. Touching the identifier 802 may provide an options screen 810 , which may allow the user to specify a thermostat at a different location 812 which typically would return the display to the home screen 800 with the information for the selected thermostat displayed. In the alternative, the user may select from the list provided on options screen 810 . Many of the displayed options are self-explanatory and/or have been described previously. Of the illustrative examples, the “Messages” option will be discussed below.
  • Selecting the Settings icon 814 may direct the application to display screen 816 , which confirms the location 822 for which the preferences will be selected and permits updating various settings pertaining to the selected location. Among those settings may be “Notification Preferences” which when selected calls up screen 820 shown in FIG. 19E .
  • the illustrated screen 820 provides a toggle for turning status updates on and off, and a list 826 of other possible notification categories that the user may elect to receive and/or suppress.
  • the list 826 of possible notification categories will indicate visually which categories are currently selected by displayed text, a check box, radio button, highlighting, or the like.
  • the application displays screen 830 which again confirms which location is currently selected at 832 .
  • Screen 830 also displays a set of selectable categories which may be selected and indicates visually which categories are currently selected by displayed text, a check box, radio button, highlighting, or the like.
  • An illustrative example of the Thermostat Maintenance status category is shown on screen 840 which includes a toggle for the reminder and a user selectable reminder indicator. In some embodiments, the display may also indicate the time remaining until maintenance is suggested.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to communicate with a remote device such as the remote device 62 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may send information to the remote device 62 , and the remote device 62 may send information to the HVAC controller 18 , sometimes via an intervening remote server.
  • FIG. 19A provides a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 870 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 872 of an HVAC system.
  • the mobile device 870 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required.
  • the mobile device 870 may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the mobile device 870 may include a touch screen display 874 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information.
  • a network connection 878 may be configured to communicate with a remote server 880 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 872 .
  • the mobile device 870 includes a controller 876 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 874 and the network connection 878 .
  • the controller 876 is configured to receive one or more messages related to the operation of the HVAC system via the network connection 878 , and to display the one or more messages on the touch screen display 874 .
  • one or more messages are displayed in a message center, sometimes in a list format. When so provided, the most recent messages may be displayed at the top. Alternatively, the most serious or urgent messages may be displayed at the top.
  • each message has a message description and a time stamp displayed.
  • each message has an indicator that indicates if the message has already been selected and read by the user.
  • at least one of the messages in the message center are selectable, and once a message is selected, the controller 876 may be configured to display on the touch screen display 874 display additional information regarding the selected message.
  • the messages in the message center can be deleted by the user.
  • the controller 876 executes an application program, and the message center is implemented by the application program.
  • At least one of the messages may be an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system.
  • at least one of the messages may be a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system.
  • at least one of the messages may be a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system.
  • at least one of the messages may relate to usage or usage patterns of the HVAC system.
  • FIG. 19B provides a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 882 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 872 of an HVAC system. It will be appreciated that there may be significant similarities between the mobile device 882 ( FIG. 19B ) and the mobile device 870 ( FIG. 19A ).
  • the mobile device 882 may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ). In some embodiments, the mobile device 882 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required.
  • the mobile device 882 includes a user interface 884 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information.
  • a network connection 888 is configured to communicate with a remote server 880 that is itself in operative communication with a HVAC controller 872 .
  • the mobile device 882 includes a memory 890 for storing an application program.
  • a controller 886 is in operative communication with the user interface 884 , the network connection 888 and the memory 890 .
  • the application program stored in the memory 890 , may enable a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 872 via the user interface 884 and to output one or more programmed functions to the remote server 880 via the network connection 888 when the application program is executed by the controller 886 .
  • the application program may be further configured to receive one or more messages related to the operation of the HVAC system via the network connection 888 , and to display the one or more messages via the user interface 884 .
  • each message has a message description and a time stamp displayed.
  • at least one of the messages includes an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system, a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system, a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system, or a usage message indicating the usage of the HVAC system.
  • the one or more messages are displayed in a message center, wherein the one or more messages are displayed in the message center in a list format, with the most recent or most urgent messages are displayed at the top.
  • at least one of the messages in the message center are selectable, and once a message is selected, the application program is configured to display via the user interface additional information regarding the selected message.
  • FIG. 19C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the mobile device 870 ( FIG. 19A ) or the mobile device 882 ( FIG. 19B ).
  • One or more messages that are related to the operation of the HVAC system may be received at the wireless mobile device as generally indicated at block 892 , where each message includes a message description and a time stamp.
  • the one or more messages may be displayed on a display of the mobile device in a message center.
  • a user may be allowed to select one of the messages displayed in the message center, and in response, additional information regarding the selected message may be displayed, as generally indicated at block 896 .
  • At least one of the messages includes an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system, a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system, a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system, or a usage message indicating the usage of the HVAC system.
  • FIG. 19F illustrates an illustrative interaction with a message center which may serve two thermostat locations and which may present messages in reverse chronological order with messages from multiple locations mingled and identified by location.
  • the display of home screen 800 identifies a location for which selection attributes may be altered and presents options for further user interaction on screen 810 a . Those interactions may proceed generally as detailed above.
  • data presentation may depend upon whether one or more thermostats are currently configured as shown on screen 850 and 850 a of FIG. 19G .
  • the messages may include an indicator (bullet) which shows which messages have been reviewed by the user and those messages which have not been reviewed. Selecting an individual message from either screen 850 , 850 a may display a screen such as 855 , 856 , or 857 of FIG. 19H with additional information regarding the message and one or more options for addressing and/or dismissing the message.
  • the message center may assign priorities to messages and select an appropriate manner of bringing selected messages to the user's attention.
  • an urgent message may be transmitted through an appropriate network path to a smart phone and/or thermostat and may result in a pop-up message being displayed on the screen of the smart phone and/or the thermostat.
  • additional cues such as audible alarms and/or flashing of the light ring may serve to attract a user's attention.
  • a pop-up message may suggest an action or allow the message to be dismissed (see FIG. 19I ).
  • Other display configurations such as those of FIGS. 19J , 19 K and 19 L may also be employed.
  • an initial screen may be presented that provides access to multiple messages 862 and/or a linked screen to provide additional details 864 of the messages.
  • An alert message may indicate that something is not functioning properly, and may require immediate attention or some action to be taken by the user. For example, in some cases, an alert message may indicate that the HVAC controller has become disconnected from a server or the local wireless area network. In other cases, an alert message may warn of an impending dead battery or may alert the user to an unsafe temperature.
  • a maintenance message may remind the user of a needed or recommended filter change based on a timer or a system load or may remind the user to change the battery.
  • the maintenance message may include the part number or other description of the recommended filter or other part, so that the user can pick one up when convenient.
  • a tips/advice type of message may provide a user with information and/or recommend one or more actions that a user may take to improve the performance and/or efficiency of the HVAC system, and/or improve their comfort level.
  • a tips/advice type of message may inform the user that the system performance has degraded and may recommend to the user to have the air ducts cleaned.
  • the tips/advice message may recommend a schedule based on the user's manual setpoint changes.
  • the message may include a recommendation to the user to use the geofencing feature (described else wherein herein) if the user's manual setback changes do not follow a clear pattern.
  • the message may display a recommendation to open one or more windows based on the outdoor temperature matching the desired indoor temperature setpoint, sometimes taking into account humidity, air quality and/or other factors inside and/or outside of the house.
  • a promotions message may include information about additional solutions, products, or services that a certified contractor currently offers that may be of interest to the user, sometimes based on actual historical performance data of the HVAC system and/or user interactions with the HVAC system. For example, if the humidity of the inside space is low in the winter months, a promotions message may be provided recommending the installation of a humidifier to increase the comfort of the user.
  • Usage messages may contain information about automated or manual system state changes. For example, a usage message may inform the user that the HVAC controller has entered a “Home” mode or setting because a user has activated the one-touch action labeled “Home” or because a user has crossed a proximity boundary indicating that they have arrived or are about to arrive at home. In another example, a usage message may inform the user that the HVAC controller has entered the “Home” mode according to a programmed schedule.
  • the application program code may be programmed to display or transmit an informative message to a user based on the user's behavior or their interactions or frequency of interactions with certain features of the HVAC controller and/or HVAC system.
  • the application program code executed by the remote device 62 may be programmed to periodically poll the HVAC controller for selected information about the use of specific features such as, for example, an auto changeover feature or geofence feature. If the data received from the HVAC controller by the application program code indicates that the auto changeover feature has never been used by the user, the application program code may display a message to the user containing useful information about the auto changeover feature and how and when to use the auto changeover feature.
  • the application program code may display or transmit a message to the user about geofencing, how to activate a geofence, and/or how to select a geofence appropriate for their lifestyle.
  • the application program code (or app) running on the remote device may be downloaded from an external Web service.
  • the application program code may be downloaded from Apple Inc.'s ITUNESTM or Google Play.
  • the application program code may be available for download from a web service that is provided to support use of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • An example of such a web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service.
  • the application program code may be stored in the memory of a user's remote device 62 and may contain a set of instructions for execution by a processor related to the installation, configuration, connection, and personalization of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the user's remote device 62 may be any one of the remote devices described herein.
  • the application code may be stored in the memory of a user's smartphone or tablet computer for execution by the smartphone or tablet computer's processor to carry out various functions to facilitate the installation, configuration, and setup of the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code may be stored in the memory of a user's personal or desktop computer for execution by the computer's processor to carry out various functions that may facilitate the installation, configuration, connection and personalization of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code may also facilitate control of the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location other than at the user interface provided at the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code may provide a uniform installation setup interface across multiple platforms (e.g. HVAC controller 18 , remote device, web service) for accessing and interacting with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application code may utilize a simple communication protocol that allows the application program code to be executed by multiple platforms (e.g. web, HVAC controller, and smartphone/tablet application).
  • the web service and the HVAC controller may utilize the same installation setup logic by executing the same code from the same code base.
  • the installation setup code may be compiled for use by the HVAC controller 18 , a web service, and/or an application program code.
  • the web service, the application program code, and the HVAC controller each contain the same installation setup definitions.
  • the application program code executed by the user's remote device may be programmed to determine how to display each feature of the installation setup to the user via the device's user interface. This may permit the application program code executed by a user's remote device (e.g. smartphone or tablet) to connect to either the web service associated with the HVAC controller 18 or to the HVAC controller 18 directly. This feature also may permit a user to interact with the HVAC controller 18 across multiple platforms with minimal differences in the installation setup process and the overall user experience.
  • a user's remote device e.g. smartphone or tablet
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 900 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 902 of an HVAC system.
  • the HVAC controller 902 includes a wireless interface 914 .
  • the mobile device 900 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required. It will be appreciated that in many instances, the mobile device 900 is similar to those described with respect to previous drawings and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the mobile device 900 may include a touch screen display 904 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information.
  • a wireless port 906 is configured to communicate with a remote download server 908 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 902 .
  • the mobile device 900 includes a controller 910 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 904 and the wireless port 906 .
  • the controller 910 is configured to establish communication with the remote download server 908 via the wireless port 906 and to download an application program code from the remote download server 908 .
  • the mobile device 900 includes a memory 912 that is configured to store the application program code once downloaded from the remote download server 908 .
  • the controller 910 is configured to establish a direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902 , with the HVAC controller 902 functioning as an access point.
  • the controller 910 may be configured to execute the application program code, which provides one or more configuration screens on the touch screen display 904 of the mobile device 900 to enable the user to configure the HVAC controller 902 via one or more configuration parameters.
  • the controller 910 may be further configured to upload the one or more configuration parameters to the HVAC controller 902 via the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902 .
  • the mobile device 900 is configured to drop the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface of the HVAC controller 902 .
  • the direct wireless connection is only used for initial setup and configuration of the HVAC controller 902 .
  • the mobile device 900 after the mobile device 900 drops the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902 , the mobile device 900 establishes communication with a remote monitoring server 908 , and wherein the HVAC controller 902 also establishes communication with the remote monitoring server 908 .
  • the remote monitoring server 908 is the same server as the remote download server 908 , but this is not required.
  • one or more of the configuration parameters provided by the mobile device 900 to the HVAC controller 902 include communication parameters that are necessary for setting up communication between the HVAC controller 902 and the remote monitoring server 908 , sometimes via a home wireless network 916 .
  • one or more of the configuration parameters may include the home WiFi network name (Service Set Identifier—SSID) and/or password. In some cases, one or more of the configuration parameters may include an address, ID and/or password for connecting to a remote monitoring server 908 .
  • SSID Service Set Identifier
  • one or more of the configuration parameters may include an address, ID and/or password for connecting to a remote monitoring server 908 .
  • the application program code is also configured to display one or more install screens, wherein the one or more install screens include information on removing an old thermostat (not illustrated) as part of a process to install the HVAC controller 902 .
  • the application program code may be configured to also display one or more install screens, wherein the one or more install screens include information on wiring the HVAC controller 902 as part of a process to install the HVAC controller 902 .
  • FIGS. 29-41 show illustrative install screens.
  • the one or more configuration screens include a screen soliciting the user to input information regarding equipment configuration. In some cases, the one or more configuration screens include a screen soliciting the user to input information regarding comfort preferences.
  • FIG. 20B is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller 920 that is configured to be at least partially set up or configured using an application program code running on a mobile device 922 .
  • the mobile device 922 may, for example, be a smartphone or a tablet. In some cases, the mobile device 922 may be the mobile device 900 described with respect to FIG. 20A , but this is not required, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the illustrative HVAC controller 920 includes a user interface 924 that is configured to display information to be viewed by a user and to accept inputs from the user and is optionally a touch screen.
  • a controller 926 is operably coupled to the user interface 924 and an on board wireless interface 928 is operably coupled to the controller 926 .
  • the controller 926 is configured to establish on board wireless interface 930 as an access point for creating a direct communication path with the wireless mobile device 922 for initially configuring the HVAC controller 920 , including for initially configuring the HVAC controller 920 for communication with a wireless gateway (e.g. in-home wireless router). This may include, for example, a Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the wireless gateway and/or password.
  • the controller 926 is configured to accept the configuration information from the mobile device 922 via the direct communication path established between the on board wireless interface 928 and the wireless mobile device 922 .
  • SSID Service Set Identifier
  • the direct communication path may be a WiFi connection.
  • the direct communication path may be any suitable wireless connection including, but not limited to, cellular communication, ZigBee, REDLINKTM, Bluetooth, WiFi, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and/or any other suitable common or proprietary wireless protocol.
  • the direct communication path may be a wired communication path.
  • the controller 926 may be configured to display, via the user interface 924 , a screen instructing a user that the HVAC controller 920 is wirelessly coupled to the mobile device 922 , and to utilize the mobile device 922 to configure the HVAC controller 920 .
  • the controller 926 may also be configured to display, via the user interface 924 , a screen instructing a user to utilize the mobile device 922 to initially configure the HVAC controller 920 for communication with a wireless gateway (e.g. in-home wireless router).
  • a wireless gateway e.g. in-home wireless router
  • the HVAC controller 920 may receive a type of HVAC equipment as configuration information from the user via the wireless mobile device 922 and the direct communication path. In some embodiments, the HVAC controller 920 may receive comfort settings as configuration information from the wireless mobile device 922 via the direct communication path.
  • the application program code referenced above may be stored on the remote server 908 .
  • the application program code may be manifested in a computer readable medium that contains program instructions for facilitating a user of a wireless mobile device in configuring a wireless HVAC controller. After download to a wireless mobile device, execution of the program instructions by one or more processors of the wireless mobile device may cause the wireless mobile device to carry out a number of illustrative steps, such as shown in FIG. 20C .
  • one or more screens may be provided on a display of the wireless mobile device, such as the mobile device 922 , to accept configuration information from the user.
  • Configuration information is accepted from the user of the wireless mobile device, as shown at block 942 .
  • a direct communication path is established between the wireless mobile device 922 and the HVAC controller 920 ( FIG. 20B ) with the wireless HVAC controller 920 or the wireless mobile device 922 functioning as an access point, as generally seen at block 944 .
  • the accepted configuration information is transmitted from the wireless mobile device 922 to the HVAC controller 920 via the direct communication path between the wireless mobile device 922 and the HVAC controller 920 , as indicated at block 946 .
  • the accepted configuration information may include configuration information for configuring communication between the wireless HVAC controller 920 and a local wireless gateway.
  • the accepted configuration information may include HVAC equipment configuration and/or comfort settings.
  • FIGS. 20D-27 show several illustrative examples of screens that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of a user's mobile device in connection with downloading and installing an application program code for setting up an HVAC controller 18 according to an installation setup process which may include installing, configuring, connecting the HVAC controller 18 to a web service using a network connection, and personalizing the HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIGS. 20D and 20E each show illustrative screens 1000 A, 1000 B that may be displayed to a user via the display of the user interface of the user's remote device 62 (e.g. smartphone or tablet) when interacting with an external web service to initially obtain and open the application program code.
  • FIG. 20D shows an initial screen 1000 A that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device after the user has successfully located the application program code in the external web service's application program code database using an appropriate search function.
  • screen 1000 A includes a user prompt 1004 that prompts the user to install (i.e. download) the application program code.
  • Screen 1000 B shown in FIG. 20E may be displayed to a user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 after successful installation of the application program code on the user's remote device.
  • screen 1000 B includes a button 1006 labeled “open” that may prompt the user to open the application program code and initiate execution of the application program code by the user's remote device 62 .
  • Selection of the button 1006 labeled “open” by a user may cause the application program code to display a login prompt screen 1010 to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 , as shown in FIG. 21 .
  • Login prompt screen 1010 may include a first entry field 1012 for accepting a username from a user and a second entry field 1014 for accepting a password associated with the user name entered in the first entry field 1012 .
  • screen 1010 may also include an additional option 1022 labeled “forgot my password” that, when selected by a user, may initiate a sequence of screens that may facilitate retrieval of a user's password.
  • the user may instead select the option 1020 labeled “create account” which will cause the application program code to display one or more screens for facilitating the creation of a user account.
  • the one or more screens may guide the user through setting up and activating their user account.
  • the application program code may cause the user's remote device to transmit the user's account information to a web service hosted by a web server that is associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • a web service hosted by a web server that is associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • An example of such a web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT web ServiceTM.
  • the user's account information may be stored in a database in the server memory and may be accessed by the user via the application program code executed by the user's remote device (e.g. smartphone or tablet).
  • This feature may allow a user to access and make changes to their account and/or the HVAC controller 18 from a variety of remote locations on a number of different computing platforms (e.g. smartphone, tablet, personal computer, internet, HVAC controller 18 , etc.). For example, the user may begin configuring their HVAC controller 18 using the application program code executed by their smartphone, and finish configuring their HVAC controller 18 through a web site hosted by the web service associated with the HVAC controller 18 . This is just one example.
  • FIG. 22 provides an example of a screen 1030 related to the creation of a user account that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 .
  • screen 1030 may include a first user prompt 1034 that may prompt a user to enter selected details for creation of their account in the appropriate text entry fields 1036 a - 1036 c .
  • Each of the text entry fields 1036 a - 1036 c may be labeled with an appropriate label 1038 a - 1038 c identifying the requested information. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • text entry fields 1036 a - 1036 c are labeled “first name”, “last name” and “email address” prompting a user to provide their first and last name and a valid email address in the appropriate entry fields 1036 a - 1036 c . It will be generally understood, that fewer or additional fields may be provided prompting the user to provide fewer or additional details, as appropriate. Additionally, screen 1030 may include a second user prompt 1038 that may prompt a user to create a password using the appropriate text entry fields 1040 a , 1040 b . Each of the text entry fields 1040 a , 1040 b may be labeled with an appropriate label 1042 a , 1042 b prompting the user to enter and verify a newly created password.
  • FIG. 23 provides an example of a screen 1050 that may be displayed in response to the user having selected the button 1044 labeled “create account” provided on screen 1030 .
  • Screen 1050 relates to activation of the user's newly created account.
  • screen 1050 can include a user prompt 1052 that may prompt a user to check their email account associated with the email address provided during creation of their user account for an instructional email and follow the instructions provided in the email.
  • the email may be transmitted by the application program code executed by the user's remote device. If, after having checked their email account, the user has not received the instructional email, the user may select button 1054 labeled “resend” prompting the application program code to send another instructional email to the email account associated with the user's account.
  • Screen 1060 may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device upon successful activation of a user's account.
  • Screen 1060 may include a user message 1062 confirming successful activation of the user's account.
  • screen 1060 may include a prompt or link 1064 that, when selected by the user, may cause the application program code to complete the launch of the application program code for setting up the HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 25 provides an example of a screen 1080 that may be displayed upon selection of prompt or link 1064 displayed on screen 1060 ( FIG. 24 ) for launching the application program code.
  • Screen 1080 may include a first field 1082 identifying the current status of a current setup processes that is in progress and, in some cases, may include an adjacent checkbox 1084 that, when selected by a user, may cause the current setup process to be cancelled.
  • selection of the checkbox 1084 by a user may cause a screen 1086 , shown in FIG. 26 , to be displayed to the user including a user query 1088 that asks the user to confirm cancellation or deletion of the previous HVAC controller setup process.
  • the screen 1086 may be provided as a pop-up or floating window that may be displayed over screen 1080 . In other cases, screen 1086 may be displayed as a separate screen. Selection of either button 1090 labeled “cancel” or button 1092 labeled “delete” may cause the application code to display the previous screen 1080 .
  • screen 1080 may also include a second field 1094 that may include an adjacent user prompt 1096 that may prompt the user to identify a new HVAC device to be setup using the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 as will be described in greater detail below.
  • the user may have already created and activated a user account in which case, the user may enter the required user name and password into the appropriate text entry fields 1012 , 1014 and select button 1016 labeled “login” to login into the user account via the application program code executed by their remote device 62 .
  • the application program code may display a screen 1070 that queries the user about resuming the already previously initiated setup of the HVAC controller 18 . For example, as shown in FIG.
  • screen 1070 may include a user prompt 1072 that questions the user “Resume setup?”
  • screen 1070 may include additional information 1074 such as, for example, the last identified step in the setup process that was previously completed by the user during setup of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1070 may include a first option 1076 a labeled “start over” or “no” and a second option 1076 b labeled “continue setup” or “yes” that may be selected by the user to either cancel the previous setup process and start over or to continue the setup process from the last identified step in the setup as provided in the additional information 1074 displayed on screen 1070 . Selection of second option 1076 b may cause the application program code to resume the setup process at the last identified step.
  • the installation setup process may be divided into at least four different chapters or phases.
  • the application program mode may be configured to display a screen to a user that introduces and/or identifies the current phase of the installation setup process.
  • FIG. 28 provides an example of such a screen 1100 .
  • screen 1100 includes icons 1104 a - 1104 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example are “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”.
  • the icon 1104 a identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process.
  • the icon 1104 a may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon 1104 to indicate that the phase has been completed.
  • the user may initiate the setup process by selecting the button 1106 labeled “start setup” provided on screen 1100 .
  • the application program code may be configured to display one or more screens to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 that may guide a user through removal of an existing thermostat.
  • the one or more screens may be displayed in a pre-determined sequence of screens having a predefined order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may navigate backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 or through some other gesture. These are just some examples.
  • FIGS. 29-41 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that may guide the user through the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 29 shows an example of a first screen 1110 that may be displayed in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order, although this is not required.
  • screen 1100 includes a first label 1112 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1114 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1110 may include a brief text string 1116 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 29 , the brief text string 1116 identifies the current step as “Removing Old Thermostat.”
  • a user message 1118 may also be displayed on screen 1110 .
  • the user message 1118 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the setup process.
  • the user message 1118 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1116 .
  • Screen 1110 may also provide an overview 1120 of the current phase of the setup process.
  • the overview 1120 may list the individual steps 1121 a - 1121 e of the current phase of the installation process. Selection of any of the individual steps 1121 a - 1121 e provided in the overview 1120 may cause the application program code to jump to that step in the current phase of the setup process.
  • An information icon 1122 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Additionally, in some cases, screen 1110 may include a button 1124 labeled “skip” or “skip install” that may be selected by a user if the use has previously removed an existing thermostat and/or previously wired the new HVAC controller 18 . Selection of the button 1126 labeled “start removal” or “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 30 shows an example of another screen 1130 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1130 includes a first label 1132 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1134 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1130 may include a brief text string 1136 identifying the current step of the installation phase.
  • the brief text string 1136 identifies the current step as “Switch Power Off”
  • a user message 1138 may also be displayed on screen 1130 .
  • the user message 1138 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1138 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1136 . Screen 1130 may also provide a diagram 1140 that provides a visual demonstration to the user how the power may be turned off. An information icon 1142 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1146 labeled “start removal” or “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 31 shows an example of another screen 1150 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1150 includes a first label 1152 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1154 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1150 may include a brief text string 1156 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 31 , the brief text string 1156 identifies the current step as “Verifying Power Off.”
  • a user message 1158 may also be displayed on screen 1150 .
  • the user message 1158 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process.
  • the user message 1158 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1156 .
  • An information icon 1162 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1166 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 32 shows an example of another screen 1170 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1170 includes a first label 1172 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1174 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1170 may include a brief text string 1176 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 32 , the brief text string 1176 identifies the current step as “Remove Panel.”
  • a user message 1178 may also be displayed on screen 1170 .
  • the user message 1178 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process.
  • the user message 1178 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1176 .
  • screen 1170 may include a user prompt 1180 that may prompt or instruct the user to take a picture of the panel before it is removed.
  • the user may utilize the camera on their remote device 62 (if present) or utilize a separate camera.
  • the user may utilize the current method provided by the operating system of their remote device 62 to integrate the picture of the panel that the user just captured using the remote device's camera into the application program code. This is just one example.
  • Additional steps for integrating the photo of the panel into the application program code may be necessary if the photo was captured using a device (e.g. digital camera) separate from the remote device 62 .
  • the application program code may display the capture photo 1182 in a region on screen 1170 , as shown in FIG. 32 .
  • An information icon 1184 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1186 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 33 shows an example of another screen 1190 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1190 includes a first label 1192 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1194 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1190 may include a brief text string 1196 identifying the current step of the installation phase.
  • the brief text string 1196 identifies the current step as “Voltage Check.”
  • a user message or user query 1198 may also be displayed on screen 1190 . As shown in FIG.
  • the user message or query 1198 may query the user about their current voltage. For example, the user query 1198 asks the user “Do you have thick black wires, 110 voltage or higher?
  • screen 1190 may provide a first selectable option 1202 labeled “yes” and a second selectable option 1204 labeled “no” for respond to the query presented by the user message 1198 .
  • Screen 1190 may also provide a diagram 1206 of an illustrative wiring configuration that may assist a user in identifying if their existing voltage is 110 voltage or higher.
  • an information icon 1210 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1212 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • selection of the option 1202 labeled “yes” in response to the user query 1198 indicates that the user's voltage is 110 volts or higher.
  • selection of the option 1202 labeled “yes” may cause the application program code to display a screen 1220 , shown in FIG. 34 , which informs the user that their current wiring is incompatible with the new HVAC controller, if appropriate.
  • screen 1220 includes a first label 1222 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1224 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1220 may include a brief text string 1226 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1226 may indicate to the user that the voltage is incompatible.
  • a user message 1228 may also be displayed on screen 1220 .
  • the user message 1228 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process.
  • the user message 1228 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1226 and, in some cases, may instruct the user to take a recommended action.
  • An information icon 1232 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message.
  • FIG. 35 shows an example of a screen 1240 that may be displayed upon selection of the information icon 1232 displayed on screen 1220 shown in FIG. 34 .
  • Screen 1240 may include one or more selectable options 1242 a - 1242 d that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to perform a selected function.
  • option 1242 a when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to access and/or display a set of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and their answers so that they may be viewed by the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • Selection of option 1242 b may cause the application program code to initiate a telephone call to customer service and/or technical support.
  • FAQs frequently asked questions
  • Selection of option 1242 c may cause the application program code to access and/or display an instructional support video.
  • the application program code may access the instructional video using the web browser supported by the user's remote device 62 , but this is not required.
  • Selection of option 1242 d labeled “find a contractor” may cause the application program code to display another screen 1250 , shown in FIG. 36 , that may query the user about using location based services to identify a local contractor or that may include a user prompt that may prompt a user to enter their zip code.
  • the application program code may utilize location based services or the zip code provided by the user to identify a local qualified contractor.
  • the application program code may display a contractor's contact information to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • the application program code may transmit the contractor information to the user via an email message or SMS text message.
  • FIG. 37 shows an example of a next screen 1260 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1260 includes a first label 1262 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1264 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1260 may include a brief text string 1266 identifying the current step of the installation phase.
  • the brief text string 1266 identifies the current step as “Remove Current Wiring and Disconnect.”
  • a user message 1268 may also be displayed on screen 1260 .
  • the user message 1268 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process.
  • the user message 1268 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1266 .
  • the user message may instruct the user to take one or more selected actions consistent with the current step of the installation phase.
  • FIG. 37 the brief text string 1266 identifies the current step as “Remove Current Wiring and Disconnect.”
  • screen 1260 may include an icon or button 1270 that, when selected by a user, may cause the previously captured photo of the panel wiring to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • the photo may be displayed in a separate screen or in a pop-up or floating window that may be provided over the screen 1260 .
  • screen 1260 may include a list 1272 of at least two wiring terminals labels 1274 , wherein each wiring terminal label is available for selection by user.
  • Screen 1260 may also include a scroll bar 1276 that, when manipulated by a user, may cause additional wiring terminal labels 1274 available for selection by a user to be displayed by screen 1260 .
  • the user may utilize the previously captured photo to aid in the selection of the appropriate wiring terminal labels 1274 consistent with a previous wiring configuration. It will be generally recognized by those of skill in the art that the wiring terminal labels “R”, “C”, “W”, “Y”, and “G” cover a vast majority of known wiring configurations related to existing HVAC controllers.
  • An information icon 1278 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • FIG. 38 shows another view of screen 1260 after at least one wiring terminal label 1274 has been selected by a user.
  • wiring terminal labels 1274 labeled “R”, “Y”, “W”, and “G” have been selected by the user.
  • a checkbox FIG. 38
  • radio button may be utilized to indicate selection by a user.
  • the application program code may cause a default color 1284 (e.g. red, white, yellow and green) to be displayed adjacent the selected wiring terminal label(s) 1274 .
  • Selection of the button 1282 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to accept the legacy wiring configuration indicated by the user and/or display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the application program code may cause a pop-up or floating window 1284 to be displayed over screen 1260 , as shown in FIG. 39 .
  • the information displayed in pop-up window 1284 may also be displayed in a separate screen if desired.
  • window 1284 may include a user message 1286 that indicates to the user that the wiring configuration previously entered by the user via screen 1260 is uncommon.
  • window 1284 may include a user prompt 1288 that may instruct the user to visit a website that may provide additional, detailed instructions for setting up the new HVAC controller based on the uncommon wiring configuration indicated by a user.
  • window 1284 may include a hyperlink 1290 that, when selected by the user, may cause the application program code the launch a web browser provided by the user's remote device 62 and cause the website or web page containing the additional wiring configuration information to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • the user may enter the web address included in the hyperlink into the web browser of a separate device and view the information on the separate device.
  • Selection of the button 1292 labeled “update wiring” may cause the previous screen 1260 to be displayed such that a user may update and/or make changes to the existing wiring configuration based on the additional information provided by the website or web page.
  • Selection of the button 1294 labeled “continue” or “next” may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to removal of the existing thermostat.
  • FIG. 40 shows an example of another screen 1300 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1300 includes a first label 1302 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1304 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1300 may include a brief text string 1306 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 40 , the brief text string 1306 identifies the current step as “Remove Wall Plate.”
  • a user message 1308 may also be displayed on screen 1300 .
  • the user message 1308 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1308 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1306 .
  • An information icon 1310 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 41 shows an example of another screen 1320 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1320 includes a first label 1322 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1324 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1320 may include a brief text string 1326 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 41 , the brief text string 1326 identifies the current step as “Old Thermostat Removed!”
  • a user message 1328 may also be displayed on screen 1320 .
  • the user message 1328 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1326 .
  • An information icon 1330 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next” or “start install” may cause the application program code to display a first screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIGS. 42-49 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that may guide the user through installation of a new HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 42 shows an example of a first screen 1340 that may be displayed in the sequence of screens related to the installation of a replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 or through some other gesture. These are just some examples.
  • screen 1340 includes a first label 1342 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1344 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1340 may include a brief text string 1346 identifying the current step of the installation phase.
  • the brief text string 1346 identifies the current step as “Installing Your New Thermostat.”
  • a user message 1348 may also be displayed on screen 1340 . The user message may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1348 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1346 .
  • Screen 1340 may also provide an overview 1350 of the current phase of the setup process.
  • the overview 1350 may list individual steps 1351 a - 1351 e of the current phase of the installation phase. Selection of any of the individual steps 1351 a - 1351 e provided in the overview 1350 may cause the application program to jump to that step in the setup process.
  • An information icon 1352 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1354 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code may display a wiring alert screen 1360 to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • wiring alert screen 1360 may include a first label 1362 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1364 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1360 may include a brief text string 1366 identifying the wiring alert.
  • a user message 1368 may also be displayed on screen 1360 . The user message may contain information about the wiring alert.
  • screen 1360 may include a user prompt 1370 that may prompt the user to select which of a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit, and/or ventilation unit the user desires to wire to the new HVAC controller 18 from a list of selectable options 1372 a - 1372 c .
  • Screen 1360 may include an additional user prompt 1374 that may prompt the user to visit a website or view a web page associated with the HVAC controller 18 for additional details related to wiring the new HVAC controller 18 to control one or more of a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit, and/or ventilation unit.
  • the user prompt 1374 may include a hyperlink (not shown) that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code the launch a web browser provided by the user's remote device 62 and cause the website or web page containing the additional wiring configuration information to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • Selection of the button 1376 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 44 shows another screen 1380 that may be displayed by the application program code as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of a new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order, but this is not required.
  • the sequence of screens may be dependent, at least in part, on the wiring configuration indicated through screen 1260 ( FIGS. 37 and 38 ).
  • screen 1380 includes a first label 1382 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1384 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1380 may include a brief text string 1386 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1386 identifies the current step as “Connect Wires.”
  • Screen 1380 may include at least one user message 1388 that may describe at least one step for connecting one or more wires to the new HVAC controller as part of the “Connect Wires” step of the installation phase.
  • screen 1380 may display at least one diagram 1390 adjacent the user message 1388 .
  • the diagram 1390 may provide a visual illustration of the step described by user message 1388 .
  • screen 1380 may also display an additional user message 1392 that may describe another step of the wiring connection process.
  • the user message 1392 may instruct a user to connect the wires according to a wiring diagram 1394 that may be displayed on screen 1380 in connection with and adjacent to the user message 1392 .
  • the wiring diagram 1394 that is displayed may be dependent upon the legacy wiring diagram indicated by the user and the user's answers to the one or more questions about the user's HVAC system including additional HVAC equipment that may be present such as, for example, a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit and/or a ventilation unit.
  • the application program code may display one or more steps related to a wiring configuration process for a common wiring configuration on a single screen 1380 .
  • An information icon 1396 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • the number of steps related to the wiring connection process and/or the number of diagrams that may be displayed in connection with the steps may be dependent upon the wiring configuration indicated by the user through screen 1260 ( FIGS. 37 and 38 ).
  • one or more additional screens or a scrolling display including additional steps and/or diagrams may be displayed by the application program code in connection with a wiring connection process as necessary.
  • a user may capture a photo or video of the existing wire panel using a camera built into their remote device 62 or a separate camera, and the photo or video may be read by the application program code.
  • the application program code may include wire recognition logic incorporating appropriate digital processing techniques for identifying the color and the position of the wires in the picture of the existing wire panel.
  • the wire recognition logic may use image processing algorithms, and may be substantially simpler than some more complex image processing applications such as facial recognition applications.
  • the wire recognition logic may enable the application program code to determine the existing wiring configuration based on the color and/or positions of the wires in the picture.
  • the application program code may include logic for recognizing if one or more wire terminals includes a jumper.
  • the wire recognition logic contained within the application program code may cause the controller of the remote device 62 to access a wiring configuration database stored locally in the memory of the remote device 62 , and to compare the existing wiring configuration detected by the wire recognition logic to the wiring configurations contained within the database. Based on the comparison of the existing wiring configuration to the wiring configurations stored in the database, the controller of the remote device 62 may identify an appropriate wiring configuration for the new thermostat based on the comparison and, in some cases, answers to one or more interview questions about the HVAC system provided by the user via a user interface of the remote device 62 . The application program code may then display a recommended wiring diagram for the new thermostat to the user via the user interface of the remote device, and instruct the user to connect the existing wires according to a wiring diagram, such as shown in FIG. 44 .
  • the wiring recognition logic may be implemented on a remote server.
  • the remote device 62 may transmit a captured wiring configuration to the remote server.
  • the remote server may then access a wiring configuration database stored at the server and the server may compare the existing wiring configuration to the wiring configurations contained within the database.
  • the remote server may identify an appropriate wiring configuration for the new thermostat based on the comparison and, in some cases, answers to one or more interview questions about the HVAC system provided by the user.
  • the remote server may then transmit a message containing a recommended new wiring configuration to the remote device 62 where it may be displayed to the user via the user interface of their remote device 62 , such as shown in FIG. 44 , by the application program code of the remote device 62 .
  • FIG. 45 shows another screen 1400 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1400 includes a first label 1402 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1404 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1400 may include a brief text string 1406 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 45 , the brief text string 1406 identifies the current step as “Mount Trim Ring.”
  • a user message 1408 may also be displayed on screen 1400 .
  • the user message 1408 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1406 .
  • screen 1400 may include an instructional diagram 1410 visually showing the user how to mount the trim ring.
  • An information icon 1412 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1414 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 46 shows another screen 1420 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1420 includes a first label 1422 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1424 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1420 may include a brief text string 1426 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 46 , the brief text string 1426 identifies the current step as “Mount Wallplate.”
  • a user message 1428 may also be displayed on screen 1420 .
  • the user message 1428 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1426 .
  • screen 1420 may include an instructional diagram 1430 visually showing the user how to mount the wallplate to a wall.
  • An information icon 1432 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1434 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 47 shows another screen 1440 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1440 includes a first label 1442 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1444 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1440 may include a brief text string 1446 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 47 , the brief text string 1446 identifies the current step as “Attach to Wallplate.”
  • a user message 1448 may also be displayed on screen 1420 .
  • the user message 1448 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1446 .
  • screen 1440 may include an instructional diagram 1450 visually showing the user how to attach the HVAC controller to the wallplate.
  • An information icon 1452 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1454 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 48 shows another screen 1460 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1460 includes a first label 1462 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1464 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1460 may include a brief text string 1466 identifying the current step of the installation phase. Alternatively, or in addition to, the brief text string 1466 may instruct the user to take a desired action. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1446 instructs a user to “Turn on Power.”
  • a user message 1468 may also be displayed on screen 1460 .
  • the user message 1468 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1466 .
  • screen 1460 may include an instructional diagram 1470 visually showing the user how to turn the power on to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • An information icon 1472 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1474 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 49 shows another screen 1480 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order.
  • screen 1480 includes a first label 1482 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • a status bar indicator 1484 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase.
  • screen 1480 may include a brief text string 1486 identifying the current step of the installation phase.
  • a user message 1488 may also be displayed on screen 1480 . In some cases, the user message 1488 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1486 .
  • the user message 1488 may provide additional information about the next phase in the installation phase.
  • An information icon 1492 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1494 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 50 shows a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC controller 18 after a successful installation.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may glow and/or emit light pulses during its initial startup. In some cases, this may include illuminating the light ring to produce a halo glow around the HVAC controller 18 . In some cases, this may visually indicate to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is starting up. Once the HVAC controller 18 has stopped glowing and/or pulsing and the liquid crystal display of the user interface is on, the HVAC controller 18 is ready to be configured to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to configure itself as a WiFi access point for hosting its own wireless network 54 within a building or structure, and may be programmed to accept a wireless connection with a user's remote device 62 .
  • the application code previously downloaded and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 may cause the remote device 62 to search for available wireless networks within and/or in close proximity to the building or structure in which the HVAC controller 18 is located. Since the HVAC controller 18 may be initially configured as a wireless access point, the application program code may cause the remote device 62 to detect the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 , and to display the HVAC controller's wireless network on the user interface of the remote device 62 as being available for connection.
  • the HVAC controller's wireless network may be displayed as one selectable option among a list of other wireless networks that are available in the area for connection.
  • a user may initiate connection to the HVAC controller's wireless network by selecting the HVAC controller's wireless network from the list of wireless networks. In some cases, a password may be requested.
  • the user once connected to the HVAC controller's wireless network, the user may be able to configure the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4 through the same or a different application program code stored on the user's remote device 62 for that purpose.
  • FIG. 51 provides an illustrative screen 1510 that may be displayed on the user interface of the remote device 62 when the remote device 62 is attempting to connect to the wireless access point hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1510 may include a list 1512 of wireless networks 1514 available in the area for connection including the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • Each of the available wireless networks 1514 displayed on the screen 1510 may be displayed as individually selectable options available for selection by a user, and in the example shown, are assigned a unique SSID that identifies them to a user.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may host an access point wireless network identified as “TSTAT03”.
  • the remote device 62 may attempt to connect to the HVAC controller's wireless network upon selection of the wireless network option 1514 labeled “TSTAT03” by a user.
  • FIG. 52 provides an example of a screen 1520 that may be displayed on the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the remote device 62 is attempting to connect to the HVAC controller 18 over the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • a wireless network may be established between the HVAC controller 18 and a remote device 62 upon acceptance of the connection from the remote device 62 .
  • the wireless network may be hosted by the HVAC controller 18 and may initially be used to access and configure the HVAC controller 18 via the application program code previously downloaded and stored on the user's remote device 62 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 and the remote device 62 may remain paired over the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 during the configuration phase and at least part of the connection phase of the installer setup process.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may terminate the hosted wireless network and reconfigure itself as a client device on the building's wireless network.
  • FIG. 53 provides an illustrative screen 1524 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 upon successful connection of the remote device 62 to the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • Screen 1524 may include a user message 1526 that indicates that the connection to the remote device 62 was successful. Additionally, in some cases, screen 1524 may include a user prompt 1526 that may prompt the user to continue to use the application program code stored on the remote device 62 to setup and/or configure the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to connect to a second wireless network 1538 such as, for example, the building's WiFi network.
  • FIG. 54 provides a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be established between the user's remote device 62 , the HVAC controller 18 , and a cloud-based, external web service 1550 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service) hosted by a remote/external web server 1556 .
  • the second wireless network 1538 may be capable of communicating over a wide area network 1542 (e.g. the Internet) via a router or gateway 1543 to access the external web service 1550 hosted by the external web server 1556 .
  • the external web service 1550 may include a user account having one or more user profiles that may be associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the external web service 1550 may provide additional functionalities and or programming capabilities that may not otherwise be available at the HVAC controller 18 , or through application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 .
  • the external web service 1550 may be programmed to receive selected data from the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to deliver some or all of the installer setup parameters to the web service 1550 over the wide area network 1542 via the building's wireless network 1538 .
  • the web service 1550 may be programmed to associate the various installation setup parameters with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550 and store them in an appropriate database.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to receive one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 over the first wireless network 1534 from the user's remote device 62 .
  • the one or more access parameters may include a service set identifier (SSID) for the second wireless network 1538 and/or password required to gain access to the second wireless network 1538 .
  • SSID service set identifier
  • the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 may have been previously entered by a user through the user interface of the user's remote device 62 , and may be stored in the memory of the remote device 62 .
  • the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 may be passed to the HVAC controller 18 when the remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 via the first wireless network 1534 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to implement a web server for serving up one or more web pages over the first wireless network 1534 that may be displayed and viewed on the user interface of the wireless device 62 .
  • the one or more web pages displayed on the user interface of the wireless device 62 may solicit and accept the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 from a user.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to use, at least in part, the one or more access parameters to connect to the second wireless network 1538 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to connect to the second wireless network 1538 as a network client device using the one or more access parameters received from the user's remote device 62 , making the HVAC controller 18 available on the second network 1538 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to first disconnect itself from the first wireless network 1534 established between the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 before connecting to the second wireless network 1538 as a network client.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to perform a reset, and on initialization, may automatically connect to the second wireless network 1538 using the one or more access parameters.
  • this step may be performed by the HVAC controller 18 after the user has configured the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4 using the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 when the user's remote device is in communication with the HVAC controller 18 over the first wireless network 1534 established between the remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 .
  • this step may be performed during the connection phase of the installer setup process, discussed in further detail below.
  • the configuration phase may be completed utilizing the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 when the user's remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 over the first network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18 ( FIG. 54 ).
  • the HVAC controller 18 may then transmit the configuration information to the web service 1550 when a second network connection 1538 is established between the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 may transmit the configuration information over the second network 1538 or another network 1539 (e.g. cell phone, SMS, or the like) to the web service 1550 , and the web service 1550 may transmit the configuration information to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code may be used to configure the HVAC controller 18 when the user's remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 over the first network 1534 , or when the user's remote device 62 is in communication with the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542 via the external web service 1550 .
  • the user's remote device 62 may communicate directly with the external web service 1550 via the second network 1538 or another network 1539 , as desired. This feature may be useful if the network connection established between the HVAC controller 18 and the remote device 62 over the first network 1534 becomes disrupted.
  • the user may finish configuring the HVAC controller 18 using the application program code on their remote device 62 .
  • This information may then be transmitted from the user's remote device 62 to the web service 1550 via the second network 1538 or another network 1539 .
  • the web service 1550 may associate the configuration information with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550 , and then transmit the configuration to the HVAC controller 18 via the second network 1538 when a network connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the web service 1550 is established.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may transmit the configuration information to the web service 1550 over the second network 1548 .
  • both the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18 may utilize the same installation setup logic by executing the same code from the same code base.
  • the code may be compiled for use by the HVAC controller 18 and for use by the web service 1550 . This feature may allow the web service 1550 to more easily communicate directly with the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 , regardless of the state of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the application program code uses the same communication protocol to communicate with the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller, and both the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18 may use the same installation setup logic by executing the same basic code from the same code base, configuration information may be transmitted between any one of the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 , the HVAC controller 18 , and/or the web service 1550 . Additionally, because each of the HVAC controller 18 , the application program code, and the web service 1550 use the same installation setup logic, this may permit a user to begin configuring the HVAC controller 18 utilizing the application program code executed by their remote device 62 and finish configuring the HVAC controller 18 through the web service or at the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 itself with minimal differences in the user experience.
  • FIG. 55 provides an example of a screen 1560 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 upon successful connection of the remote device 62 to the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1560 may be a first screen in a sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 . These are just some examples.
  • screen 1560 includes a first label 1562 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1562 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1564 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1560 may include a brief text string 1566 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1566 identifies the current step as “Equipment Configuration.”
  • a user message 1568 may also be displayed on screen 1560 . The user message may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process.
  • the user message 1568 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the configuration phase identified by the brief text string 1566 .
  • Screen 1560 may also include a button 1572 labeled “skip configure” that may permit a user to skip the configuration phase. A user may select button 1572 labeled “skip configure” if they have already completed this phase of the setup process.
  • screen 1560 may include a button 1574 labeled “advanced configuration” that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display one or more screens related to setting one or more detailed HVAC settings such as, for example, a number of heating cycles, reversing valve settings, fan operation, etc.
  • An information icon 1576 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1578 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 56 provides another example of a screen 1580 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1580 includes a first label 1582 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1582 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1584 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1580 may include a brief text string 1586 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1586 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Heating System.”
  • a user message 1588 may also be displayed on screen 1580 .
  • the user message may contain a user query that prompts the user to select their heating system type from a list 1590 of one or more selectable options 1592 a - 1592 e , each selectable option corresponding to a different type of heating system.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1590 may indicate the most common type of heating system to aid the user in their selection.
  • An information icon 1594 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1596 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 57 provides another example of a screen 1600 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1600 includes a first label 1602 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1602 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1604 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1600 may include a brief text string 1606 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1606 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Fuel Source.”
  • a user message 1608 may also be displayed on screen 1600 .
  • the user message 1608 may contain a user query that prompts the user to select their fuel source from a list 1610 of one or more selectable options 1612 a - 1612 f , each selectable option corresponding to a different type of fuel source.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1610 may indicate the most common type of fuel source to aid the user in their selection.
  • An information icon 1614 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1616 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 58 provides another example of a screen 1620 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1620 includes a first label 1622 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1622 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1624 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1620 may include a brief text string 1626 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1626 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Reversing Valve.”
  • a user message 1628 may also be displayed on screen 1620 .
  • the user message 1628 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify what stage is used by the reversing valve from a list 1630 of one or more selectable options 1632 a - 1632 b , each selectable option corresponding to a different stage that may be utilized by a revering valve.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1630 may indicate the most common stage utilized by a reversing valve.
  • An information icon 1634 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1636 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 59 provides another example of a screen 1640 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1640 includes a first label 1642 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1642 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1644 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1640 may include a brief text string 1646 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1646 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Heat Stages.”
  • a user message 1648 may also be displayed on screen 1640 .
  • the user message 1648 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the number of heating stages utilized by their heating system from a list 1650 of one or more selectable options 1652 a - 1652 c , each selectable option corresponding to a different number of heating stages.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1650 may indicate the most common number of stages utilized by a heating system.
  • An information icon 1654 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1656 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 60 provides another example of a screen 1660 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1660 includes a first label 1662 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1662 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1664 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1660 may include a brief text string 1666 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1666 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Cooling Stages.”
  • a user message 1668 may also be displayed on screen 1660 .
  • the user message 1668 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the number of cooling stages utilized by their cooling system from a list 1670 of one or more selectable options 1672 a - 1672 c , each selectable option corresponding to a different number of cooling stages.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1670 may indicate the most common number of stages utilized by a cooling system.
  • An information icon 1674 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • Selection of the button 1676 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 . It will be generally understood that if the user does not have a cooling system, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or perform some other gesture.
  • FIG. 61 provides another example of a screen 1680 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1680 includes a first label 1682 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1682 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1684 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1680 may include a brief text string 1686 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1686 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Fan Operation.”
  • a user message 1688 may also be displayed on screen 1680 .
  • the user message 1688 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the mode of operation that is utilized by the system fan from a list 1690 of one or more selectable options 1692 a - 1692 c , each selectable option corresponding to a different mode of fan operation.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1690 may indicate the most common mode of fan operation.
  • An information icon 1694 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1696 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 62 provides another example of a screen 1700 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1700 includes a first label 1702 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1702 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1704 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1700 may include a brief text string 1706 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1706 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat.”
  • a user message 1708 may also be displayed on screen 1700 .
  • the user message 1708 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the type of backup heating utilize by the HVAC system 4 from a list 1710 of one or more selectable options 1712 a - 1712 b , each selectable option corresponding to a different type of backup heat.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1710 may indicate the most common type of backup heat.
  • An information icon 1714 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • Selection of the button 1716 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 . It will be generally understood that if the system does not utilize backup heat, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or perform some other gesture.
  • FIG. 63 provides another example of a screen 1720 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1720 includes a first label 1722 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1722 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1724 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1720 may include a brief text string 1726 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1726 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Fossil Fuel Kit.”
  • a user message 1728 may also be displayed on screen 1720 .
  • the user message 1728 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the type of fossil fuel kit utilized for backup heating by the HVAC system 4 from a list 1730 of one or more selectable options 1732 a - 1732 b , each selectable option corresponding to a different type of fossil fuel kit.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1730 may indicate the most common type of fossil fuel kit.
  • An information icon 1734 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1736 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 . It will be generally understood that if the backup heat does not utilize a fossil fuel kit, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 64 provides another example of a screen 1740 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1740 includes a first label 1742 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1742 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1744 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1740 may include a brief text string 1746 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1746 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Operation.”
  • a user message 1748 may also be displayed on screen 1740 .
  • the user message 1748 may contain a user query that asks the user to if the system using a heat pump for backup heat.
  • the user may respond to the query presented by the user message 1748 by selecting a first option 1752 a labeled “Yes” or a second option labeled “No.”
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • An information icon 1754 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1756 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 . It will be generally understood that if the HVAC system 4 does not utilize backup heating, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 65 provides another example of a screen 1760 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1760 includes a first label 1762 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1762 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1764 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1760 may include a brief text string 1766 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1766 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Fan.”
  • a user message 1768 may also be displayed on screen 1760 .
  • the user message 1768 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify what mode of operation is utilized by the system fan for backup heat.
  • the user may identify the fan mode of operation from a list 1770 of selectable options 1772 a - 1772 c , each selectable option corresponding to a different mode of fan operation for backup heat.
  • a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection.
  • the list 1770 may indicate the most common mode of fan operation for backup heat.
  • An information icon 1774 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • Selection of the button 1776 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 . It will be generally understood that if the HVAC system 4 does not utilize backup heating, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 66 provides another example of a screen 1800 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • Screen 1800 shown in FIG. 66 , relates to setting temperature setpoints for heating and/or cooling as applicable. It will be generally understood that a similar screen or screens may be displayed related to setting a humidity setpoint for heating and/or cooling as applicable.
  • screen 1800 includes a first label 1802 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1802 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1804 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1800 may include a brief text string 1806 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1806 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Set Comfort Temperatures—Home.”
  • a user message 1808 may also be displayed on screen 1800 .
  • the user message 1808 may prompt the user to identify a comfortable temperature when the user is at home for both heating and/or cooling, as applicable.
  • screen 1800 may include a first icon 1810 corresponding to a heating comfort temperature.
  • Screen 1800 may also include a second icon 1812 corresponding to cooling comfort temperature, as applicable. Identifying labels 1814 , 1816 may be displayed adjacent the heating and/or cooling icons.
  • the user may adjust the heating and/or cooling temperature values from the displayed default values by pressing and/or holding the icon until the desired temperature is displayed.
  • first and second arrows may be displayed adjacent each of the heating and cooling icons 1810 , 1812 for adjusting the displayed temperature values.
  • An information icon 1817 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1818 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 67 provides another example of a screen 1820 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • Screen 1820 shown in FIG. 67 , relates to setting temperature setpoint values for heating and/or cooling as applicable. It will be generally understood that a similar screen or screens may be displayed related to setting a humidity setpoint value for heating and/or cooling.
  • screen 1820 includes a first label 1822 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1822 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1824 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1820 may include a brief text string 1826 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1826 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Set Comfort Temperatures—Away.”
  • a user message 1828 may also be displayed on screen 1820 .
  • the user message 1828 may provide additional information about utilizing temperature setpoint values during an away mode of operation.
  • screen 1820 may provide button 1830 , that when selected by a user, may enable an auto mode of operation to be utilized by the HVAC controller 18 to control the temperature for heating and/or cooling according to one or more default temperature setpoint values when the HVAC controller 18 is controlling the HVAC system 4 according to an away mode.
  • screen 1820 may display the default temperature setpoint values 1832 , 1834 in a region of the screen 1820 .
  • An information icon 1836 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1838 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • buttons 1830 may function as a toggle switch that when selected in a first instance by a user enables the auto away mode, and when selected in a second instance by a user disables the auto away mode.
  • the application program code may display screen 1840 , as shown in FIG. 68 . Through screen 1840 , the user may adjust and select the temperature setpoint values 1842 , 1844 for heating and/or cooling to be utilized by the HVAC controller 18 to control the HVAC system 4 during an away mode of operation.
  • the user may adjust the heating and/or cooling temperature values 1842 , 1844 from the displayed default values by pressing and/or holding the icon until the desired temperature is displayed.
  • Selection of the button 1846 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 69 provides another example of a screen 1850 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1850 may provide a summary of the configuration settings accepted from a user through the previous screens 1580 , 1600 , 1620 , 1640 , 1660 , 1680 , 1700 , 1720 , 1740 , 1760 , 1800 , 1820 , and/or 1840 .
  • Screen 1850 may include a first label 1852 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1852 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1854 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1850 may include a brief text string 1856 identifying the current step of the configuration phase.
  • the brief text string 1856 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Configuration Summary.”
  • a user message 1858 may also be displayed on screen 1850 .
  • the user message 1858 may provide additional information about the configuration summary screen 1850 .
  • screen 1850 may include one or more selectable options 1860 a - 1860 e , each option corresponding to a different component of the HVAC system 4 that was configured during the configuration phase of the installation setup process.
  • Selection of any one of the options 1860 a - 1860 e by a user may cause the application program code to display detailed information about the configuration settings identified for that particular HVAC system component corresponding to the selected option.
  • An information icon 1864 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • Selection of the button 1866 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 70 shows an example of a screen 1870 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code upon successful completion of the configuration phase of the installation setup process.
  • screen 1870 can include a first label 1872 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1872 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.”
  • a status bar indicator 1874 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase.
  • screen 1870 may include a brief text string 1876 announcing completion of the configuration phase to the user. For example, as shown in FIG. 70 , the brief text string 1876 states “Configuration Complete!”
  • a user message 1878 may also be displayed on screen 1870 .
  • the user message 1878 may provide additional information about the next phase of the installation setup process.
  • screen 1870 may include a button 1880 labeled “skip” that, when selected by a user, may allow the user to skip the next set of steps in the installation setup process.
  • An information icon 1884 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1886 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 71 shows an example of a screen 1890 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1890 includes a user message 1892 that informs the user that the setup process is almost complete.
  • screen 1890 may include a user prompt 1894 that may prompt the user to utilize the application program code to connect the HVAC controller to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54 ).
  • FIGS. 72-75 and 77 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that guide the user through connecting the newly installed HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54 ).
  • the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 . These are just some examples.
  • FIG. 72 shows an example of a first screen 1900 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54 ) and in some cases, to a web service 1550 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service) associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1900 can include a first label 1902 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1902 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.”
  • screen 1900 may include a brief text string 1904 that identifies the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1904 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect Your Thermostat.”
  • a user message 1906 may be displayed on screen 1900 .
  • User message 1906 may include additional information or instructions about the current step of the connection phase.
  • screen 1900 may also include icons 1908 a - 1908 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”.
  • the icon 1908 c identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process.
  • the icon(s) may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed.
  • icons 1908 a and 1908 b corresponding to the installation phase and the configuration phase of the setup process each include a checkmark indicating to the user that those phases of the setup process have been completed.
  • the user may initiate the connection process by selecting 1910 labeled “start connecting” provided at the bottom of screen 1900 .
  • Selection of button 1910 labeled “start connecting” provided on screen 1900 may cause the application program code to display the next screen 1920 , shown in FIG. 73 , in the sequence of screens related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54 ) and/or web service 1550 to be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 .
  • screen 1920 can include a first label 1922 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1922 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.”
  • a status bar indicator 1924 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase.
  • screen 1920 may include a brief text string 1926 identifying the current step of the connection phase.
  • the brief text string 1926 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect to Home Wi-Fi.”
  • a user message 1928 may also be displayed on screen 1920 .
  • the user message 1928 may prompt the user to identify and select the building's wireless network from a list 1930 of available wireless networks 1932 a - 1932 d . It may be useful to note, that at this point in the installation setup process the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 may be paired together over the first wireless network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18 . In some cases, however, the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 may not be paired together over the first wireless network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1940 may then cause screen 1940 , shown in FIG. 74 , to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62 .
  • the application program code may solicit and accept the network password from the user for accessing the building's wireless network.
  • screen 1940 can include a first label 1942 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1942 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.”
  • a status bar indicator 1944 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase.
  • screen 1940 may include a brief text string 1946 identifying the current step of the connection phase.
  • the brief text string 1946 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Network Password.”
  • a user message 1948 may also be displayed on screen 1940 .
  • the user message 1928 may prompt the user to provide the password for the building's wireless network.
  • Screen 1940 may include a password entry field 1950 which the user may utilize to enter the network password. Selection of the button 1952 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to accept the password entered by the user via the password entry field 1950 and to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to a wireless network and/or web service.
  • the application program code may transmit the selected network ID and/or password to the HVAC controller 18 over the first wireless network 1534 which is hosted by the HVAC controller 18 , after which the application program code may cause the remote device 62 to disconnect from first network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller and connect to the building's wireless network 1538 .
  • the application program code may cause the remote device 62 to communicate with the HVAC controller 18 via the web service 1550 upon successful connection of the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 will attempt to connect to the building's wireless network 1538 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to sync to the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to discontinue hosting the first network 1534 ( FIG. 54 ) and to reconfigure itself as a network client on the building's wireless network 1538 .
  • FIG. 75 shows an example of a screen 1960 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 during the connection phase when the HVAC controller 18 is attempting to connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and ultimately, with the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 1960 can include a first label 1962 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1962 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.”
  • a status bar indicator 1964 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase.
  • screen 1960 may include a brief text string 1966 identifying the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 1966 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect to Web Service.”
  • a user message 1968 may also be displayed on screen 1960 .
  • User message 1968 may provide additional information about the current step of the connection process.
  • screen 1960 may display a busy indicator 1970 indicating to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is busy. If the HVAC controller 18 cannot connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and/or the web service 1550 , screen 1960 may include an error message 1972 .
  • screen 1960 may include a button 1974 labeled “connect again” that, when selected by the user, may cause the HVAC controller 18 to attempt to re-connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and/or web service 1550 if the previous connection attempt was unsuccessful.
  • FIG. 76 shows an example of a screen 1980 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the HVAC controller 18 is attempting to connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and ultimately, the web service 1550 .
  • screen 1980 includes a user message 1982 that indicates to the user that the connection process is occurring.
  • the web service 1550 may transmit a message to the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device confirming that the HVAC controller 18 was successfully configured and is connected to the web service 1550 .
  • FIG. 77 shows an example of a screen 1990 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 upon successful connection of the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550 .
  • Screen 1990 can include a first label 1992 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 1992 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.”
  • a status bar indicator 1994 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase.
  • screen 1990 may include a brief text string 1996 informing the user that the connection was successful.
  • a user message 1998 may also be displayed on screen 1960 .
  • User message 1998 may provide additional information about the current step of the connection phase and may provide information about the next step in the installation setup process.
  • Selection of button 2000 labeled “next” may cause the application code to display another screen related to the setup of the HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 78 shows an example of a screen 2010 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the HVAC controller 18 has successfully connected to the building's wireless network 1538 and the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM web service).
  • screen 2010 includes a user message 2012 that informs the user that the HVAC controller 18 is successfully connected to the building's wireless network 1538 and the web service 1550 .
  • screen 2010 may include a user prompt 2014 that may prompt a user to register the HVAC controller utilizing the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 .
  • FIGS. 79-84 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide a user through personalizing the HVAC controller 18 .
  • Personalizing the HVAC controller 18 may include naming the HVAC controller and, in cases where multiple thermostats may be located within the building, identifying the location of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • personalizing the HVAC controller 18 may include registering and associating the HVAC controller with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550 . In some cases, as part of the registration process and as discussed in detail in U.S. application Ser. No.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may transmit its MAC address and CRC code to the remote device 62 .
  • the application program code may then cause the remote device 62 to transmit the MAC address and CRC code associated with the HVAC controller to the web service 1550 during the registration process.
  • the MAC address and CRC code are unique identifiers that may be used by the web service 1550 to identify the HVAC controller 18 on the building's wireless network 1538 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may transmit the MAC address and CRC code associated with the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550 during the registration process.
  • FIG. 79 shows an example of a first screen 2020 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18 . It may be useful to note that at this point in the installation setup process; the remote device 62 may or may not be in communication with the HVAC controller 18 via the web service 1550 . In some cases, changes made to the HVAC controller 18 through the application program code executed by the remote device 62 are transmitted to the web service 1550 , which in turn pushes down the changes to the HVAC controller 18 via the building's wireless network 1538 . If the HVAC controller 18 loses connection with the web service 1550 , the web service 1550 may buffer any changes or modifications to the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the web service 1550 may be programmed to transmit the buffered changes or modifications to the HVAC controller 18 over the second wireless network 1538 upon restoration of the network connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the web service 1550 . While in other cases, changes made via the application program code may be transmitted from the remote device 62 to the HVAC controller 18 , without the intervening web service 1550 .
  • screen 2020 may include a first label 2022 identifying the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 2022 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.”
  • screen 2020 may include a brief text string 2024 that identifies the current step of the personalization phase.
  • the brief text string 2024 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Personalize Your Thermostat.”
  • a user message 2026 may be displayed on screen 1900 . In some cases, user message 2026 may include additional information or instructions about the current step of the personalization phase.
  • screen 2020 may also include icons 2028 a - 2028 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”.
  • the icon 2028 d identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process.
  • the icon(s) 2028 a - 2028 d may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • icons 2028 a - 2028 c corresponding to the installation phase, the configuration phase, and the connection phase of the setup process each include a checkmark indicating to the user that those phases of the setup process are complete.
  • screen 2020 may include a thermostat icon 2030 indicating to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is connected to the remote device 62 and/or to the web service 1550 .
  • the user may initiate the personalization process by selecting 2032 labeled “start personalizing” provided at the bottom of screen 2020 .
  • buttons 2032 labeled “start personalizing” provided on screen 2020 may cause the application program code to display the next screen 2040 , shown in FIG. 80 , in the sequence of screens related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 2040 can include a first label 2042 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 2042 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.”
  • a status bar indicator 2044 may also be provided that shows the current status of the personalization phase.
  • screen 2040 may include a brief text string 2046 identifying the current step of the personalization phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 2046 identifies the current step of the personalization phase as “Personalize.”
  • a user message 2048 may also be displayed on screen 2040 .
  • the user message 2048 may prompt the user to name and identify the location of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • Screen 2040 may include a first text entry box 2050 labeled “Location Name” for receiving and accepting the location of the HVAC controller 18 from a user.
  • a second text entry box 2052 labeled “Thermostat Name” may be displayed for receiving and accepting a thermostat name from a user. Selection of button 2054 labeled next may cause the application program code to display another screen in the sequence of screens related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 81 shows an example screen 2060 through which a user may register the HVAC controller 18 with the web service 1550 as part of the personalization phase of the installation setup process.
  • screen 2060 can include a first label 2062 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 2062 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.”
  • a status bar indicator 2064 may also be provided that shows the current status of the personalization phase.
  • screen 2060 may include a brief text string 2066 identifying the current step of the personalization phase. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the brief text string 2066 identifies the current step of the personalization phase as “Register.”
  • a user message 2068 may also be displayed on screen 2040 .
  • user message 2068 may prompt the user to register the HVAC controller with the web service 1550 by entering their address and time zone into the text entry fields 2070 displayed on screen 2060 .
  • a button 2072 may be provided that, when selected by a user, cause the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device to utilize location based services of the user's remote device to identify the location of the HVAC controller 18 and automatically populate the fields 2070 . This feature may be more accurate when the user is actually in the building near the location of the HVAC controller 18 during the registration process.
  • selection of button 2074 displayed on screen 2060 may cause the application program code to display the MAC address and/or CRC code of the HVAC controller 18 on the screen 2060 such that it may be viewed by the user.
  • Selection of button 2076 labeled “next” may cause the application code to accept the registration information from the user and transmit the registration information to the web service 1550 . Additionally, in some cases, selection of button 2076 labeled “next” provided on screen 2060 may cause the application program code to display a pop-up or floating window 2080 over screen 2060 , as shown in FIG. 82 .
  • Window 2080 may include a user message 2082 that informs the user that the HVAC controller 18 is being registered with the HVAC controller 18 . In some cases, window 2080 may also include an animated busy indicator 2084 .
  • FIG. 83 shows an example of a screen 2090 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 upon successful registration of the HVAC controller 18 with the web service 1550 .
  • Screen 2090 can include a first label 2092 that identifies the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 2092 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.”
  • a status bar indicator 2094 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase.
  • screen 2090 may include a brief text string 2096 informing the user that the registration process was successful.
  • a user message 2098 may also be displayed on screen 2060 .
  • User message 2098 may provide additional information or instructions about the current step of the personalization phase of the installation setup process. Selection of button 2099 labeled “next” may cause the application code to display another screen related to the setup of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 84 shows an example of yet another screen 3000 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be connected to the web service 1550 and can be controlled via the web service 1550 and/or via the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 .
  • screen 3000 may include a first label 3002 identifying the current phase of the setup process.
  • first label 3002 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Finished.”
  • screen 3000 may include a brief text string 3006 that notifies the user that the setup process is complete.
  • a user message 3008 may be displayed on screen 3000 .
  • user message 3008 may include additional information or instructions about the phase of the installation setup process.
  • user message 3008 confirms that the HVAC controller 18 is installed and connected.
  • screen 3000 may also include icons 3010 a - 3010 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”. Once the installation setup process is completed, each of the icons 3010 a - 3010 d may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed, as shown in FIG. 84 .
  • screen 3000 may include a thermostat icon 3012 .
  • the thermostat icon 3012 may display a current temperature reflective of a measure of the current temperature received from the HVAC controller 18 . Additionally, in some cases, screen 3000 may also include an icon 3016 representing the user's remote device 62 to indicate that the HVAC controller 18 is also in communication with the remote device 62 . Selection of button 3018 labeled “finish” may end the installation setup process.
  • FIG. 85 shows an example of a confirmation screen 3020 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 upon successful completion of the installation setup process.
  • screen 3020 may include a confirmatory user message confirming successful completion of the installation setup process.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to glow and/or make an audible sound indicative of successful completion of the installation setup process.
  • the user may begin to immediately use the newly installed HVAC controller.
  • the application program code previously downloaded and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 may include a tour to facilitate a user's understanding of how to use the newly installed HVAC controller.
  • the tour may include a video based tour that the user may access and view through the user interface of their remote device 62 .
  • the tour may include a link that may activate a short video either embedded within the application program code and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 or a link to a video hosted by an external website such as, for example, YOUTUBE (www.youtube.com).
  • the video-based tour may provide an overview of selected functions of the thermostat. Upon viewing the video, a user should better understand how to utilize the selected functions.
  • the tour may be contained within the application program code, and may include a task-based tutorial that may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to one or more thermostat functions that are to be completed by the user. After successful completion of the series of tasks or steps, the user should be able to independently utilize the selected function of the thermostat.
  • Non-limiting examples of the selected thermostat functions through which the tour or task-based tutorial may guide a user include: changing a temperature setpoint; selecting an appropriate geofence; creating a custom geofence; creating a customized one-touch action macro or shortcut; creating a user profile; viewing performance logs; changing alert timers, etc.
  • FIG. 86A is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 4100 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the mobile device 4100 may be similar to those described previously, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the mobile device 4100 may be a smartphone or tablet, but this is not required.
  • the HVAC controller 4102 may be considered as being an example of the HVAC controller 18 ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the illustrative mobile device 4100 includes a touch screen display 4104 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information.
  • a network connection 4106 is configured to communicate with a remote server 4108 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the illustrative mobile device 4100 includes a controller 4110 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 4104 and the network connection 4106 .
  • the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is configured to display one or more screens on the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 and to accept input from a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is further configured to provide a tour via the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 that guides a user though programming a first function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the tour may include an instructional video.
  • the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is further configured to output one or more programmed functions of the HVAC controller 4102 to the remote server 4108 via the network connection 4106 .
  • a tour prompts the user to take one or more programming actions as the tour guides the user though programming a first function, such that the first function of the HVAC controller 4102 becomes programmed during the tour.
  • the tour provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the first function and/or to aid the user in making an appropriate selection.
  • the tour includes a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of the one or more screens used to program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 requires the tour to be run for the first function before allowing programming of a second function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the tour displays a sequence of two or more screens on the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 that guides the user though programming the first function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • Illustrative but non-limiting examples of first functions include how to check status, how to adjust the temperature, how to switch between heating and cooling modes, how to switch from heating to off, how to switch from cooling to off, how to switch from fan on to fan auto, how to switch from fan on to fan off, how to switch from fan auto to fan off, how to enable geo-fencing, how to adjust geo-fencing settings, how to create one touch macros and how to use one touch macros.
  • FIG. 86B is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 4200 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 4102 .
  • the mobile device 4200 may be similar to those described previously, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the mobile device 4200 may be a smartphone or tablet, but this is not required.
  • the HVAC controller 4102 may be considered as being an example of the HVAC controller 18 ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the mobile device 4200 includes a user interface 4204 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information.
  • a network connection 4206 is configured to communicate with a remote server 4108 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • a memory 4208 is configured to store an application program.
  • the mobile device 4200 includes a controller 4210 that is in operative communication with the user interface 4204 , the network connection 4206 and the memory 4208 .
  • the application program when executed by the controller 4210 of the mobile device 4200 , enables a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 via the user interface 4204 of the mobile device 4200 and to output one or more programmed functions to the remote server 4108 via the network connection 4206 .
  • the application program may also be programmed to provide a task based tutorial that, when activated, displays a series of two or more screens that prompt the user to take one or more programming actions while guiding the user though programming a first function of the HVAC controller 4102 , such that the first function of the HVAC controller 4102 becomes programmed.
  • the task based tutorial provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the first function. In some instances, the task based tutorial provides additional information to aid the user in taking appropriate programming actions.
  • the task based tutorial may include a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of one or more screens used to remotely program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 via the user interface 4204 of the mobile device 4200 .
  • the controller 4210 of the mobile device 4200 requires the task based tutorial to be run for the first function before unlocking a second function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 .
  • FIG. 86C provides a schematic block diagram illustrating a server 4300 .
  • the server 4300 may represent the external server 66 ( FIG. 1 ) and may in some cases be the same as the remote server 4108 shown in FIGS. 86A and 86B .
  • the illustrative server 4300 includes a network connection 4304 for connecting to a mobile device 4302 that is located remote from the server 4300 .
  • the server 4300 includes a memory 4306 that is configured to store an application program for a mobile device, such as the mobile device 4302 .
  • the application program may be configured to enable a user of the mobile device 4302 to remotely program one or more functions of an HVAC controller 4310 and to output one or more programmed functions.
  • the HVAC controller 4310 may, for example, be representative of the HVAC controller 18 ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the application program is also configured to provide a task based tutorial that, when activated, displays a series of two or more screens on the mobile device 4302 that prompt the user to take one or more programming actions while guiding the user though programming one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4310 .
  • the illustrative server 4300 includes a controller 4308 that is operatively coupled to the network connection 4304 and the memory 4306 .
  • the controller 4308 is configured to upload the application program to the mobile device 4302 upon request.
  • the task based tutorial of the application program provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the one or more functions and/or to aid the user in taking appropriate programming actions.
  • the task based tutorial includes a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of one or more screens used to remotely program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4310 .
  • the user's successful completion of a first series of tasks or steps related to a first selected thermostat function or group of functions may cause the application program code to provide access to at least a second series of tasks or steps related to a second function or group of functions that are different from the first series of tasks or steps.
  • the second series of tasks or steps may be more advanced than the first series of tasks or steps.
  • the user may continue to utilize the task based tutorial within the application program code to explore and access different features of their thermostat.
  • the user may exit the task-based tutorial at any time through selection of an appropriate button or icon displayed on the user interface for that purpose.
  • the user may be granted access to certain functions of the thermostat only after a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function is successfully completed by the user.
  • the user may activate the task-based tutorial at any time by selecting an appropriate icon or button on the user interface to unlock or gain access to a selected function.
  • the application program code may recognize that a selected thermostat function has not been unlocked or utilized by the user, and will display an appropriate button or icon for accessing the task based tutorial.
  • the application program code may display one or more screens that may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function to which the user desires to utilize. After completing a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function, the selected function may become accessible to the user. The user may then close the task based tutorial through selection of an appropriate icon or button.
  • FIG. 86D shows a first set of screens 4000 a - 4000 d that may be displayed on the user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a task based tutorial contained within application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 .
  • screens 4000 a - 4000 d relate to selecting an HVAC operational mode (e.g. heating or cooling) and then selecting a desired temperature setpoint for the selected HVAC operational mode.
  • Each of the screens may include a user prompt 4008 a - 4008 d that may prompt or instruct a user to take a desired action to complete a least a first step in a series of steps displayed by the task based tutorial related to the selected function.
  • the user prompt 4008 a - 4008 d may include additional information that may facilitate the user's understanding of the selected function and which, in some cases, may aid the user in making an appropriate selection.
  • the user prompt 4008 a - 4008 d may include an indicator 4012 a - 4012 d that indicates or visually guides a user to select an appropriate icon or button for completing a selected step, but this is not required.
  • Successful completion of the steps displayed in the first set of illustrative screens 4000 a - 4000 d may cause the task based tutorial to display a second set of screens relating to a different or more advanced thermostat function.
  • FIG. 86E show a second set of one or more screens 4020 a - 4020 e that may be displayed on the user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a task based tutorial contained within the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 .
  • the second set of screens may be displayed upon successful completion of one or more tasks or steps displayed in a first set of screens.
  • the second selected function may be unrelated to the first selected function.
  • the second set of screens may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to more advanced features of the first selected function.
  • the second set of screens 4020 a - 4020 e guide a user through customizing or programming a one-touch macro.
  • Each of the screens 4020 a - 4020 e may include a user prompt 4028 a - 4028 e that may prompt or instruct a user to take a desired action to complete a least a first step in a series of steps displayed by the task based tutorial related to the selected function.
  • the user prompt 4028 a - 4028 e may include additional information that may facilitate the user's understanding of the selected function and which, in some cases, may aid the user in making an appropriate selection. In some cases, as shown in FIG.
  • the user prompt 4028 a - 4028 e may include an indicator 4032 a - 4032 e that indicates or visually guides a user to select an appropriate icon or button for completing a selected step, but this is not required.
  • Successful completion of the steps displayed in the first set of illustrative screens 4020 a - 4020 d may cause the task based tutorial to display yet another set of screens relating to a yet another thermostat function. It will be generally understood that the user may exit the task based tutorial and subsequently, return to the task based tutorial at any time to learn about and/or master other thermostat functions.
  • the user may register their HVAC controller 18 with a selected HVAC contractor.
  • the user may elect to give remote access to their HVAC controller 18 to the selected HVAC contractor so that the HVAC contractor may remotely monitor the performance of the user's HVAC system and/or energy usage, recommend certain actions for improving the performance of their HVAC system and/or for increasing the energy efficiency of their HVAC system, display energy usage reports, send reminders to change filters and/or schedule routine maintenance, and/or inform the user about upcoming service specials.
  • the user may activate a feature in the application program code for identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor through a selection of an appropriate option 808 from a list of selectable options displayed on an options screen 810 accessible through a home screen 800 .
  • the application program code may cause the user's remote device 62 to display at least a first screen, sometimes of a sequence of screens, related to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor. Illustrative screens relating to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor are shown in FIGS. 87-92 .
  • the application program code may cause the user's remote device 62 to display an illustrative first screen 4060 , shown in FIG. 87 , that may prompt a user to enter location information such as a city, state or zip code or to select a location from a list of available locations 4068 .
  • location information such as a city, state or zip code
  • the user's remote device may supply the location information using GPS data from a GPS unit of the remote device.
  • the application code may display a subsequent screen 4080 , shown in FIG. 88 , in a sequence of screens related to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contactor.
  • the screen 4080 displays a list of local HVAC contractors 4088 including their contact information and sometimes consumer rating information, as applicable.
  • the list of HVAC contractors may be ordered according to their location relative to the user's home, with those contactors located closest to the user's home being displayed at the top of the list.
  • the list of HVAC contractors may be displayed in an order according to their consumer ratings (number or stars given by previous consumers), with the highest rated HVAC contractors displayed at the top of the list.
  • HVAC contractors currently offering new customer or service specials may be ordered at the top of the list and/or may be highlighted.
  • an HVAC contractor may offer remote monitoring services.
  • the user may receive an invitation via email or through the message center discussed above, which may invite the user to connect their HVAC controller 18 to the HVAC contractor's monitoring service.
  • a monitoring program e.g., a full or partial monitoring program
  • the user's HVAC controller 18 may be automatically set up for monitoring by the selected HVAC contractor that sent the invitation, and the user and contractor may have linked accounts via a remote server to facilitate the monitoring, scheduling and/or performance of maintenance checks, etc.
  • the customer may have the ability to disconnect the HVAC contractor from its HVAC system and/or HVAC controller (and corresponding data and/or information sharing), which may allow the user to retain control of its HVAC system data and/or information.
  • the application program code may display an invitation screen 4090 , shown in FIG. 89 , displaying a user message including an invitation to participate in monitoring services offered by the HVAC contractor.
  • Selection of the button 4098 labeled “Next” or another appropriate button displayed on invitation screen 4090 may cause the application program code to display a subsequent screen 5000 in a sequence of screens, shown in FIG. 90 , which may prompt a user to select one or more locations 5008 for which monitoring services are desired.
  • screen 4090 may include another button 4096 that, when selected by a user, may permit a user to decline or opt out of any monitoring services provided by the selected HVAC contractor.
  • the application program code may display screen 5016 , shown in FIG. 91 .
  • Screen 5016 may display a user message prompting the user to confirm that they desire to provide remote access to their HVAC controller 18 .
  • screen 5016 may include at least a first selectable option 5020 that, when selected by the user, causes the application program code to transmit a message to the selected HVAC contract indicating that that the user has granted remote access to their HVAC controller 18 and HVAC system.
  • screen 5016 may also include a button (not shown) that, when selected by a user, may permit a user to decline or opt out of any monitoring services provided by the selected HVAC contractor.
  • FIG. 92 shows options screen 816 of FIG. 19D after the user has connected with an HVAC contractor to provide monitoring services.
  • an option 5028 labeled contractor monitoring has been activated and is visible. Once activated, a user may select option 5028 to connect to the remote HVAC contractor to view information and data provided by the HVAC contractor including, but not limited to: notifications, reminders, scheduled appointments, energy usage information, HVAC system performance data, recommended actions, and/or the like.
  • an HVAC controller 18 may include a memory, a wireless transceiver for wirelessly sending and receiving data over a building's wireless local area network, and a controller configured to execute a program code stored in the memory for connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the wireless local area network via the wireless transceiver and to detect if a mobile wireless device is currently connected to and recognized by the wireless local area network.
  • the controller may further be configured to change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system depending on whether the mobile wireless device is currently connected to and recognized by the wireless local area network or not.
  • the HVAC controller may switch to an energy savings setting when the occupants of the building are away (unoccupied mode), and then switch back to a comfort setting when the occupants of the building return or are present (occupied mode).
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to execute a program code stored in the memory for detecting if a user's mobile wireless device, having a unique identifier, is currently enrolled in a local wireless network by repeatedly broadcasting a query for the mobile wireless device over the wireless local area network.
  • the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system (e.g.
  • a temperature set point to a comfort setting in accordance with an occupied mode upon receiving a response from the mobile wireless device to the query indicating occupancy of the building, and/or change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system (e.g. a temperature set point) to an energy saving setting in accordance with an unoccupied mode upon not receiving a response from the mobile wireless device to the query indicating the user is not present.
  • at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system e.g. a temperature set point
  • the use of location signals from one or more cell phones or tablet computers which have enabled location services may allow the system to infer that a user will soon be home or is home and to adjust the temperature of the home with enough lead time to prepare the home for the user's arrival.
  • the inference may, in some embodiments, include the requirement that the user appears to be moving toward the home as opposed to merely being nearby for an extended period of time.
  • the one-touch macros discussed above may use the departure or expected arrival of the user's mobile device as a trigger for a programmed action, such as adjusting the temperature set point.
  • the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 may cause the remote device 62 to determine that the user or, more specifically, that the user's remote device 62 , has crossed at least one or more proximity boundaries established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another location.
  • the user's remote device 62 may transmit its location to a server or the like, where the server may determine that the user's remote device 62 has crossed at least one or more proximity boundaries established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another location.
  • utilizing the physical location of a user's remote device 62 may provide more accurate information as to whether or not the user is at home. These days, people tend not to leave their home without their smartphone and will, in fact, make a special trip back home if they have inadvertently left their smartphone.
  • the HVAC controller 18 does not, for example, have to rely on a proximity sensor or the like to determine whether or not a user is home at any particular time.
  • a proximity sensor can be used to detect motion and thus determine if someone is at home
  • a thermostat employing a proximity sensor for this purpose may only determine a user is home if the user happens to walk through the particular hallway or room in which the thermostat is located. If a user is home, but stays in a different room, the thermostat may mistakenly decide that the user is not home, simply because the user has chosen not to walk past the thermostat itself. Utilizing the position of the smartphone to determine the location of the user, and thus whether or not they are home, may provide more comfort and more energy savings.
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic diagram of an illustrative use of geofencing in controlling an HVAC system.
  • a home 5030 may represent the home 2 ( FIG. 1 ).
  • a first boundary, or geofence, 5032 may be defined around the home 5030 .
  • the home 5030 may be a house, an apartment, a townhouse, a condominium or the like.
  • a second boundary, or geofence, 5034 may be defined around the home 5030 at a greater distance than the first geofence 5032 . While schematically drawn as concentric circles, it will be appreciated that the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034 may have any desired shape. While the second geofence 5034 is drawn as encircling the first geofence 5032 , in some instances, it is contemplated that the second geofence 5034 may at least partially overlap regions of the first geofence 5032 .
  • a mobile device 5036 representative of the remote device 62 ( FIG. 2 ), typically has one or more techniques for determining its location. For example, the mobile device 5036 may determine its location via a self-contained GPS unit. In some embodiments, the mobile device 5036 may determine its location via triangulation of cell phone signals. If the mobile device 5036 is programmed with the details of a geofence such as the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034 , the mobile device 5036 may determine when it crosses the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034 , and in what direction, and can transmit that information to a remote server 5038 .
  • a geofence such as the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034
  • the mobile device 5036 may simply transmit its location from time to time to the remote server 5038 , and the remote server 5038 may determine when the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034 , and in what direction.
  • FIG. 94 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 5036 , which may be similar to mobile devices described herein and which may, for example, represent the mobile device 62 ( FIG. 2 ).
  • the mobile device 5036 is a smartphone.
  • the illustrative mobile device 5036 has location services such as GPS or cell phone signal triangulation that can determine the location of the mobile device 5036 .
  • the illustrative mobile device 5036 includes a user interface 5100 and a memory 5102 for storing two or more predetermined geo-fences (such as first geofence 5032 and second geofence 5034 ), each defining a different sized region about the home 5030 ( FIG. 93 ) of a user of the mobile device 5036 .
  • a first one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences such as the first geofence 5032 , defines a first sized region and a second one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences, such as the second geofence 5034 , defines a second sized region, and the second sized region has an area that is at least 25%, 50% or 100% larger than an area of the first sized region.
  • a controller 5104 of the illustrative mobile device 5036 is operatively coupled to the user interface 5100 and the memory 5102 .
  • the controller 5104 is configured to accept a selection of one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences via the user interface 5100 and to report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to a remote device, such as a remote server.
  • the controller 5104 may be further configured to accept a selection of another one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences via the user interface 5100 , and to report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected another one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to a remote device, such as a remote server. In some cases, the controller 5104 is configured to not report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses unselected ones of the two or more predetermined geo-fences.
  • the remote device is a remote server 5038
  • the controller 5104 is configured to report when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to the remote server 5038 via a wireless communication port.
  • the remote server 5038 in response to receiving a report that the location of the mobile device 5036 crossed the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences, notifies an HVAC controller 5040 ( FIG. 93 ) in the home 5030 of the user of the mobile device 5036 to change a setting.
  • the setting includes a temperature set point or a lighting setting. The change in the setting may be reported back to the mobile device 5036 , and the controller 5104 of the mobile device 5036 may be configured to display the changed setting on the user interface 5100 of the mobile device 5036 .
  • FIG. 95 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system 5042 that includes a memory 5044 and a controller 5046 that is operably coupled to the memory 5044 .
  • the memory 5044 stores a geofence that defines a region about the user's building.
  • the controller 5046 is configured to identify when a user's mobile device 5036 crosses the geo-fence, and in response, cause an adjustment to a temperature set point of the building automation system.
  • the controller 5046 is also configured to automatically increase the size of the region of the geo-fence if the controller 5046 receives an indication (e.g. from a user) that the geo-fence is too sensitive, and to automatically decrease the size of the region of the geo-fence if the controller 5046 receives an indication (e.g. from a user) that the geo-fence is not sensitive enough.
  • the indication (e.g. from the user) that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user. In some cases, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user via the mobile device 5036 . In some instances, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user via a web page. Optionally, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is not sensitive enough is in response to a query presented to the user. In some cases, the indication that the geo-fence is too sensitive or not sensitive enough is based on historical HVAC data, such as the length of times and spacing between the occupied and unoccupied modes.
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 5200 having location services for determining a location of the mobile device 5200 .
  • the mobile device 5200 includes a user interface 5202 and a memory 5204 .
  • the memory 5204 stores a first geofence (such as first geofence 5032 ) that defines a first region about a user's building and a second geofence (such as second geofence 5034 ) that defines a second region about the user's building, wherein the second region is different than the first region.
  • the memory 5204 may also store a programmable geo-fence schedule that assigns the first geo-fence to a first scheduled time period and assigns the second geo-fence to a second scheduled time period.
  • a controller 5206 is operatively coupled to the memory 5204 and the user interface 5202 .
  • the controller 5206 is configured to activate the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s), and to identify when the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s).
  • the controller 5206 is further configured to activate the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s), and to identify when the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s).
  • the controller 5206 may report to a remote device 5208 such as a remote server when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) and when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s).
  • the remote device 5208 is a remote server, and the controller 5206 is configured to report when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) and when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s).
  • the remote server 5208 in response to receiving a report that the location of the mobile device 5036 crossed the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) or that the mobile device crossed the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s), may notify a building automation controller 5212 in the user's building 5214 to change a setting.
  • the first scheduled time period(s) corresponds to a weekday
  • the second scheduled time period(s) corresponds to a weekend day.
  • the first scheduled time period(s) may correspond to a first part of a day
  • the second scheduled time period(s) may correspond to a second part of the same day.
  • a geofence setting may be offered to the user to select between a smaller proximity boundary and a larger proximity boundary.
  • the user may select between the smaller proximity boundary and the larger proximity boundary. Selection of the small proximity boundary may increase the sensitivity of the HVAC controller 18 to the user's location, as determined by the user's remote device 62 , a server and/or the HVAC controller 18 .
  • FIG. 97 shows a geofence settings menu screen 5050 that includes a radio button or other selectable option 5056 that permits a user to choose between a small proximity boundary (e.g. smaller radius geofence) and a large proximity boundary (e.g., larger radius geofence) that may be displayed on the user interface of the remote device 62 by the application program code.
  • the smaller proximity boundary may have a radius extending approximately 500 feet (approximately 152.4 meters) outward from a predetermined location such as, for example, the location of the HVAC controller 18 .
  • the larger proximity boundary may have a radius extending approximately seven miles (or more) outward from the same predetermined location. These are just examples. It will be generally understood that the smaller and larger proximity boundaries can correspond to a radius of any suitable distance, as desired.
  • the area of the larger proximity boundary may be at least 25% greater than the area of the smaller proximity boundary, but this is just one example.
  • a user may select the size of the proximity boundary based on their schedule. For example, a user may select a larger proximity boundary on days (e.g. weekdays) in which they typically commute to a secondary location (e.g. work), and may select a smaller proximity boundary for use on their non-commuting days (e.g. weekends) where they may remain relatively closer to their home. In another example, a user may select a larger proximity boundary for use during a first period of time (e.g. work hours such as 8:00 AM-5:00 PM), and a smaller proximity boundary for use during a second period of time (e.g. home hours such as 5:00 PM-8:00 AM).
  • a first period of time e.g. work hours such as 8:00 AM-5:00 PM
  • a smaller proximity boundary for use during a second period of time e.g. home hours such as 5:00 PM-8:00 AM
  • a plurality of proximity boundaries may each be assigned to a time slot in a proximity boundary “schedule”, and thus the currently active proximity boundary at any given time may change during different times of a day, a week or other time periods.
  • the temperature inside of the space controlled by the HVAC Controller may be more tightly controlled (e.g. within one degree of a control setpoint or less) to provide good comfort when the user is expected to be home, and may be allowed to drift by a predetermined amount to provide greater energy efficiency when the user is not expected to be home.
  • the allowed drift from the comfort setting may be set depending on the size of the selected proximity boundary. For example, a larger temperature drift may be allowed if a larger proximity boundary is selected. That is, it may take a user longer to reach home after crossing the proximity boundary when the proximity boundary is larger, and thus the HVAC system may have more time to recover from a larger temperature drift and reach the comfort temperature before the user arrives. When so provided, selecting a larger proximity boundary may result in more energy savings (via a larger allowed drift).
  • the proximity boundary may be established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 such as, for example, the user's home.
  • the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller 18 , either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other applicable operating parameters (e.g. lights, ventilation, humidification/dehumidification, etc.) according to one or more “away” settings.
  • the remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more at “home” settings.
  • a proximity boundary may be established relative to a user's secondary location such as, for example, the user's workplace, a school, or some other location. Using a proximity boundary that is defined relative to a user's secondary location may be particularly appropriate when the user's secondary location is located a relatively short distance away from the user's home.
  • the remote device 62 may detect that the user has entered the proximity boundary at the user's secondary location, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “away” settings.
  • the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “home” settings.
  • the proximity boundary at the user's secondary location may become active only at scheduled time periods (e.g. during work hours).
  • the HVAC controller may allow the temperature (and/or other environmental parameter) inside of the home to drift by a predetermined amount that cannot be fully recovered from in the time that it would normally take the user to travel from the user's secondary location to the user's home.
  • a programmed schedule such as a user's work schedule
  • the HVAC system may obtain more energy savings than if the user's schedule were not taken into account.
  • the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to begin adjusting the temperature and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “comfort” settings. In some cases, however, the “comfort” setting may not be achieved by the time the user arrives at home.
  • a household may include more than one person, such as a husband, a wife and two children.
  • Each person may have a remote device 62 (e.g. smartphone) that executes application program code that causes the remote device 62 to determine that the corresponding user, or more specifically, that the corresponding user's remote device 62 , has crossed one or more proximity boundaries established relative to a location such as home, work, school, etc.
  • a household account may be established that links each of the remote device 62 associated with a household to the household account.
  • Each remote device 62 may report when the corresponding remote device 62 crosses a particular proximity boundary to a master device, such as a server.
  • the master device e.g.
  • the server may be in communication with the HVAC controller of the household, a security system controller of the household, a lighting system controller of the household, and/or any other suitable controller as desired.
  • the master device e.g. server
  • the master device may be programmed to determine when all (or some subset) of the household members have departed from the household and crossed one or more corresponding proximity boundaries. Each user may have the same or different active proximity boundaries. When this occurs, the server may instruct the HVAC controller to assume a more energy efficient setpoint.
  • the master e.g. server
  • a different proximity boundary may be set for each of the remote devices 62 of the household. For example, if the husband works about 20 miles (about 32.19 kilometers) from the household and the wife works about 10 miles (about 16.09 kilometers) from the household, the remote device 62 of the husband may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 15 miles (about 24.14 kilometers) from the household, and the remote device 62 of the wife may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 7 miles (about 11.27 kilometers) from the household. If the kids attend a school that is about 6 miles (about 9.656 kilometers) from the household, the remote devices 62 of the kids may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 4 miles (about 6.437 kilometers) from the household. These are just examples.
  • the remote device 62 of each household member may use a different proximity boundary relative to a secondary location such as, for example, the member's workplace, school, or other location, as described above.
  • a secondary location such as, for example, the member's workplace, school, or other location, as described above.
  • different proximity boundaries may be assigned to different time slots of a proximity boundary “schedule” that may be associated with a particular household member.
  • each household member may set a preferred comfort setpoint.
  • the system may be programmed to set the comfort setpoint of the HVAC system based on which household member crosses a corresponding proximity boundary and is expected to return first. If at a later time, another household member crosses a corresponding proximity boundary and is expected to return, the system may set the comfort setpoint based on a combination of household members that are expected to be at the household. For example, if the wife prefers a heating setpoint to be at 74 degrees and the husband prefers a heating setpoint to be 72 degrees, the system may set the comfort setpoint to 74 degrees upon arrival of the wife, and when the husband arrives later, sets the comfort setpoint to 73 degrees.
  • the system may determine an appropriate setpoint based on the particular combination of household members that are expected to be home. For example, the system may average the set points that are associated with the household members that are expected to be home. In some cases, the average may be a weighted average. In some cases, some household members' preferences may have a higher priority over other household member's preferences. For example, the husband and wife's setpoint preferences may take priority over the kid's preferences.
  • the system may require that the user remain across the proximity boundary for a predetermined time period before activating an energy savings setpoint in the household.
  • the system may require that the user remain across the proximity boundary for a predetermined time period before activating a comfort setpoint in the household.
  • the proximity boundary used when the user leaves the household and the proximity boundary used when the user returns to the household may be the same or different proximity boundaries. In one example, the proximity boundary used when the user leaves the household may have a larger radius than the proximity boundary used when the user returns to the household.
  • the proximity boundary that is to be used may be learned by the system. For example, location data from each household member may be recorded, and geo patterns may be identified from the recorded location data. In some cases, the location data may be time stamped, and geo patterns in both location and time may be identified. From this, suitable proximity boundaries may be identified and/or learned by the system. For example, if the geo pattern identifies that the husband goes to a common location (e.g. work) M-F from 8:00 AM-5:00 PM, the system may learn a proximity boundary that is between the household and that location, perhaps at 60 percent of the distance from the household to that location. Also, and in some cases, that learned proximity boundary may only be activated on M-F.
  • a common location e.g. work
  • the system may learn a proximity boundary between the household and that location, perhaps at 60 percent of the distance from the household to that location.
  • route information may be extracted from the geo patterns, and the learned proximity boundaries may be based, at least in part, on the route information.
  • a learned proximity boundary may be defined as not only traveling a specified distance from the household but also following an identified route. If such an event occurs, the proximity boundary may be deemed to have been “crossed”.
  • an application program code may cause the user's remote device 62 to launch a geofence setup wizard to aid a user in selecting an appropriate geofence.
  • a computing device e.g. tablet, laptop, desktop
  • the geofence setup wizard may display one or more screens on the display of a user interface that may guide a user through establishing an appropriate geofence suitable for their lifestyle. FIGS.
  • 98-101 show examples of different geofence setup screens that may be displayed on the display of a user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a geofence setup wizard.
  • a user's response to a user query presented on a first screen may determine the next screen displayed by the geofence setup wizard.
  • the geofence wizard may display a sequence of two or more screens in a predetermined order. In this example, the user may have the ability to skip any non-applicable screens.
  • the geofence setup wizard may display a first screen 5060 that includes a first user query 5066 that queries a user about their daily commute, as shown in FIG. 98 .
  • the first screen 5060 may include one or more selectable options 5070 for responding to the first user query 5066 .
  • the geofence setup wizard may display a recommendation 5086 to the user based on the user's response to the first user query recommending a large geofence setting, a small geofence setting, a custom geofence setting and/or establishing a geofence relative to the user's primary location (e.g. home) or secondary location (e.g. work or school).
  • primary location e.g. home
  • secondary location e.g. work or school
  • the geofence wizard displays a recommendation 5086 recommending that the user select the small geofence setting on the settings menu screen 5050 ( FIG. 97 ) displayed by the application program code.
  • the geofence wizard may display another screen including another user query that queries the user about the frequency of their commute.
  • the geofence wizard may display a screen 5090 , as shown in FIG. 100 , which asks or prompts a user to select the days on which they typically commute to work or school from a list of selectable options 5096 corresponding to each of the days of the week.
  • the geofence wizard may then display a screen 6000 that may include a user query 6006 that may ask the user if they would like to use a different geofence for any unselected days.
  • Screen 6000 may include a first option 6012 a labeled “yes” and a second option 6012 b labeled “no” for responding to the user query 6006 .
  • Selection of a different geofence on days in which the user does not typically commute to a secondary location such as work or school may be particularly appropriate for a user that commutes a distance greater than about 24 kilometers (about 14.91 miles) and that stays relatively close to home on their non-commuting days.
  • This feature may allow a user to select a smaller geofence and apply it to any non-selected days on which the user is typically not travelling to and from the secondary location. These are just some examples.
  • the proximity boundary(s) may be customized by the user and may have any shape and/or size that more appropriately reflects the user's local and/or daily travel habits.
  • at least one proximity boundary may be configured by the user to have the same general size and/or shape of the city in which their home or workplace is located.
  • FIG. 102 shows another view of a settings menu screen 6060 that permits a user to select a custom boundary option. Selection of the custom boundary option 6066 by a user may cause the application program code to display a subsequent screen 6070 , as shown in FIG. 103 , on the display of the user interface that may permit a user to configure a custom proximity boundary. As shown in FIG.
  • the application program code may display an area map 6076 on the user interface.
  • the user may be prompted to draw a proximity boundary on the area map 6076 by dragging their finger or a stylus on the area map 6076 .
  • the user may zoom in or zoom out on the area map 6076 , depending on how big they want their customized proximity boundary to be, by performing a pinch gesture somewhere on the user interface.
  • the application program code may accept the user's customized proximity boundary and may store the custom proximity boundary in the memory of the user's remote device 62 . Again, the user may choose to establish the proximity boundary relative to the location at which the HVAC controller is located, typically their home, and/or a secondary location such as a workplace or school.
  • the user's remote device 62 may send a command to the HVAC controller 18 , either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint in accordance with the user's selected settings such as for example, the user-specified “at home settings” or “away settings” depending upon if the user is entering or leaving the selected boundary.
  • FIGS. 104-106 provide illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user's remote device 62 .
  • a “set my geo fence” screen 6100 may be displayed.
  • a map 6102 is provided, with a location marker 6104 showing the present location of the user's remote device 62 .
  • setting a geofence boundary is most accurate when the user, or more accurately, the user's remote device 62 , is located at the home or other building that is to be the center of the proximity boundary.
  • a home address previously entered when initially setting up the HVAC controller 18 , may be used to locate the location marker 6104 if the user is away from home or when the location services of the remote device 62 are turned off when setting or adjusting a proximity boundary.
  • the user's remote device 62 may prompt the user to enter their home address so it can be used to locate the location marker 6104 .
  • the illustrative screen 6100 includes a sizing marker 6106 , shown here as a black dot.
  • a sizing marker 6106 shown here as a black dot.
  • a boundary 6108 will become smaller in radius.
  • the boundary 6108 will become larger in radius. It will be appreciated that the boundary 6108 , as illustrated, becomes a new proximity boundary. While drawn as a circle, in some instances the boundary 6108 may take any other predetermined and/or user-defined shape. For example, if the user lives next to a large body of water such as an ocean, there is little need for the boundary 6108 to pass over the water.
  • the boundary 6108 may be a polygon, and the user may add a vertex to the polygon by touching a location on the boundary 6108 where a vertex should be added. Another sizing marker may be automatically added at that newly created vertex. Once added, the user may drag the new sizing marker to any desired location, which may change the shape of the boundary 6108 . With multiple vertices and corresponding sizing markers, the user may easily define nearly any desired shape for the boundary 6108 about the location marker 6104 .
  • a pop up screen 6110 instructs the user how to drag the sizing marker 6106 in one direction or another in order to resize the boundary 6108 .
  • the boundary 6108 may be displayed on the screen 6100 , and a user may utilize a pinch gesture somewhere on the screen 6100 to make the boundary 6108 smaller or larger, similar to how a user can resize a digital photo, or zoom in or out on a map.
  • the screen 6100 may display a map of the user's general area, and superimpose the boundary 6108 on the map.
  • the user may use a finger on the screen 6100 to move the map around until the boundary 6108 is generally centered on their home. It will be appreciated that in doing so, it may be useful to zoom out, using a pinch gesture, to generally locate an area on the map, then zoom in, again using a pinch gesture, to fine tune the location of the user's home before zooming out again to an appropriate distance so that the user can locate the boundary 6108 .
  • the screen 6100 may display a pop up screen 6112 that reminds the user that they should be as close to home, or more accurately as close as possible to the HVAC controller 18 , when adjusting the boundary 6108 .
  • the user may be not use the location services on the remote device to center the geofence, but rather may be able to use their previously entered home address, newly add their home address, or graphically locate their home on the map 6102 , as desired.
  • FIG. 106 provides a view of the screen 6100 without any pop up screens, so that the user may clearly see their newly set proximity boundary 6108 .
  • more than one remote device 62 may be configured to communicate with and/or control the HVAC controller 18 .
  • Each remote device 62 may be associated with a unique user profile stored in the memory of the HVAC controller 18 and/or at a remote server to which both the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 are connected.
  • An example of such a server is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECTTM server.
  • Each remote device 62 may be configured to transmit a message to the server indicating that a proximity boundary has been crossed as the users, along with their respective remote devices 62 , enter and/or exit the area defined by a proximity boundary.
  • the proximity boundary may be defined relative to the location of the HVAC controller (e.g.
  • the server may be programmed to transmit a command to the HVAC controller 18 to adjust the temperature setpoint and any additional operating parameters according to an “away” setting upon determining that a last user in a group of users is no longer within the area defined by the proximity boundary upon receiving an indication from the last user's remote device 62 that the proximity boundary has been crossed.
  • the server may be programmed to transmit a command to the HVAC controller 18 to adjust the temperature setpoint and any additional operating parameters according to an at home setting upon receiving an indication from a user's remote device 62 that the proximity boundary has been crossed by a first user of a group of users, indicating that the first user is now within the area defined by the proximity boundary.
  • the HVAC controller 18 or the server may be programmed to include a set of hierarchical rules for determining which individual user profile takes precedence for controlling the HVAC system when both of the remote devices 62 are being actively used by a user and at least one user is determined to be within an area defined by a predetermined proximity boundary.
  • Other methods employing a proximity boundary or other method of detecting a user's presence or approaching presence are shown and described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2012/0268766, filed on Jul. 26, 2012 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0045482, filed on Aug. 7, 2012, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
  • audible cues may be provided to guide users through control interactions. These audible cues may indicate one or more of what is being changed, the direction of change, and the amount of change. These audio cues may be unique and directly connected to each individual interaction on the device or app or they may be common across multiple interaction experiences and indirectly connected to specific touch points. These audio cues may change in volume and pitch in a recognizable cadence that is directly or indirectly associated to the interactions. For example, when the user adjusts the temperature set point in a way that increases its value, the pitch and volume of each indicated degree of change may get higher, which gives the listener the sensation that the change is going up, even in the absence of visual cues.
  • the audible cues may present changes as a continuous audible cue or as discrete increments, for example, for temperature increments of one degree, the tone may persist with a minimum time and pause duration while changing and may play a sustained tone at the final change which is indicative of the total number of degrees of change.
  • the use of audio may be of particular importance to those who are visually impaired. Through these audible cues, the visually impaired are able to adjust their comfort settings with relative ease.
  • the audible cue may be distinctive with respect to tone pitch, pattern, or repetition to signal activation of the Away, Weather, or System Mode buttons and to give an audible acknowledgement of activation of those functions.
  • the user may download custom audio and/or visual cues to play on their device based on specific device interactions or based on time or event triggers from other cloud-based data.
  • a user may download audio and/or visual cues that turn on once or multiple times if a) there is a severe weather alert for their zip code or cellular telephone cell, b) their favorite sports team scores a point, c) a holiday/special event arrives.
  • the audio or visual cues may change in volume and pitch in ways that are recognizable to the user.
  • Example of such cues may include on Christmas, the thermostat may play Jingle Bells on the hour; on New Year's Eve, the thermostat may play Auld Lang Syne at midnight; or when a sports team scores, the thermostat may play the team's song. Additional examples might announce a birthday or a Facebook post.
  • the user may also create or select their own custom audio cues, for example ring tones, and download them to the device to accompany specific interactions.
  • the audio cues may be accompanied by visual cues such as change in color projected by wall or mud ring illumination, changes in color of illumination of buttons or button-like regions of the window, display of a custom graphic, illumination intensity fluctuations, or combinations of thereof.
  • Audio/visual cues are useful for confirming entry of user inputs to the system, changes of system state, and/or navigation steps which skip portions of the usual programming and/or user interaction sequences. These confirmations may be particularly useful in acknowledging inputs which do not result in an immediate change in the display graphics such as a one-touch action (see below) which will not take effect for some time or an event such as entry of inputs when operating in low battery conditions when a simple acknowledgement tone is preferable to an extended display animation or prolonged audio cue.
  • FIG. 107 provides a schematic block diagram of an HVAC controller 6200 that may be configured to provide audio and/or visual cues in response to various stimuli, and to permit a user to customize these cues.
  • the HVAC controller 6200 may be considered as being representative of the HVAC controller 18 ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the HVAC controller 6200 includes a user interface 6202 that is configured to accept inputs from a user and to display information to the user.
  • the user interface 6202 includes a touchscreen.
  • the user interface includes a light ring.
  • the user interface 6202 includes a speaker such as the speaker 6214 .
  • the user interface 6202 includes a vibrator.
  • a controller 6204 is configured to process inputs from the user interface and to provide the user interface 6202 with information to be displayed.
  • the HVAC controller 6200 includes an equipment connection 6206 that is connectable to one or more HVAC components 6208 and that is operably coupled to the controller 6204 .
  • a network connection 6210 is operably coupled to the controller 6204 and provides the controller 6204 with access to outside information.
  • the controller 6204 is configured to output, via the user interface 6202 , a particular cue in response to information received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210 , and wherein the particular cue is a cue that was previously selected and activated by the user.
  • the user interface 6202 is configured to permit a user to select a cue that the controller 6204 can subsequently output in response to information received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210 .
  • the HVAC controller 6200 includes a sound generation circuit 6212 and a speaker 6214 that is connected to the sound generation circuit 6212 .
  • a memory 6216 may be used to store a plurality of pre-programmed sounds.
  • the controller 6204 may include circuitry for selecting one or more of the plurality of pre-programmed sounds and activating the sound generation circuit 6212 to play, via the speaker 6214 , the selected pre-programmed sounds in response to one or more of a user action, a programmed event, and an occurrence of a signal received by the HVAC controller 6200 .
  • the particular cue is selected and downloaded to the HVAC controller 6200 via the network connection 6210 .
  • the network connection 6210 includes a wireless connection while the equipment connection 6206 includes a wired connection.
  • the cue may include an audio cue and/or a visual cue.
  • the cue informs a user that particular information has been received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210 .
  • the pre-programmed sounds are indicative of a direction of change of a variable that is associated with the operation of the HVAC controller 6200 .
  • the pre-programmed sounds may increase with at least one of pitch and volume when the variable is increased in value, and the pre-programmed sounds may decrease with at least one of pitch and volume when the variable is decreased in value.
  • the value is increased and decreased by interacting with the user interface 6202 .
  • the user interface 6202 includes a rotatable ring (such as turning ring 180 h , FIG. 5 ), and wherein rotating the rotatable ring 180 h in a first direction increases the value and rotating the rotatable ring 180 h in a second direction decreases the value.

Abstract

A building automation controller assembly includes a wall plate for mounting to a wall and a controller housing releasably securable to the wall plate. A permanent magnet may be secured to one of the wall plate and the controller housing and a magnetically attracted material may be secured to the other one of the wall plate and the controller housing. The controller housing may be releasably secured to the wall plate based, at least in part, on the magnetic interaction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/009,856, filed Jun. 9, 2014, and entitled “METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING AN HVAC SYSTEM”, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/914,877, filed Dec. 11, 2013, and entitled “METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING AN HVAC SYSTEM”, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Heating, ventilation, and/or air conditioning (HVAC) systems are often used to control the comfort level within a building or other structure. Such HVAC systems typically include an HVAC controller that controls various HVAC components of the HVAC system in order to affect and/or control one or more environmental conditions within the building. Improvements in the hardware, the user experience, and the functionality of such systems are desirable.
  • SUMMARY
  • This disclosure relates to methods and apparatus for controlling a building automation system. The disclosure also relates to improvements in hardware, user experience, and functionality of a building automation controller. In some instances, a building automation controller assembly includes a wall plate for mounting to a wall and a controller housing releasably securable to the wall plate. A permanent magnet may be secured to one of the wall plate and the controller housing and a magnetically attracted material may be secured to the other one of the wall plate and the controller housing. The controller housing may be releasably secured to the wall plate based, at least in part, on the magnetic interaction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC system servicing a building or structure;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC control system that may facilitate access and/or control of the HVAC system of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 4 is a front elevation view of an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded view of the illustrative HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 6A shows an illustrative display window mask of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 6B is an exploded view of a portion of the illustrative HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 6C is a cross-sectional view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing details of the assembly;
  • FIG. 6D is an exploded view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing a window and its relationship to other components;
  • FIG. 6E shows an illustrative a touch sensitive element for use in the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 6F is an exploded view of the HVAC controller of FIG. 4 showing an alternate window and its relationship to other components;
  • FIG. 7A is a perspective view of light sources for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative lens and diffuser for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 7C is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative lens for illumination of a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller and the spatial relationship between the lens and a light source;
  • FIG. 7D is a perspective view of an outlet surface of a lens for illuminating a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 7E is a perspective view of an inlet surface of a lens for receiving light from a light source to illuminate a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIGS. 7F-7H show various illustrative combinations of lens and diffusers for illuminating a window mask stencil region of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 8A is a perspective view of an illustrative thermistor mount of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 8B is a perspective view of the position of the illustrative thermistor mount of FIG. 8A relative to a window support of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view showing the position of the illustrative thermistor mount of FIG. 8A relative to additional components of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of an illustrative HVAC controller showing an illustrative rotational damping assembly;
  • FIG. 9B is a perspective view of illustrative dampeners of the rotational damping assembly of FIG. 9A;
  • FIG. 9C is an exploded views showing an illustrative method for joining a button light guide assembly to a window support of an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of an illustrative assembly and method for encoding rotation of a turning ring;
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view of an illustrative code wheel or turning ring;
  • FIG. 10B is a perspective view of another illustrative code wheel with a reflective code mounted to an inner extending flange;
  • FIG. 10C is a cross-sectional perspective view of the illustrative code wheel of FIG. 10B mounted in an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 10D is a perspective view of a user's finger turning an outer ring of an illustrative HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 11A-D illustrate several magnetic mounting configurations for mounting a thermostat housing to a thermostat mounting plate;
  • FIG. 12A illustrates a battery terminal of the prior art;
  • FIG. 12B illustrates an improved battery terminal;
  • FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the illustrative battery terminal of FIG. 12B installed on a printed wiring board;
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of an illustrative mounting arrangement for certain components of a printed wiring board of an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an illustrative light guide ring for an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller of FIG. 4;
  • FIG. 14B is a detailed view of a light input region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A;
  • FIG. 14C is another detailed view of the light input region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A;
  • FIG. 14D is a detailed view of the light extraction region of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A;
  • FIG. 14E is an elevation view of the light guide ring of FIG. 14A mounted in relation to a printed circuit board;
  • FIG. 14F is a flow diagram showing an illustrative method for illuminating a light guide ring, such as the light guide ring of FIG. 14A;
  • FIG. 15 is an elevation view of the wall side view of a mud ring;
  • FIG. 15A is a perspective view of an illustrative wall plate, showing jumper switch actuators that may be used to selectively block access to wiring terminals;
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are a schematic diagram of an illustrative circuit for switching between single transformer and two transformer operation;
  • FIG. 16C is a schematic diagram of another illustrative circuit for switching between single transformer and two transformer operation;
  • FIG. 16D is a schematic diagram of another illustrative circuit for providing an optional utility terminal;
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram of principal settings for an illustrative thermostat and its interactions with networked components;
  • FIG. 17A is a front elevation view of the front face of an illustrative thermostat;
  • FIGS. 17B-17I are front elevation views of the front face of the illustrative thermostat of FIG. 17A under a variety of operating conditions;
  • FIGS. 17J-17L are front elevation views of the front face of the illustrative thermostat of FIG. 17A illustrating optional presentation modes for weather related information;
  • FIG. 18A is a block diagram of an illustrative building automation system that utilizes user-defined macros;
  • FIG. 18B is a block diagram of a remote user device that can be utilized with the building automation system of FIG. 18A;
  • FIG. 18C is a flow diagram showing a method that may be carried out using the building automation system of FIG. 18A and the remote user device of FIG. 18B;
  • FIGS. 18D-18J are an illustrative flow diagram of programming one-touch actions (e.g. macros);
  • FIG. 19A is a block diagram of an illustrative mobile device that can be used to program an illustrative HVAC controller of a building automation system;
  • FIG. 19B is a block diagram of another illustrative mobile device that can be used to program an illustrative HVAC controller of a building automation system;
  • FIG. 19C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the mobile devices of FIG. 19A and/or FIG. 19B;
  • FIG. 19D-19L schematically illustrates the display of messages related to the operation of a thermostat on a mobile device;
  • FIG. 20A is a block diagram of an illustrative building automation system;
  • FIG. 20B is a block diagram of another illustrative building automation system;
  • FIG. 20C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the illustrative building automation systems of FIG. 20A and/or FIG. 20B;
  • FIGS. 20D-27 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to a user via the user interface of a mobile device in connection with downloading of an application program code for installing, setting up and configuring an HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 28 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed upon successful launch of an application program code for setting up an HVAC controller;
  • FIGS. 29-41 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through removal of an existing HVAC controller;
  • FIGS. 42-49 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through installation of a new HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 50 is a front elevation view an illustrative HVAC controller after a successful installation;
  • FIG. 51 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) when the remote device is attempting to connect to a wireless network hosted by an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 52 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of an illustrative HVAC controller when a remote device (e.g. mobile device) is attempting to connect to a network hosted by the illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 53 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of an illustrative HVAC controller upon successful connection of a remote device to the wireless network hosted by the illustrative HVAC controller 18;
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of network architecture that may be utilized by an illustrative HVAC controller in communication with a remote device and an external web service;
  • FIGS. 55-69 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide the user through configuring an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 70 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code upon completion of the configuration phase of the setup process;
  • FIG. 71 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller that has been configured upon completion of the configuration phase of the setup process;
  • FIGS. 72-78 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide the user through connecting an HVAC controller to a wireless network and to a web service;
  • FIGS. 79-84 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide a user through personalizing an illustrative HVAC controller;
  • FIG. 85 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the illustrative HVAC controller that is being setup after completion of the setup process;
  • FIG. 86A is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system;
  • FIG. 86B is a schematic block diagram of another illustrative building automation system;
  • FIG. 86C is a schematic block diagram of a server of an illustrative building automation system;
  • FIGS. 86D and 86E show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide a user through utilizing certain functions of an HVAC controller;
  • FIGS. 87-91 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may identify and connect to an HVAC contractor;
  • FIG. 92 shows another view of an options screen after a user has connected to an HVAC contractor;
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic diagram of an illustrative method for utilizing geofencing in a building automation system;
  • FIG. 94 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system that may be used with geofencing;
  • FIG. 95 is a schematic block diagram of another building automation system that may be use with geofencing;
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic block diagram of another building automation system that may be use with geofencing;
  • FIG. 97 shows an illustrative screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may select between a small and a large proximity boundary setting for geofencing;
  • FIGS. 98-101 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code that may guide a user through selecting an appropriate proximity boundary;
  • FIG. 102 shows another illustrative setting screen that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device (e.g. mobile device) by an application program code through which a user may select an appropriate geofence setting;
  • FIG. 103 shows an illustrative screen through which a user may customize a proximity boundary;
  • FIGS. 104-106 show illustrative screens through which a user may customize a proximity boundary; and
  • FIG. 107 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller.
  • While the disclosure is amenable to various modifications and alternative forms, specifics thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and will be described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the intention is not to limit aspects of the disclosure to the particular illustrative embodiments described. On the contrary, the intention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the disclosure.
  • DESCRIPTION
  • The following description should be read with reference to the drawings wherein like reference numerals indicate like elements. The drawings, which are not necessarily to scale, are not intended to limit the scope of the disclosure. In some of the figures, elements not believed necessary to an understanding of relationships among illustrated components may have been omitted for clarity.
  • All numbers are herein assumed to be modified by the term “about”, unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. The recitation of numerical ranges by endpoints includes all numbers subsumed within that range (e.g., 1 to 5 includes 1, 1.5, 2, 2.75, 3, 3.80, 4, and 5).
  • As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include the plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. As used in this specification and the appended claims, the term “or” is generally employed in its sense including “and/or” unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
  • It is noted that references in the specification to “an embodiment”, “some embodiments”, “other embodiments”, etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is contemplated that the feature, structure, or characteristic may be applied to other embodiments whether or not explicitly described unless clearly stated to the contrary.
  • The present disclosure is directed generally at building automation system. Building automation systems are systems that control one or more operations of a building. Building automation systems can include HVAC systems, security systems, fire suppression systems, energy management systems and other systems. While HVAC systems are used as an example below, it should be recognized that the concepts disclosed herein can be applied to building control systems more generally.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of a building 2 having an illustrative heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system 4. While FIG. 1 shows a typical forced air type HVAC system, other types of HVAC systems are contemplated including, but not limited to, boiler systems, radiant heating systems, electric heating systems, cooling systems, heat pump systems, and/or any other suitable type of HVAC system, as desired. The illustrative HVAC system 4 of FIG. 1 includes one or more HVAC components 6, a system of ductwork and air vents including a supply air duct 10 and a return air duct 14, and one or more HVAC controllers 18. The one or more HVAC components 6 may include, but are not limited to, a furnace, a heat pump, an electric heat pump, a geothermal heat pump, an electric heating unit, an air conditioning unit, a humidifier, a dehumidifier, an air exchanger, an air cleaner, a damper, a valve, and/or the like.
  • It is contemplated that the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be configured to control the comfort level in the building or structure by activating and deactivating the HVAC component(s) 6 in a controlled manner. The HVAC controller(s) 18 may be configured to control the HVAC component(s) 6 via a wired or wireless communication link 20. In some cases, the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be a thermostat, such as, for example, a wall mountable thermostat, but this is not required in all embodiments. Such a thermostat may include (e.g. within the thermostat housing) or have access to a temperature sensor for sensing an ambient temperature at or near the thermostat. In some instances, the HVAC controller(s) 18 may be a zone controller, or may include multiple zone controllers each monitoring and/or controlling the comfort level within a particular zone in the building or other structure.
  • In the illustrative HVAC system 4 shown in FIG. 1, the HVAC component(s) 6 may provide heated air (and/or cooled air) via the ductwork throughout the building 2. As illustrated, the HVAC component(s) 6 may be in fluid communication with every room and/or zone in the building 2 via the ductwork 10 and 14, but this is not required. In operation, when a heat call signal is provided by the HVAC controller(s) 18, an HVAC component 6 (e.g. forced warm air furnace) may be activated to supply heated air to one or more rooms and/or zones within the building 2 via supply air ducts 10. The heated air may be forced through supply air duct 10 by a blower or fan 22. In this example, the cooler air from each zone may be returned to the HVAC component 6 (e.g. forced warm air furnace) for heating via return air ducts 14. Similarly, when a cool call signal is provided by the HVAC controller(s) 18, an HVAC component 6 (e.g. air conditioning unit) may be activated to supply cooled air to one or more rooms and/or zones within the building or other structure via supply air ducts 10. The cooled air may be forced through supply air duct 10 by the blower or fan 22. In this example, the warmer air from each zone may be returned to the HVAC component 6 (e.g. air conditioning unit) for cooling via return air ducts 14. In some cases, the HVAC system 4 may include an internet gateway or other device 23 that may allow one or more of the HVAC components, as described herein, to communicate over a wide area network (WAN) such as, for example, the Internet.
  • In some cases, the system of vents or ductwork 10 and/or 14 can include one or more dampers 24 to regulate the flow of air, but this is not required. For example, one or more dampers 24 may be coupled to one or more HVAC controller(s) 18, and can be coordinated with the operation of one or more HVAC components 6. The one or more HVAC controller(s) 18 may actuate dampers 24 to an open position, a closed position, and/or a partially open position to modulate the flow of air from the one or more HVAC components to an appropriate room and/or zone in the building or other structure. The dampers 24 may be particularly useful in zoned HVAC systems, and may be used to control which zone(s) receives conditioned air from the HVAC component(s) 6.
  • In many instances, one or more air filters 30 may be used to remove dust and other pollutants from the air inside the building 2. In the illustrative example shown in FIG. 1, the air filter(s) 30 is installed in the return air duct 14, and may filter the air prior to the air entering the HVAC component 6, but it is contemplated that any other suitable location for the air filter(s) 30 may be used. The presence of the air filter(s) 30 may not only improve the indoor air quality, but may also protect the HVAC components 6 from dust and other particulate matter that would otherwise be permitted to enter the HVAC component.
  • In some cases, and as shown in FIG. 1, the illustrative HVAC system 4 may include an equipment interface module (EIM) 34. When provided, the equipment interface module 34 may, in addition to controlling the HVAC under the direction of the thermostat, be configured to measure or detect a change in a given parameter between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4. For example, the equipment interface module 34 may measure a difference in temperature, flow rate, pressure, or a combination of any one of these parameters between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4. In some cases, the equipment interface module 34 may be adapted to measure the difference or change in temperature (delta T) between a return air side and discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 for the heating and/or cooling mode. The delta T for the heating and cooling modes may be calculated by subtracting the return air temperature from the discharge air temperature (e.g. delta T=discharge air temperature−return air temperature)
  • In some cases, the equipment interface module 34 may include a first temperature sensor 38 a located in the return (incoming) air duct 14, and a second temperature sensor 38 b located in the discharge (outgoing or supply) air duct 10. Alternatively, or in addition, the equipment interface module 34 may include a differential pressure sensor including a first pressure tap 39 a located in the return (incoming) air duct 14, and a second pressure tap 39 b located downstream of the air filter 30 to measure a change in a parameter related to the amount of flow restriction through the air filter 30. In some cases, the equipment interface module 34, when provided, may include at least one flow sensor that is capable of providing a measure that is related to the amount of air flow restriction through the air filter 30. In some cases, the equipment interface module 34 may include an air filter monitor. These are just some examples.
  • When provided, the equipment interface module 34 may be configured to communicate with the HVAC controller 18 via, for example, a wired or wireless communication link 42. In other cases, the equipment interface module 34 may be incorporated or combined with the HVAC controller 18. In either cases, the equipment interface module 34 may communicate, relay or otherwise transmit data regarding the selected parameter (e.g. temperature, pressure, flow rate, etc.) to the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may use the data from the equipment interface module 34 to evaluate the system's operation and/or performance. For example, the HVAC controller 18 may compare data related to the difference in temperature (delta T) between the return air side and the discharge air side of the HVAC system 4 to a previously determined delta T limit stored in the HVAC controller 18 to determine a current operating performance of the HVAC system 4.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an HVAC control system 50 that facilitates remote access and/or control of the HVAC system 4 shown in FIG. 1. The HVAC control system 50 may be considered a building control system or part of a building control system. The illustrative HVAC control system 50 includes an HVAC controller, as for example, HVAC controller 18 (see FIG. 1) that is configured to communicate with and control one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4. As discussed above, the HVAC controller 18 may communicate with the one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4 via a wired or wireless link. Additionally, the HVAC controller 18 may communicate over one or more wired or wireless networks that may accommodate remote access and/or control of the HVAC controller 18 via another device such as a smart phone, tablet, e-reader, laptop computer, personal computer, key fob, or the like. As shown in FIG. 2, the HVAC controller 18 may include a first communications port 52 for communicating over a first network 54, and in some cases, a second communications port 56 for communicating over a second network 58. In some cases, the first network 54 may be a wireless local area network (LAN), and the second network 58 (when provided) may be a wide area network or global network (WAN) including, for example, the Internet. In some cases, the wireless local area network 54 may provide a wireless access point and/or a network host device that is separate from the HVAC controller 18. In other cases, the wireless local area network 54 may provide a wireless access point and/or a network host device that is part of the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the wireless local area network 54 may include a local domain name server (DNS), but this is not required for all embodiments. In some cases, the wireless local area network 54 may be an ad-hoc wireless network, but this is not required.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to communicate over the second network 58 with an external web service hosted by one or more external web server 66. A non-limiting example of such an external web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service. The HVAC controller 18 may be configured to upload selected data via the second network 58 to the external web service where it may be collected and stored on the external web server 66. In some cases, the data may be indicative of the performance of the HVAC system 4. Additionally, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download selected data, settings and/or services sometimes including software updates from the external web service over the second network 58. The data, settings and/or services may be received automatically from the web service, downloaded periodically in accordance with a control algorithm, and/or downloaded in response to a user request. In some cases, for example, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download an HVAC operating schedule and operating parameter settings such as, for example, temperature set points, humidity set points, start times, end times, schedules, window frost protection settings, and/or the like from the web server 66 over the second network 58. In some instances, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive one or more user profiles having at least one operational parameter setting that is selected by and reflective of a user's preferences. In still other instances, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive and/or download firmware and/or hardware updates such as, for example, device drivers from the web server 66 over the second network 58. Additionally, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to receive local weather data, weather alerts and/or warnings, major stock index ticker data, and/or news headlines over the second network 58. These are just some examples.
  • Depending upon the application and/or where the HVAC user is located, remote access and/or control of the HVAC controller 18 may be provided over the first network 54 and/or the second network 58. A variety of remote wireless devices 62 may be used to access and/or control the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location (e.g. remote from the HVAC Controller 18) over the first network 54 and/or second network 58 including, but not limited to, mobile phones including smart phones, tablet computers, laptop or personal computers, wireless network-enabled key fobs, e-readers, and/or the like. In many cases, the remote wireless devices 62 are configured to communicate wirelessly over the first network 54 and/or second network 58 with the HVAC controller 18 via one or more wireless communication protocols including, but not limited to, cellular communication, ZigBee, REDLINK™, Bluetooth, WiFi, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and/or any other suitable common or proprietary wireless protocol, as desired.
  • In some cases, an application program code (i.e. app) stored in the memory of the remote device 62 may be used to remotely access and/or control the HVAC controller 18. The application program code (app) may be provided for downloading from an external web service, such as the web service hosted by the external web server 66 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service) or another external web service (e.g. ITUNES® or Google Play). In some cases, the app may provide a remote user interface for interacting with the HVAC controller 18 at the user's remote device 62. For example, through the user interface provided by the app, a user may be able to change the operating schedule and operating parameter settings such as, for example, temperature set points, humidity set points, start times, end times, schedules, window frost protection settings, accept software updates and/or the like. Communications may be routed from the user's remote device 62 to the web server 66 and then, from the web server 66 to the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, communications may flow in the opposite direction such as, for example, when a user interacts directly with the HVAC controller 18 to change an operating parameter setting such as, for example, a schedule change or a set point change. The change made at the HVAC controller 18 may then be routed to the web server 66 and then from the web server 66 to the remote device 62 where it may reflected by the application program executed by the remote device 62.
  • In other cases, a user may be able to interact with the HVAC controller 18 via a user interface provided by one or more web pages served up by the web server 66. The user may interact with the one or more web pages using a variety of internet capable devices to effect a change at the HVAC controller 18 as well as view usage data and energy consumption date related to the usage of the HVAC system 4. In still yet another case, communication may occur between the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 without being relayed through a server. These are just some examples.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustrative schematic block diagram of the HVAC controller 18 of FIG. 2. As discussed above with reference to FIG. 2, the HVAC controller 18 may be accessed and/or controlled from a remote location over the first network 54 and/or the second network 58 using a remote wireless device 62 such as, for example, a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop or personal computer, a wireless network-enabled key fob, an e-reader, and/or the like. In some instances, the HVAC controller 18 may be a thermostat, but this is not required. As shown in FIG. 3, the HVAC controller 18 may include a communications block 60 having a first communications port 52 for communicating over a first network (e.g. a wireless LAN) and a second communications port 56 for communicating over a second network (e.g. a WAN or the Internet). The first communications port 52 can be a wireless communications port including a wireless transceiver for wirelessly sending and/or receiving signals over a first wireless network 54. Similarly, the second communications port 56 may be a wireless communications port including a wireless transceiver for sending and/or receiving signals over a second wireless network 58. In some cases, the second communications port 56 may be in communication with a wired or wireless router or gateway for connecting to the second network, but this is not required. In some cases, the router or gateway may be integral to the HVAC controller 18 or may be provided as a separate device. Additionally, the illustrative HVAC controller 18 may include a processor (e.g. microprocessor, microcontroller, etc.) 64 and a memory 72. The HVAC controller 18 may also include a user interface 108, but this is not required. In some cases, HVAC controller 18 may include a timer (not shown). The timer may be integral to the processor 64 or may be provided as a separate component. The memory 72 of the illustrative HVAC controller 18 may be in communication with the processor 64. The memory 72 may be used to store any desired information, such as the aforementioned control algorithm, set points, schedule times, diagnostic limits such as, for example, differential pressure limits, delta T limits, and the like. The memory 72 may be any suitable type of storage device including, but not limited to, RAM, ROM, EPROM, flash memory, a hard drive, and/or the like. In some cases, the processor 64 may store information within the memory 72, and may subsequently retrieve the stored information from the memory 72.
  • In many cases, the HVAC controller 18 may include an input/output block (I/O block) 78 having a number of wire terminals (e.g. 80 a-80 c) for receiving one or more signals from the HVAC system 4 and/or for providing one or more control signals to the HVAC system 4. For example, the I/O block 78 may communicate with one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4. The HVAC controller 18 may have any number of wire terminals for accepting a connection from one or more HVAC components 6 of the HVAC system 4.
  • However, how many wire terminals are utilized and which terminals are wired is dependent upon the particular configuration of the HVAC system 4. Different HVAC systems 4 having different HVAC components and/or type of HVAC components 6 may have different wiring configurations. As such, an I/O block having four wire terminals, as shown in FIG. 2, is just one example and is not intended to be limiting. Alternatively, or in addition to, the I/O block 78 may communicate with another controller, which is in communication with one or more HVAC components of the HVAC system 4, such as a zone control panel in a zoned HVAC system, equipment interface module (EIM) (e.g. EIM 34 shown in FIG. 1) or any other suitable building control device.
  • In some cases, a power-transformation block 82 may be connected to one or more wires of the I/O block 78, and may be configured to bleed or steal energy from the one or more wires of the I/O block 78. The power bled off of the one or more wires of the I/O block may be stored in an energy storage device 86 that may be used to at least partially power the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the energy storage device 86 may be capacitor or a rechargeable battery. In addition, the HVAC controller 18 may also include a back-up source of energy such as, for example, a battery that may be used to supplement power supplied to the HVAC controller 18 when the amount of available power stored by the energy storage device 86 is less than optimal or is insufficient to power certain applications. Certain applications or functions performed by the HVAC controller may require a greater amount of energy than others. If there is an insufficient amount of energy stored in the energy storage device 86, then, in some cases, certain applications and/or functions may be prohibited by the processor 64.
  • The HVAC controller 18 may also include one or more sensors such as for example, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an occupancy sensor, a proximity sensor, and/or the like. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may include an internal temperature sensor 90, as shown FIG. 3, but this is not required. The HVAC controller 18 may also communicate with one or more remote temperature sensors, humidity sensors, and/or occupancy sensors located throughout the building or structure. Additionally, the HVAC controller may communicate with a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor located outside of the building or structure for sensing an outdoor temperature and/or humidity if desired.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may include a sensor 92 that is configured determine if a user is in proximity to the building controller. In some cases, the sensor 92 may be a motion sensor or a proximity sensor such as, for example, a passive infrared (PIR) sensor. In certain cases in which the sensor 92 is a motion sensor or a proximity sensor, the sensor 92 may be located remotely from the HVAC controller 18 and may be in wireless communication with the HVAC controller 18 via one of the communication ports.
  • In other cases, the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user is near or expected to be near the HVAC controller 18 based, at least in part, on the location data provided by a location based service application program executed by a user's remote device 62 that the user utilizes to interact with the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location. The location data generated by the location based services app may be transmitted from the user's remote device 62 directly to the HVAC controller 18 or, in some cases, may be transmitted to the HVAC controller 18 via a server 66 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ server) to which both the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 may be connected. In some cases, the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user or, more specifically, the user's remote device 62 has crossed at least one of two or more proximity boundaries relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 based on location data provided by the user's remote device that the user utilizes to interact with the HVAC controller 18. The user's remote device 62 may determine that the user has crossed a proximity boundary by comparing the location data generated by sensor 92 of the user's remote device 62 to a predetermined fixed location or boundary. In some cases, the proximity boundary(s) may be defined by a radius extending outward from a predetermined fixed location. The predetermined fixed location may be the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another selected location such as, for example, the user's workplace. Alternatively, or in addition to, the proximity boundary(s) may be customized by the user and may have any shape and or size that appropriately reflects the user's local and/or daily travel habits. For example, at least one proximity boundary may be configured by the user to have the same general size and/or shape of the city in which their home or workplace is located.
  • In yet another example, the sensor 92 may be configured to determine that the user is in proximity to or is expected to be in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 upon detecting that the user's remote device 62 is connected to the building's wireless network which, in some cases, may be the same network to which the HVAC controller 18 is also connected. Such functionality is shown and described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0031989 entitled “HVAC CONTROLLER WITH WIRELESS NETWORK BASED OCCUPANCY DETECTION AND CONTROL”, the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
  • In still other cases, the user's remote device 62 may be configured to determine that a user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18 upon sensing a user's interaction with the HVAC controller 18 via the user interface provided at the HVAC controller 18. For example, the sensor 92 may be configured to sense when the screen of the user interface 108 is touched and/or when a button provided at the user interface 108 is pressed by a user. In some cases, the sensor 92 may be a touch sensitive region provided on the user interface 108 when the user interface 108 incorporates a touch screen display. In other cases, the sensor 92 may be associated with a hard button or soft key that is provided separate from a display of the user interface 108.
  • In some cases, upon detecting or determining that a user is in proximity to the HVAC controller, the sensor 92 may deliver a signal to the processor 64 indicating that the user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18. In other cases, the upon detecting or determining that a user is in proximity to the HVAC controller 18, the sensor 92 may be configured to transmit a signal to a remote server 66 over a second network 58 via the communications block 60.
  • The user interface 108, when provided, may be any suitable user interface that permits the HVAC controller 18 to display and/or solicit information, as well as accept one or more user interactions with the HVAC controller 18. For example, the user interface 108 may permit a user to locally enter data such as temperature set points, humidity set points, starting times, ending times, schedule times, diagnostic limits, responses to alerts, and the like. In one example, the user interface 108 may be a physical user interface that is accessible at the HVAC controller 18, and may include a display and/or a distinct keypad. The display may be any suitable display. In some instances, a display may include or may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), and in some cases an e-ink display, fixed segment display, or a dot matrix LCD display. In other cases, the user interface 108 may be a touch screen LCD panel that functions as both display and keypad. The touch screen LCD panel may be adapted to solicit values for a number of operating parameters and/or to receive such values, but this is not required. In still other cases, the user interface 108 may be a dynamic graphical user interface.
  • In some instances, the user interface 108 need not be physically accessible to a user at the HVAC controller 18. Instead, the user interface 108 may be a virtual user interface 108 that is accessible via the first network 54 and/or second network 58 using a mobile wireless device such as one of those remote devices 62 previously described herein. In some cases, the virtual user interface 108 may be provided by an app executed by a user's remote device for the purposes of remotely interacting with the HVAC controller 18. Through the virtual user interface 108 provided by the app on the user's remote device 62, the user may change temperature set points, humidity set points, starting times, ending times, schedule times, diagnostic limits, respond to alerts, update their user profile, view energy usage data, and/or the like. In some instances, changes made to the HVAC controller 18 via a user interface 108 provided by an app on the user's remote device 62 may be first transmitted to an external web server 66. The external web server 66 may receive and accept the user inputs entered via the virtual user interface 108 provided by the app on the user's remote device 62, and associate the user inputs with a user's account on the external web service. If the user inputs include any changes to the existing control algorithm including any temperature set point changes, humidity set point changes, schedule changes, start and end time changes, window frost protection setting changes, operating mode changes, and/or changes to a user's profile, the external web server 66 may update the control algorithm, as applicable, and transmit at least a portion of the updated control algorithm over the second network 58 to the HVAC controller 18 where it is received via the second port 56 and may be stored in the memory 72 for execution by the processor 64. In some cases, the user may observe the effect of their inputs at the HVAC controller 18. As discussed herein, the communication rate between the processor 64 and the web server 66 may affect the message latency from when the user interacts with the user interface 108 provided by their remote device 62 to effect a change at the HVAC controller 18 and when a message corresponding to the user's interaction with the user interface 108 provided at their remote device 62 is communicated to the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the user may experience lower message latencies when the HVAC controller 18 has a full amount of available power stored in the energy storage device. The message latency may increase as less power is available to the HVAC controller 18 from the energy storage device 86, but this is not required.
  • Rather than a dedicated app, the virtual user interface 108 may include one or more web pages that are transmitted over the second network 58 (e.g. WAN or the Internet) by an external web server (e.g. web server 66). The one or more web pages forming the virtual user interface 108 may be hosted by an external web service and associated with a user account having one or more user profiles. The external web server 66 may receive and accept user inputs entered via the virtual user interface and associate the user inputs with a user's account on the external web service. If the user inputs include changes to the existing control algorithm including any temperature set point changes, humidity set point changes, schedule changes, start and end time changes, window frost protection setting changes, operating mode changes, and/or changes to a user's profile, the external web server 66 may update the control algorithm, as applicable, and transmit at least a portion of the updated control algorithm over the second network 58 to the HVAC controller 18 where it is received via the second port 56 and may be stored in the memory 72 for execution by the processor 64. In some cases, the user may observe the effect of their inputs at the HVAC controller 18.
  • In some cases, a user may use either the user interface 108 provided at the HVAC controller 18 and/or a virtual user interface 108 as described herein. The two types of user interfaces 108 that may be used to interact with the HVAC controller 18 are not mutually exclusive of one another. However, in some cases, a virtual user interface 108 may provide more advanced capabilities to the user.
  • FIG. 4 is a front elevation view of an illustrative HVAC controller 18 that includes a user interface 108. The user interface 108, provided at the HVAC controller 18, may be provided in addition to or in alternative to a virtual user interface that may be provided by an application program executed by a user's remote device 62 or that may be viewed as one or more web pages served up by a web server 66, as discussed herein. As shown in FIG. 4, the illustrative user interface 108 may include a display 94 disposed within a housing 96. In some cases, the display 94 may be a touch screen display, but this is not required. In the example shown, the user interface 108 may include one or more touch sensitive regions 98 a-98 c provided on the display 94, each touch sensitive region defining a button through which the user may interact with the HVAC controller 18. Additionally, or alternatively, the user interface 108 may include one or more buttons 102 a and 102 b that may be provided separate from the display 94 through which the user may interact with the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the buttons 102 a, 102 b may be touch sensitive capacitive buttons. In other cases, the buttons 102 a, 102 b may be hard, physical buttons or soft keys. It will be generally understood that the size and shape of the display as well as the number and location of the various buttons can vary.
  • The housing 96 may be fabricated from any suitable material. As shown in FIG. 4, the housing 96 may have a generally circular foot print, but this is not required. In some cases, the housing 96 may be a two-part housing a may include a rotating ring 106 which may form part of the user interface 108, and which may provide another mechanism for accepting input from a user. For example, the user may rotate the ring 106 to increase or decrease an operating parameter (e.g. set point) and/or to change information viewed on the display 94 by advancing from a first screen to a second screen displayed on the display 94. In some cases, while the user interface 108 that is provided at the HVAC controller 18 is capable of receiving a user's interactions, a more advanced or detailed user interface 108 for more fully interacting with the HVAC controller 18 may be provided by an application program executed at a user's remote device 62 and/or by one or more web pages served up by a web server such as web server 66, as described herein.
  • Referring back to FIG. 3, the processor 64 may operate in accordance with an algorithm that controls or at least partially controls one or more HVAC components of an HVAC system such as, for example, HVAC system 4 of FIG. 1. The processor 64, for example, may operate in accordance with a control algorithm that provides temperature set point changes, humidity set point changes, schedule changes, start and end time changes, window frost protection setting changes, operating mode changes, and/or the like. At least a portion of the control algorithm may be stored locally in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 and, in some cases, may be received from an external web service over the second network 58. The control algorithm (or portion thereof) stored locally in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 may be periodically updated in accordance with a predetermined schedule (e.g. once every 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, weekly, monthly, etc.), updated in response to any changes to the control algorithm (e.g. set point change) made by a user, and/or updated in response to a user's request. The updates to the control algorithm or portion of the control algorithm stored in the memory 72 may be received from an external web service over the second network. In some cases, the control algorithm may include settings such as set points.
  • In some cases, the processor 64 may operate according to a first operating mode having a first temperature set point, a second operating mode having a second temperature set point, a third operating mode having a third temperature set point, and/or the like. In some cases, the first operating mode may correspond to an occupied mode, and the second operating mode may correspond to an unoccupied mode. In some cases, the third operating mode may correspond to a holiday or vacation mode wherein the building or structure in which the HVAC system 4 is located may be unoccupied for an extended period of time. In other cases, the third operating mode may correspond to a sleep mode wherein the building occupants are either asleep or inactive for a period of time. These are just some examples. It will be understood that the processor 64 may be capable of operating in additional operating modes as necessary or desired. The number of operating modes and the operating parameter settings associated with each of the operating modes may be established locally through the user interface 108, and/or through an external web service and delivered to the HVAC controller via the second network 58 where they may be stored in the memory 72 for reference by the processor 64.
  • In some cases, the processor 64 may operate according to one or more predetermined operating parameter settings associated with a user profile for an individual user. The user profile may be stored in the memory 72 of the HVAC controller 18 and/or may be hosted by an external web service and stored on an external web server. The user profile may include one or more user-selected settings for one or more operating modes that may be designated by the user. For example, the processor 64 may operate according to a first operating mode having a first temperature set point associated with a first user profile, a second operating mode having a second temperature set point associated with the first user profile, a third operating mode having a third temperature set point associated with the first user profile, and/or the like. In some cases, the first operating mode may correspond to an occupied mode, the second operating mode may correspond to an unoccupied mode, and the third operating mode may correspond to a vacation or extended away mode wherein the building or structure in which the HVAC system 4 is located may be unoccupied for an extended period of time. In some cases, multiple user profiles may be associated with the HVAC controller 18. In certain cases, where two or more user profiles are associated with the HVAC controller 18, the processor 64 may be programmed to include a set of rules for determining which individual's user profile takes precedence for controlling the HVAC system when both user profiles are active.
  • In some cases, the processor 64 may be programmed to execute a guided set-up routine that may guide a user through configuring the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more HVAC components 6 of their particular HVAC system 4. In some cases, the user may have limited knowledge about the particular HVAC system configuration. The guided set-up routine may be configured to guide a user through set-up of the HVAC controller 18 without requiring detailed knowledge of the particular HVAC system and/or without requiring the user to consult a technical manual or guide.
  • Within the following disclosure, non-limiting reference will be made to representative components of an illustrative thermostat illustrated in the exploded view of FIG. 5. The major subassemblies are identified generally as follows:
      • 180 a display window/mask
      • 180 b adhesive
      • 180 c capacitive touch element
      • 180 d display gasket
      • 180 e display
      • 180 f window support and IR sensor
      • 180 g button light guide assembly/dampener
      • 180 h turning ring and code wheel
      • 180 i sliding ring
      • 180 j printed wiring board (PWB)
      • 180 k back ring
      • 1801 light ring
      • 180 m case back
      • 180 n wall plate assembly/level/battery/PWB-2
      • 180 o mud ring
  • Not all listed components will receive further detailed attention and not all components contemplated are illustrated in FIG. 5 which serves to indicate the relative locations of components of one illustrative embodiment. It will be appreciated that certain of the components may be omitted, combined, rearranged, or otherwise modified in other embodiments.
  • In the illustrative embodiment of FIGS. 5 and 6A, related generally to display window 180 a of FIG. 5, window display mask 200 of FIG. 6A may allow selected display components to be seen through the window display mask 200 to effect a uniform display appearance as well as to alter the apparent shape(s) of the elements of the overall display without requiring custom display elements. The display window itself may be fabricated from any convenient transparent material such glass, polycarbonate, acrylic, or the like. In one embodiment, the window display mask 200 is formed on the inner surface of the display window and is carefully registered with display elements of the thermostat. The window display mask 200 may be formed by conventional techniques and the opaque regions of the window display mask may be colored black, white, or other colors. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the window display mask may be formed of a material which is largely transparent when backlit and which presents a mirror finish when not backlit. In such embodiments, the portions of the window display mask which are formed of a material which is largely transparent when backlit may be confined to those portions of the window display mask which are not opaque. In certain embodiments, the material which is largely transparent when backlit may include a metallized layer which is substantially nonconductive to minimize interference with radio frequency communication between the thermostat and other components of the system. In certain other embodiments, the material which is largely transparent when backlit may be applied to the inner surface of the transparent material before the mask 200 is applied. This material may also be used as a component of an optical encoder associated with sensing motion and or position of a code wheel or turning ring (see 180 h of FIG. 5), but this is not required.
  • Some portions and apertures 220 a-b of the window display mask 200 may overlie a single display element, such as a rectangular color LED display of FIG. 5 e, so that the user experiences that portion of the color LED display which is seen through aperture 220 b as a circular screen element and experiences the arched aperture 220 a as a separate arched display element or elements. It will be appreciated that the areas displayed through apertures 220 a-b of the window display mask 200 may be further divided into visually distinct display regions such as three user buttons in the area of arched aperture 220 a and/or lists in aperture 220 b. It will further be appreciated that the visual information displayed within an aperture may change from time-to-time depending upon the state of the thermostat. For example, at a first time, the information displayed through aperture 220 b may alternate between the current time and the current temperature. At a second time, the display may provide the current indoor temperature and the current set point through aperture 220 b, if those temperatures differ. At a third time, the information displayed may include a list of options from which the user may select using a touch screen capability of the device. At a fourth time, the information displayed through the upper aperture 220 a may represent an array of choices such system mode a setting of Heat, Off, Cool, and optionally may change to a centered indication of the selected choice at a fifth time. At a sixth time, the display through aperture 220 b may indicate a portion of the pending changes to the list of set point options. Each of these as well as additional display options may be implemented in various embodiments. It will be appreciated that the circular aperture 220 b and the arched aperture 220 a configurations are only illustrative and non-limiting and may be replaced by more or fewer mask apertures, said apertures having any desired shape(s).
  • Similarly, certain display elements may be implemented as stencils 102 a, 102 b overlying a light source which back illuminates the stencil when the associated function is available and/or active and which is dark or grayed when the function is unavailable and/or inactive. Additional information may be conveyed by selecting from among multiple colored light sources. In the example shown in FIG. 6A, stencil 102 a may overlie a touch-sensitive element such as capacitive touch-sensitive membrane to request local weather information and the information retrieved by the thermostat may be displayed with color coding of light displayed through the aperture or may be displayed in greater detail through the central aperture 220 b. In some cases, one or both touch-sensitive elements associated, for example, with stencil areas 102 a and/or 102 b may cause one or more options to be displayed and/or selected on the portion of the display visible through aperture 220 b.
  • Referring to FIG. 6B, the window and display mask 200 may be positioned relative to regions 222 a, 232 a-b (which are on the transparent touch-sensitive element 240, see subassembly 180 c of FIG. 5), and are held in registry with the display (not shown in this figure for clarity) by an appropriate adhesive or other mounting fixture. In certain embodiments, an air gap 244 may be introduced between the front surface of the display and the back surface of the touch sensitive element 240 associated therewith by a perimeter spacer 248 (See FIG. 6C). The air gap 244 is believed to enhance the performance of the touch sensitive element 240 and also to help reduce radio frequency noise introduced into the touch sensitive element 240 by the display. The air gap 244 may be employed with or without a touch sensitive element 240 ground plane formed on the back surface of the touch sensitive element 240 and separated therefrom by a dielectric spacer 207.
  • Portions of touch-sensitive element 240 may be adhesively attached to the display and button light guide assemblies which are also coupled to window support 250 (see, FIG. 5, element 1800). Aperture 220 in the window support 250 is aligned with touch sensitive button areas 222 a and an upper portion of the display. Aperture 220 is also aligned with a touch sensitive region of the touch-sensitive element 240 and overlies a lower portion of the display. Stencil aperture 102 a is aligned with a touch-sensitive region 232 a and overlies an illumination source (not shown in this view). Similarly, stencil aperture 102 b is aligned with a touch-sensitive region 232 b and overlies an illumination source (not shown in this view). Window support 250 and adhesive (see, 180 b of FIG. 5) may maintain the window and mask 200 in the desired relationship to other elements of the device and may include appropriate apertures for mounting the display and the illumination sources.
  • In some cases, a mask having generally the same apertures and visual features as described above may be formed on the outer surface of the window. The mask may be applied by any of the standard techniques including, but not limited to lamination or in-mold application. In this instance, other components of the thermostat may be attached to the inner surface of the window without adversely affecting appearance. For example, the molded window and associated mask 200 may include bosses 215 such as are shown in FIG. 6B. The bosses 215, like the window support 250 described above, may serve as an assembly framework which is configured to receive a stacked array of relatively stationary components of the thermostat. In some embodiments, the bosses 215 may be asymmetrically disposed and/or may differ in size or shape to help ensure that subsequently added components during assembly are assembled in the correct front side/backside orientation. In addition, one or more of the bosses may be tapered and/or stepped to ensure that the order of added components is correct during assembly. In certain embodiments, the inner surface of the window may be relieved, for example, to provide a thin section through which an IR sensor may view the room for occupant presence and/or motion with minimal attenuation of the signal by the material of the window when delivered to an optical element 210 that is associated with the IR sensor. In other embodiments, the window and mask may include an aperture that is in registration with an optical element 210 that is associated with an IR sensor.
  • In some instances, the programmable thermostat may be configured to become activated and powered when it senses the presence of a person in front of the programmable thermostat. This detection may be provided by a passive infrared sensor (PIR) and an associated optical element 210. The sensor may detect thermal radiation of a human body (5-12 micrometers—infrared area [IR]). The sensor may include two separate detector pads. A signal may be generated based on a time-based change of thermal radiation received by the two separate detector pads. When so provided, the IR wavelengths of interest are typically blocked by most common optic materials. One suitable material for an optical window and/or lens may be polyethylene (PE). Glass substantially blocks the wavelengths of interest and so glass windows may need to have an aperture to accommodate a proximity sensor and its lens.
  • A suitable lens, either positioned in the hole of a glass window or behind a thinned section of a window, may incorporate sloped front surfaces and a corresponding convex rear surface to impart a degree of directionality to the field(s) of view of the sensor. In some embodiments, the use of Fresnel lens designs may be desirable to increase the amount of IR energy which reaches the sensor. In certain embodiments, the light gathering surfaces may desirably differ in size to compensate for transmission differences to equalize sensitivity in different directions. While IR sensors are disclosed here as one example, it is contemplated that any suitable sensor may be used, as desired.
  • The capacitive touch element (or elements in some embodiments) may be adhered to the masked window 200 as shown in FIG. 6F. A display element group “D” may be located between the window and the button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g which is positioned by the bosses 215. It will be appreciated that the touch sensitive element(s) of the thermostat may each be implemented as a separate element, or may be provided with two or more touch sensitive regions.
  • An illustrative multi-region touch sensitive assembly is shown in FIG. 6E. In the non-limiting example, the touch sensitive element may be formed from a piece of flexible printed circuit material, which is folded into a U-shape and adhered to opposite sides of a transparent dielectric spacer 207 as may be seen in enlarged detail A of FIG. 6E. A first half of the flexible printed circuit material may form a solid ground plane extending over substantially the entire surface of the dielectric layer 207. The second half of the flexible printed circuit material may form the capacitive elements of the touch sensitive assembly, which may serve as the functional buttons, as well as a generalized touch sensitive region associated with the active portions of the display. As mentioned earlier, the touch sensitive assembly may be adhered to the window and spaced a short distance from the face of the display to improve sensitivity and reduce noise.
  • Backlights such as LED backlights may be used to illuminate the stencil apertures in the window display mask for window 180 a of FIG. 5. In some cases, a three color LED may be mated with a custom lens and a diffuser to provide a relatively hot-spot free illumination from LED arrays mounted on a printed wiring board, 180 j of FIG. 5. In one example, the area to be illuminated is 14 mm in diameter and is located 6 mm from the printed wiring board. As seen from the window side in FIG. 7A, lens 310 may be mounted to the window support 180 f of FIG. 5 at locations 311 and over the LED(s) 320 on the printed wiring board. In some embodiments the lens 310 is combined with a diffuser 310 a. An illustrative lens is illustrated in cross-section in FIG. 7B. The LED array (or single LED) may produce light with a distribution cone angle of about 120 degrees which generally corresponds to the desired light output angle from the system. An illustrative ray 330 has been traced through the lens and the diffuser 310 a with a resulting output cone 340. Textured and non-textured diffusers formed from polyethylene terephthalate (PET), acrylics, or acetal, each with thicknesses between 0.17 millimeters (mm) and 1.7 mm, have been shown to be functional with good wide angle light output when the film is translucent and/or textured. In other embodiments, the lens 310 may be formed from a translucent or milky material thus combining the light capture/distribution functions with diffusive scattering.
  • FIG. 7C illustrates a lens 310, shown in cross-section, which has an optionally surface-textured inlet surface 312 and an optionally surface-textured outlet surface 314. The position of the light source, such as an LED, is indicated by reference numeral 316. FIGS. 7D and 7E provide perspective views of an illustrative lens 310 output surface and input surface respectively, as well as the associated mounting structures 315. FIGS. 7F-7H illustrate various illustrative combinations of a lens 310 and a diffusion component 312. FIG. 7F shows a lens with a thick diffuser. FIG. 7G shows a lens with a thin diffuser. FIG. 7H shows a lens with an integral or combined diffuser.
  • For a thermostat, it is often important to have an accurate indication of the ambient air temperature surrounding the thermostat. However, in a thermostat that includes active electronics in a housing that has a sealed appearance, it can be difficult to position a temperature sensor within the device where the influence of internally generated heat is minimized and where motion of housing components does not complicate connecting the sensor to an appropriate PWB or daughter board. Of the available options in the illustrative design, the fixed window is an attractive locale. In some cases, a thermistor may be thermally bonded to the inside surface of the fixed window with a thermal grease to help overcome the variations in positioning which may result from the assembly process.
  • In some instances, a temperature sensor such as thermistor 403 a is mounted on a flexible circuit member 403 (FIG. 8A) extending from daughterboard 403 b, which is connected in turn to the printed wiring board 180 j of FIG. 5 by connector 405 as illustrated in FIG. 8B. The daughterboard 403 b may be mounted to window support 401 (see, 180 f of FIG. 5) such that the circuit member 403, extending from daughterboard 403 b, is inserted into an isolation pocket formed between window 404, the window support 401, and other internal structure(s) such as, for example dampener 402 as may be seen in FIG. 8C. In some embodiments, window 404 may be considered as providing an outer housing wall 406 such that a pocket 408 is formed behind the outer housing wall 406. Daughterboard 403 b may extend beyond dampener 402 into pocket 408. Accordingly, and in some embodiments, thermistor 403 a is thermally connected to outer housing wall 406 and is thermally isolated from the rest of the interior of the thermostat. It will be appreciated that the thermostat includes a plurality of heat producing components, and the thermistor 403 a is positioned within pocket 408 such that thermistor 403 a is isolated from the plurality of heat producing components.
  • In some embodiments, contacts between the pocket forming structures and the flexible circuit member 403 flex the flexible circuit member mounted thermistor 403 a against the window 404, reducing or eliminating the need for manual positioning of a lead mounted thermistor 403 a and the need for thermal contact grease. In some embodiments, flexible circuit member 403 is configured to provide a bias force toward a non-flexed state when flexed. In some embodiments, the bias force of flexible circuit member 403 biases the thermistor 403 a against outer housing wall 406.
  • As indicated above, a rotatable ring may form part of the outer surface of the HVAC controller. In some embodiments, an optical encoder, such as a reflective optical encoder, may be employed to detect rotation of the rotatable ring.
  • In one example, a flange of the rotatable ring (see, 180 h of FIG. 5) may be captured between a fixed sliding ring (see, 180 i of FIG. 5) and a loading surface which includes 3 to 8 pressure applying paddles as components of the button light guide assembly (see, 180 g of FIG. 5). Grease dots may be applied between the fixed sliding ring and the rotatable ring to provide a desired degree of drag while keeping the grease on the opposite side of the assemblies from the optical ring rotation encoder, if present.
  • One such example is shown in FIG. 9A. A flange 472 of a rotating ring 470 extends inward and rides against a fixed sliding ring 460, sometimes with grease 450 at the interface. In some embodiments, ridges and corresponding relief portions of the rings 460, 470 provide a labyrinth seal which helps confine the grease 450 to the desired sliding interface between the two rings.
  • In the example shown, cantilevered dampeners 480 a are positioned along the perimeter of button light guide assembly 480 and each dampener 480 a applies a light pressure to a raised surface 474 of the flange 472 of the rotating ring 470. Although the deflection of the beams of cantilevered dampeners 480 a is often sufficient to provide the desired pressure, it will be appreciated that in some cases, pressure may be supplied by, or supplemented by, wire springs, wound springs, sheet metal springs, a wave washer, and the like (not shown). In FIG. 9B, six illustrative cantilevered dampeners 480 a are shown formed around the perimeter of the button light guide assembly 480 (see, 180 g of FIG. 5). In some instances, the button light guide assembly 480 is conveniently mounted to trap the rotating ring 470 (omitted for clarity) between button light guide assembly 480 and fixed sliding ring 460.
  • To sense the degree and direction of rotation of the rotating ring (see, 180 h of FIG. 5), a surface of the rotating ring may be patterned, for example by metalizing, to provide a reflective code ring to be sensed by an optical encoder capable of sensing rotational increments as pulses or the like and further capable of sensing direction of rotation. In an alternate embodiment, the rotating ring may include a plurality of teeth distributed around an inner or outer perimeter thereof as in the form of a planetary, bevel, or ring gear adapted to mate with a complementary gear to drive an encoder which provides signals related to incremental rotation and direction. See FIG. 10 for a non-limiting example of a planetary gear 500 driving a spur gear 510, the shaft 520 of which may be coupled to an encoder (not shown for clarity). FIG. 10A is illustrative of a rotating ring adapted for use with the gear and encoder arrangement. Other encoding methods may be used. In some cases, the metalized pattern may not form a continuous conductive ring around the rotating ring to help minimize interference with radio frequency communication between the thermostat and other components of the building automation system. Such a construction may help RF communications between an external device and an internal antenna of the thermostat.
  • FIG. 10B illustrates an illustrative code wheel 180 h with a reflective code 522 mounted on an inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h. FIG. 10C shows the illustrative code wheel 180 h installed in an HVAC controller, such as the HVAC controller shown in FIGS. 4-5. In some embodiments, the code wheel 180 h is a rotatable ring, and is disposed between a first stationary housing component and a second stationary housing component. For example, the first stationary housing component may include the button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g (FIG. 5) and the second stationary housing component may include the sliding ring 180 i (FIG. 5). It will be appreciated that either the first stationary housing component and/or the second stationary housing component may include one or more additional components in combination with the aforementioned button light guide assembly/dampener 180 g and the sliding ring 180 i. The code wheel 180 h has an outer exposed surface that a user can use to rotate the code wheel 180 h.
  • In some embodiments, the rotatable ring or code wheel 180 h has a first side 502 and an opposing second side 504. In the example shown in FIG. 10C, the first side 502 of the code wheel 180 h is configured to slide along a surface of the first stationary housing component and the second side 504 of the code wheel 180 h is configured to slide along a surface of the second stationary housing component when the code wheel 180 h is rotated. The first side 502 of the code wheel 180 h includes an inward extending flange 524 that extends towards a rotation axis of the code wheel 180 h and may be considered as having an encoded surface including a reflective code 522. In some embodiments, the reflective code 522 may be considered as facing towards a front of the thermostat, or away from a back of the thermostat.
  • The inward extending flange 524 may define an upward facing (in the illustrated orientation of FIG. 10C) surface that the reflective code 522 may be mounted on. It is contemplated that the reflective code 522 may be deposited, printed, adhered, etched or otherwise secured or formed on the upward facing surface of the inward extending flange 524. In some embodiments, the reflective code 522 may include a reflective repeating pattern that optionally varies with respect to rotational position on the encoded surface.
  • An encoder 526 is shown disposed over the inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h. In some embodiments, the encoder 526 may be considered as facing towards the back of the thermostat, or away from the front of the thermostat. In some embodiments, the encoder 526 is an optical encoder. The encoder 526 is shown mounted above the upward facing surface of the inward extending flange 524 of the code wheel 180 h. The encoder 526 may detect the reflective code 522 as the code wheel 180 h is rotated by the user, and may output a signal that is indicative of rotation of the code wheel 180 h that may be used as an input to the thermostat, such as to adjust a temperature setpoint or the like. In some embodiments, the output signal of the stationary encoder 526 indicates how far and in which direction the rotatable ring 180 h was rotated by the user. It will be appreciated that in some instances, a user may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in order to instruct the thermostat to change a temperature setpoint. The user may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in a first direction in order to increase a temperature setpoint, for example, and may rotate the rotatable ring 180 h in a second, opposite direction, in order to decrease a temperature setpoint.
  • In other embodiments, the encoding element providing the function associated with the rotating ring or code wheel 180 h may be a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element. See FIG. 10D in which the movement of a user's finger 525 near or along an element of the perimeter of the thermostat is sensed to determine direction and degree of motion and encoded to acquire the input information. In such embodiments, a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527 with which the user interacts may, or may not, be configured to physically move while being manipulated. For example, in some instances, a capacitive or other touch sensitive element 527 may be configured to remain stationary to simplify the mechanical design of the thermostat, and to possibly improve reliability of the user interface of the thermostat. When so provided, a capacitive change may be caused by an interaction (e.g. touch or near touch) between the capacitive or other touch sensitive element 527 and a user's finger 525. This capacitive change may be correlated to a direction and degree of motion of the user's finger 525 along the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527, and thus correlated to a desired input of the user. In one non-limiting example, the relative and/or absolute position of the user's finger 525 may be detected by heterodyning the frequency of a fixed frequency oscillator with a variable frequency oscillator whose frequency is altered by changes in capacitance caused by changes in position of the user's finger along the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527.
  • In some instances, a turning ring or the like may be provided, and may present a desired mechanical feel such as a damped turning ring feel as discussed above with reference to FIG. 9. In some cases, such a rotating ring may be positioned adjacent to a capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527. In some instances, the rotating ring may include one or more conductive elements that function similar to the user's finger 525 discussed above. That is, the one or more conductive elements of the rotating ring may be sensed (e.g. capacitively) by the capacitive or other touch-sensitive element 527.
  • In some instances, a rotating ring may include one or more magnets, and one or more stationary magnetic sensors may be used to detect the relative and/or absolute position of the rotating ring. In yet another example, the encoding function associated with a rotating ring or code wheel 180 h may be provided by a rotational potentiometer or rotational capacitor, if desired.
  • In some instances, a rotating ring may be provided with markings along an inward extending flange 524. The markings may be part of a regular pattern, or may be random or pseudo-random. The optical encoder 526 may periodically capture an image of the markings. The optical encoder may then compare a previous image of the markings with a more recent image of the markings, and may determine movement (i.e. direction and displacement) of specific markings, and thus movement of the rotating ring. Such an optical encoder may be the same or similar to that used in many optical mice.
  • To help secure the thermostat to a wall mounting plate, it is contemplated that one or more magnets may be used. This may help provide a clean aesthetic appearance, sometimes without the need for protrusive latches or exposed screw heads/holes. Non-limiting illustrative embodiments of suitable magnetic mounts are illustrated in FIG. 11A-D. A thermostat 512 may be removably secured to a wall plate 533. The wall plate 533 may be secured to a wall. The thermostat 512 may include a controller housing 532 that is releasably securable to the wall plate 533. One of the controller housing 532 and the wall plate 533 may include a permanent magnet while the other of the controller housing 532 and the wall plate 533 may include a magnetically attracted material such that the controller housing 532 may be releasably secured to the wall plate 533 based, at least in part, upon the magnetic attraction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material. In some embodiments, the magnetically attracted material is a ferromagnetic material such as steel. In some embodiments, the magnetically attracted material is another permanent magnet. It will be appreciated that in instances employing two magnets, each magnet will be oriented to present an opposite polarity to its paired magnet in order to provide an attractive force.
  • In the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 11A, the controller housing 532 includes screws 531 having a ferromagnetic head 531 a which are attracted by a magnet 534 built into the wall plate 533. Other screws (not illustrated) may hold the wall plate 533 to the wall. In the embodiment of FIG. 11B, tubular magnets 535 are disposed within a recess 535 a formed in a back surface 535 b of the body of the thermostat 538 and are mounted about screws 536 in the body of thermostat 538 such that a magnetic circuit attracts a ferromagnetic plate 537 built into the wall plate 539. In the embodiment of FIG. 11C, a magnet 540 is pressed or glued into a pocket 540 a formed in a back surface 540 b of thermostat casing 541 and attracts a ferromagnetic plate 543 which is part of wall plate 542. In some embodiments, the magnet 540 is frictionally held within the pocket 540 a, or with an adhesive. In the embodiment of FIG. 11D, a magnet 545 is placed in thermoplastic casing 544 and attracts ferromagnetic plate 547 which is a part of wall plate 546.
  • It will be appreciated that more than one of these embodiments may be present in any given thermostat/wall plate combination. In those embodiments which include more than one magnet, the ferromagnetic plate may interact with more than one magnet in the manner of a keeper. It will further be appreciated that in some embodiments (not illustrated separately), the magnet(s) may be associated with the wall plate and the ferromagnetic plate may be an element of the thermostat. In yet other embodiments, both the thermostat and the wall plate may contain magnets and those magnets may attract each other pairwise and/or may attract corresponding ferromagnetic elements in the opposed wall plate or thermostat. In addition to holding the thermostat to the wall plate, the magnetic interactions described may serve to properly orient the thermostat relative to the wall plate. Although the illustrated embodiments include single linear magnets, it will be appreciated that “horseshoe” magnets and magnet arrays may be used.
  • In some embodiments, there may be an alignment feature that is cooperatively formed between the wall plate and the controller housing. For example, the case back 180 m (FIG. 5) and the wall plate 180 n (FIG. 5) may, in combination, form an alignment feature. In some embodiments, the wall plate 180 n includes a terminal block having a rectangular shape formed around the terminal block. Likewise, the case back 180 m includes a portion that fits into the rectangular shape. This interaction helps properly align the case back 180 m with the wall plate 180 n.
  • An improved battery terminal for a thermostat or other device is shown in FIGS. 12B-12C. In some instances, a thermostat may employ a user replaceable battery. Conventional coiled spring battery terminals must accommodate variations in battery length as well as provide for easy insertion of the battery into the battery holder. FIG. 12A shows a conventional coiled spring battery terminal secured to a base 551. When so provided, the coiled spring battery terminal tends to tilt undesirably as a result of the pitch of the helical spring 552 at the attachment to the base 551.
  • To help overcome this, and in some cases, a coiled spring battery terminal 553 may include an end that is bent into an extended planar base 554, which helps ensure that the coiled portion 555 of the coiled spring battery terminal remains oriented substantially perpendicular to the base to which it is attached. The extended base 554 of the coiled spring battery terminal 553 may be secured to a base plate by crimping, welding, soldering, and/or the like. In some embodiments, the extended base 554 of the coiled spring battery terminal 553 may be substantially rectangular as shown in FIG. 12B, while in other embodiments, the extended base 554 may be round or have the form of a polygon. A device employing the improved battery terminal is illustrated in FIG. 12C. The improved battery terminal base 553 may be attached to the printed wiring board (see, 180 j of FIG. 5) by any mechanism including screws, rivets, adhesives, clips, and the like. In some instances, the attachment may provide an electrical connection between the battery terminal and the printed wiring board. In certain embodiments, the battery holder may position the battery at least partially within the plane of the printed wiring board, but this is not required.
  • Greater ease of assembly and overall reduction of thermostat thickness may be attained by proper location of parts with regard to the printed wiring board (see, 180 j of FIG. 5). For example, a supercapacitor 563 used to maintain electrical power to the thermostat in the event of a power failure and/or battery failure, often is manufactured with leads extending from an end face thereof. Accordingly, mounting a supercapacitor 563 directly to the printed wiring board 560 may cause the supercapacitor 563 to extend away from the plane of the printed wiring board to an undesirable degree or may require the use of a daughterboard mounted at right angles to the printed wiring board which requires undesirable assembly costs. In addition, a supercapacitor 563 often is somewhat sensitive to heat damage when soldering is used to directly attach the supercapacitor 563 to a printed wiring board 560 or daughterboard. These problems may be addressed by positioning the supercapacitor 563 at least partially within the plane of the printed wiring board 560 and connecting the supercapacitor 563 to the printed wiring board 560 with wire leads and an optional connector as best shown in FIG. 13. In FIG. 13, the supercapacitor 563 may extend at least partially into relief 567 that is located along the bottom of the printed wiring board 560.
  • A similar problem related to mounting a speaker 562 without suppressing sound generation and without damaging the speaker 562 during a soldering operation may be addressed by mounting speaker 562 on a carrier 561 which is, in turn, mounted to the printed wiring board 560, and by connecting the speaker 562 to the printed wiring board 560 with leads as also shown in FIG. 13.
  • In some instances, a thermostat may employ an illuminated light ring element (see, 1801 of FIG. 5), which in some cases can be used to indicates a current operating condition of the device, for example: heating equipment on, cooling equipment on, or neither heating or cooling equipment on. Each operating condition may be indicated by the display of a different color, which may be augmented by other audio and/or visual cues, if desired. In one example, colored lighting presented on the device front panel and from the device back side may be coordinated to indicate the current operating condition. For example, matching front and back side illumination may be orange to indicate that the heating equipment is currently activated, blue illumination may indicate cooling equipment is currently activated, and the absence of illumination may indicate neither the heating equipment or cooling equipment is activated. These visual indications may be further supplemented and reinforced by the display of, for example, a distinctive colored icon such as an (orange) sun when heating and a (blue) snowflake when cooling, and/or by projecting an appropriate color light from the illuminated ring out along the back side of the thermostat onto an adjacent wall or mud ring.
  • In certain embodiments, the color-keyed display features may persist if external power is available, and optionally may fade to a lower brightness level after a pre-determined duration. When external power is not available, the display brightness and duration may be diminished or even eliminated quickly. In such low power consumption circumstances, illumination may be confined to one of the window feature(s) and the illuminated ring element near the thermostat base.
  • In an illustrative embodiment, orange is used to indicate heating operation, and may be represented by an orange temperature set point, an orange sun icon, and an orange light ring or halo around the device's base. Blue is used to indicate cooling operation and may be represented by a blue temperature set point, a blue snowflake, and a blue light ring around the device's base. When neither heating nor cooling is on, the word Off may be displayed on the front display.
  • A user can press anywhere in the area designated for the color temperature set point and color icon to select among the three operating modes. Once pressed, the temperature set point disappears and is replaced by the icons for the three selectable modes—a sun for heating mode, a snowflake for cooling mode and Off for an off mode. There may be an audio cue along with visual indication(s) to indicate to the user that the thermostat is now in a mode selection state. The currently selected mode will be displayed in color while the two non-selected modes may be grayed out. The user can select a new mode, or return to the current mode, by pressing one of these three options. The currently selected option may then be display in its designated color. At the center of the display, the actual temperature may disappear and may be replaced by visual and/or written cues that provide further an explanation of the currently selected mode.
  • By pressing the mode a second time, the user confirms that they want the device to switch to that mode. This mode choice can be confirmed after a short period of touch-press inactivity. There may be audio cues associated to the initial selection and confirming button press actions. When the mode is confirmed, the two grayed out mode options may disappear. For heating and cooling operation, the associated temperature set point may appear in its designated color, alongside the matching colored icon for the selected mode. The device's light ring may also change to that color for a short period of time. This reaffirms to the user that the mode has been locked into this particular operation. If the heating or cooling equipment turns on, the colored icon for that mode may animate in a way that indicates to the user that the heat or cooling equipment is on. For example, the temperature and/or the appropriate heat/cool icon may appear to shimmer. Also, the device's light ring may illuminate with the corresponding color. For the Off mode, the user does not have a temperature set point being controlled to, and thus it does not appear. The word Off remains while the grayed out snowflake and sun disappear. The device's light ring may not illuminate in the Off Mode.
  • The light ring may be implemented as a circular light guide. In some cases, the light ring may direct light along a defined strip that extends around at least a majority of the perimeter of the device housing. In some cases, the defined strip is on the front face of the device that is facing away from the all. In other cases, the defined strip may extend along the side wall of the device, wherein the side wall extends from the front face back toward the wall. In yet other cases, the defined strip may be on the back face of the device and may project light toward the wall to light up the wall, sometimes forming a light halo around the device.
  • Light extraction from the light guide may be tailored to provide a uniform glow around the perimeter without significant bright or dark spots or, if desired, may be patterned. In some cases, light sources that illuminate the light guide may be LEDS, including three color devices to allow custom color mixing under program control. Although a default color scheme has been described above, it will be appreciated that other color schemes may be employed and, in some embodiments, may be user specified.
  • An illustrative light guide 600 is illustrated in FIG. 14A, corresponding to element 1801 of FIG. 5. In some embodiments, as illustrated, the light guide 600 has an annular shape that partially fits within the housing of the thermostat and partially extends outside of the housing of the thermostat. With particular reference to FIG. 5, it can be seen that the light guide 600 has an annular shape that fits within the back ring 180 k. In some embodiments, a bulk of the light guide body 606 (discussed below) fits within the back ring 180 k while the output section of the light guide 600 extends to a radial position about equal to an outer surface of the back ring 180 k.
  • The illustrative light guide includes two shaped light input pockets 601 adapted to capture light from a light source (not illustrated in FIG. 14A) which allows the light guide to project light of desired colors onto a wall or mud ring to which the thermostat is mounted. In some embodiments, the light input pockets 601 may include a compound curved surface 601 a (FIG. 14B), as illustrated, that faces the light source. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the light source may be positioned within the light input pockets 601.
  • The light guide 600 includes long bifurcated sections 603 that are adjacent to the shaped light input pockets 601. The bifurcated sections 603 accept light from the shaped light input pockets 601 and distribute the light into a light guide body 606 that extends around the light guide 600. FIGS. 14B and 14C provide additional views of the bifurcated sections 603. In addition to the distribution function, the long inlet section 603 may help improve color mixing. In some embodiments, a portion of the light guide may be coated with a reflective material 604 to improve retention of light in the transition region between the long inlet section 603 and the light guide body 606.
  • Region 605 of the light guide 600 may help reduce what would otherwise be an unduly bright spot adjacent to that portion of the light guide 600 and redirects excess illumination into the ring portion of the light guide 600. In some embodiments, the surrounding components of the thermostat, such as a light reflective ring, also may contribute to uniform distribution of light within the light guide.
  • In some embodiments, as illustrated, the bifurcated section 603 includes a first leg 603 a curving in a first direction and a second leg 603 b curving in a second, opposing, direction. In some embodiments, the light guide body 606 includes a first light guide body portion 606 a that is optically coupled to the first leg 603 a and a second light guide body portion 606 b that is optically coupled to the second leg 603 b. In some embodiments, as illustrated, the light guide body 606 has a contoured profile to aid in uniform light distribution. With illustrative reference to the first light guide body portion 606 a, it may be seen that the first light guide body portion 606 a may have a maximum height or volume proximate the bifurcated section 603 and a minimum height or volume at a point 606 c that is spaced away from the bifurcated section 603. In some cases, as illustrated, the minimum height or volume at point 606 c occurs at a position that is midway between two equally spaced bifurcated sections 603.
  • The output section of the light guide is illustrated in greater detail in FIG. 14D, which illustrates an output turn 607 adapted to direct light toward the output surface 608. The output surface 608 may be a textured surface to enhance uniform light leakage to illuminate, for example, the wall or mud ring (not shown) behind the thermostat. In some embodiments, the light guide 600 may be secured to the thermostat housing such that the output surface 608 may face the wall or other vertical surface to which the thermostat is securable. In an alternate embodiment, the light guide may be adapted to produce a modulated illumination such that several brighter illuminated regions may be produced, for example gradually reaching greatest brightness at 3, 6, 9, and 12 o'clock positions and diminishing in between for decorative effect or may be modulated to produce a generally uniform background illumination with bright spots distributed around the illuminated region. These are just some example variations.
  • FIG. 14E illustrates the light guide 600 in combination with the printed wiring board 180 j (FIG. 5). In the example shown, the printed wiring board 180 j includes a pair of light sources 602. As illustrated, each of the pair of light sources 602 are equidistantly spaced apart from one another, about 180 degrees apart, and are positioned on the printed wiring board 180 j such that each of the light sources 602 are positioned adjacent a corresponding input pocket 601 and bifurcated section 603. Accordingly, light emanating from each of the light sources 602 may enter an input pocket 601 and bifurcated section 603, and thus pass into the light guide body 606. The light sources 602 may be any desired light source. In some embodiments, each of the light sources 602 includes one or more light emitting diodes (LED). In some cases, each of the light sources 602 may be a multicolor selectable LED.
  • FIG. 14F illustrates a lighting method that may be carried out using an HVAC controller that controls one or more HVAC components. A first operating state of the HVAC controller may be identified, as generally indicated at block 632. In some cases, the HVAC controller may have two or more distinct operating states. At block 634, a first color that is assigned to the first operating state may be identified. In some embodiments, each of the two or more distinct operating states may have different assigned colors. The first color may be projected rearward and onto a surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable, as generally indicated at block 636. In some cases, the first color is shielded from being projected forward and away from the surface. In some embodiments, projecting the first color includes projecting an annular light ring on the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable. In some cases, the annular light ring is substantially circumferentially uniform in intensity (e.g. halo).
  • In some embodiments, and as optionally indicated at block 638, a second operating state of the HVAC controller, different from the first operating state, may be identified. A second color, different from the first color, assigned to the second operating state may be identified as optionally indicated at block 642. As optionally indicated at block 644, the second color may be projected rearward and onto the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable while shielding the second color from being projected forward and away from the surface.
  • In some embodiments, the first operating state corresponds to the HVAC controller causing an HVAC heating component(s) to be energized. The second operating state may correspond to the HVAC controller causing an HVAC cooling component(s) to be energized. In some embodiments, a third operating state corresponds to the HVAC controller not causing either the HVAC heating component or the HVAC cooling component to be energized (off state). In some cases, when the HVAC controller is in the third operating state, no color is projected rearward and onto the surface upon which the HVAC controller is mountable.
  • As alluded to above, the programmable thermostat may optionally include a “mud ring” adjacent the back side of the thermostat body and covering a portion of the wall around the thermostat body. A “mud ring” is a larger decorative plate that fits between the wall and the thermostat and may cover a wall opening and/or an unpainted or mismatched wall surface. In some embodiments, the mud ring may have an additional function in that it may be large enough and shaped to cover that portion of the wall or an opening in the wall which had been covered by a previous thermostat installation. A mud ring that provides this function may minimize the need to renew the decorative and aesthetic aspects of the wall in the vicinity of the thermostat. In other embodiments, the mud ring may be a decorative element of the thermostat installation. In such embodiments, the mud ring may also serve as a suitable field upon which the light from a light guide described herein may be projected and in those embodiments it may be desirable to select the color and texture of the mud ring to help ensure that the light projected on the mud ring has the desired visual impact. In some cases, the mud ring may have a textured surface to help reflect the incoming light forward toward a user. In some case, the textured surface may itself be patterned, such as having one or more annular shaped textured surfaces around the thermostat on a generally non-textured mud ring.
  • In yet other embodiments, the mud ring may be omitted and light from the thermostat may be directed onto the wall itself. It will be appreciated that the mud ring may assume one of a variety of shapes and sizes. In certain embodiments, the installation package for the thermostat may include several optional mud rings to allow selection of a size, shape and/or color that is best suited to the need for wall coverage and/or aesthetics.
  • The mud ring of the disclosure, if used, may be configured to mate with the back of the wall plate assembly (see, 180 n of FIG. 5) before or after mounting the wall plate assembly to the wall. In those installations which employ a mud ring, the mud ring may be provided with apertures to match corresponding features of the wall plate assembly, such as the wiring hole, screw holes, battery access openings, and the like. In the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 15, the mud ring 610 may be attached to the wall plate assembly (not visible) by two orienting posts or hooks 612 and a latch 613 which maintain alignment between the mud ring and the wall plate assembly. Other attachment elements such as a flange with latch portions, bayonet engagement features, screws, and/or any other suitable attachment mechanism may be used.
  • In some cases, the wall mount assembly may include features configured to simplify initial wiring of the system. For a single transformer installation, a jumper may be used to connect the “R” and “Rc” terminals together at the wall plate, and the single transformer is connected to the R terminal. In dual transformer systems, the jumper wire is typically removed, and wiring from one transformer is connected to an “R” terminal and the other transformer is connected to the “Rc” terminal.
  • Single transformer systems are most common, so a jumper can be included by default. This requires that installers take the step of removing the jumper when wiring to the Rc terminal in a duel transformer installation. If this jumper is not removed, then the two transformers may be shorted together in a way that could cause equipment damage. This is especially an issue in the Do-It-Yourself (DIY) market. Furthermore, the jumper designs often require larger terminals that can contain both a jumper and the wire to the transformer at the same time.
  • Some thermostats support configurable accessory outputs. Accessories that have their own transformer often require two terminal connections so that the thermostat can complete the circuit enabling the accessory. Accessories that use the HVAC system transformer often require only one terminal connection because the connection to the system transformer is made within the thermostat. This presents a problem for installers because to use a single universal output that supports two possible connections on a system that requires only one requires extra wiring and system knowledge.
  • To address this, the jumper between the R/Rc terminals may be eliminated by including a switch in the wall plate that has a physical actuator 609A (FIG. 15A) that blocks access to the Rc terminal in the default position (e.g. single transformer), and can be moved to expose the Rc terminal. When the physical actuator 609A blocks the Rc terminal, the switch may automatically connect R and Rc and no external jumper wire may be required. When the user wishes to connect a wire to Rc, the physical actuator 609A is moved to expose the Rc terminal, which changes the switch position to disconnect the jumper connection between R and Rc at the switch.
  • The configuration of the accessory output may be accomplished by including a switch in the wall plate that has a physical actuator 609B that blocks access to the second accessory terminal in the default position, and can be moved to expose the second accessory terminal. When the physical actuator 609B blocks the second accessory terminal, the switch automatically forms an internal connection so that the thermostat can switch the first accessory terminal using the HVAC system transformer. When the user wishes to connect a wire to the second accessory terminal, the physical actuator 609B may be moved to expose the second accessory terminal, which changes the switch to disconnect the connection to the HVAC system transformer and allows the thermostat to switch power from the external transformer. The switches of the disclosure may continue to perform their function even if the thermostat is operating on battery power, if desired.
  • FIGS. 16A, 16B, 16C and 16D show switching function which may be accomplished by switching the loads directly with a switch, or using the switch as a signal in a TRIAC, FET, relay or other circuit. With reference to FIGS. 16A and 16B, when FETs are used for R & RC connections, pins 2 and 3 of the S1 switch are connected to each other when using the single transformer, R-24 VAC. 24 VAC is applied to the R terminal and the peak voltage is supplied to drain of Q2 through fast recovery diode D8. At the same time, 3.3V generated by U2, voltage regulator IC, S-1142B and Q2, 2N7002, is applied to U1, TS3005 timer IC and FET SW VCC. Energy is stored and is transferred into D3, R1, and Q4 through L1 when a pulse signal is at pin 5 of U1, TS3005 timer IC is applied to gate of Q1. Once energy is applied to Q4, Q4 is switched on and stays on. 24 VAC applied to R transfers to RC through Q4 and the thermostat starts working After the thermostat functions, another 3.3V is generated and is applied to VDD and 3.3 VDC produced from R-24 VAC is cut off by Q2 on and Q5 off. Under this mode of operation, the leakage current flows only through D8, R9, and Q5. The thermostat CPU recognizes that the device is powered by R through 0 volt applied to pin 1 of S1 and turns on the power transformation circuitry powered by R-24 VAC.
  • Pins 1 and 2 of S1 switch are connected to each other when using the dual transformer, RC-24 VAC. The 3.3 VDC produced from the R-24 VAC is cut off, the entire jumper circuit stops working, and the thermostat is powered by RC-24 VAC. Under this operation, the thermostat CPU recognizes that the device is powered by RC-24 VAC through 3.3 volts applied to pin 1 of switch S1, and turns on the power transformation circuit powered by RC-24 VAC and turns off the power transformation circuit powered by R-24 VAC.
  • As shown in FIG. 16C, when a TRIAC is used for the R & RC connections and the switch is in default position, the TRIAC is fired by 4 diodes and the R and RC terminals are connected together. When the switch is in the dual transformer position, the R and RC terminals are effectively disconnected.
  • As shown in FIG. 16D, when a TRIAC is used as a switch for R & U1 b connections and the switch is in the default position, the TRIAC is not fired, and the R & RC are disconnected. When the switch is moved from the default position, the TRIAC is fired by 4 diodes, and the R and U1 b terminals are connected together.
  • When relays are used for the R & RC or U1 b connections, such as in cases where the switch is insufficient to carry the required current load, the switch can be wired in series with a coil of a relay such that the operation of the switch activates or deactivates the relay coil so that the relay switches the load appropriately.
  • In some instances, the thermostat may provide services beyond utilitarian control of an HVAC system. For example, and in some cases, the user can view today's weather forecast through one button press on the device. When the thermostat is approached as determined by, for example, an IR sensor, motion sensor, contact with a touch sensitive region of the window, or rotation of the turning ring, the device may highlight interaction points for the user using visual and/or audio cues, so that the user is intuitively guided through the experience. One of these highlighted interaction points may be an icon that represents weather. By pressing this point (e.g. a weather button such as weather button 102 b), the display of an actual temperature, temperature set point, and system mode may be replaced by today's current weather conditions, weather anticipated in 6 hours, and weather anticipated in 12 hours. Each of these time points may provide an icon on the main display that is associated with current conditions or with anticipated future conditions in the area. There may also be a current and/or expected temperature and humidity numeric value. When available from the weather source or readily calculable, the display may include a comfort index. The single button press may provide a comprehensive outlook of the short term expected weather so users can plan their day quickly, and in some cases, optionally choose to activate a one-touch activity. By pressing the weather button 102 b a second time, the weather information may disappear, restoring the home screen (e.g. actual temperature, temperature set point and currently selected system mode icon). If the user does not press the weather button 102 b a second time, the device may automatically return to the home screen after a period of time.
  • While in the weather display mode, the device may allow the user to scroll through today's weather, historic weather, anticipated weather, and/or severe weather alert notifications using, for example the rotatable dial or gestures on the touch screen, to activate a scroll through the options depending upon availability of that information from a networked source. In some embodiments, the thermostat may have access to an exterior air sensor and may be capable of displaying parameters of the exterior air such as temperature and/or humidity.
  • The thermostat may convey details related to how the user's HVAC system has typically operated when similar outside weather (be it today's, historic, or future) is presented. For example, on a day where high temperatures are expected to top 100° F., the device may display that typically the air conditioner runs 12 hours to maintain ‘x’ degree temperature inside where ‘x’ may be the currently programmed set point. Along with this display of typical operation parameters, there may be an indication, based on the current utility rates, of what the expected cost associated with the indicated setting for this outside condition may be. In some cases, there may be an indication, based on the current utility rates, of how much the user may save in cooling costs if the user were to increase the set point by, for example, 3 degrees. This may provide additional information to the user upon which to base adjustments to temperature, in addition to maintaining basic indoor comfort. In some cases, the user may specify a daily cost budget for cooling the building, and the device may set the set point temperature so that the expected cooling costs for that day stay under that budget.
  • In some embodiments, the programmable thermostat may include a selection button which, when pressed, activates a first program module adapted to send a query to a source of local weather information; a second program module adapted to receive weather information related to one of local weather conditions and anticipated local weather; a third program module adapted to convert received weather information to one or more of displayable representations of alphanumeric data and icons; and a display driver for displaying the displayable representations of one or more of alphanumeric data and icons on a display associated with the programmable thermostat. In related embodiments, the programmable thermostat may generate a query under program control for weather information which may be sent to a source of local weather information. Upon receiving a response to the query or in response to receipt of weather information generated by a source of local weather information without an initiating query, the second module may be adapted to convert the received weather information to a displayable form and to initiate display of weather information at the thermostat. In certain embodiments, the programmable thermostat may be adapted to play a sound associated with received weather information.
  • The overall organization of an illustrative HVAC system is shown in FIG. 17. At a first level, the HVAC system may include a thermostat 18 and a user console 652. The user console 652 may be remote and only intermittently available through network 650. The network 650 may provide additional resources 658. As discussed previously, the network 650 commonly will include a WiFi network as an initial link; however other components may be employed, for example, the Internet, cellular communication, REDLINK™, ZigBee, Bluetooth, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and their functional equivalent. In certain embodiments, portions of the network, including the initial link, may be hard wired components, fiber optics, and the like and connections to additional resources 658 often may be through hard wired components, fiber optics, and the like.
  • Within the thermostat 18, modules adapted to manage settings 620, weather related data and activities 630, and Smart Away functions 640 associated with the window displays and controls may be present. Reference will be made to the illustrative thermostat shown in FIG. 17A. The settings module 620 may include a hardware block 622, which may be used to store and manage hardware settings for the thermostat and/or HVAC components. Blocks 624 and 626 store and manage home settings and away settings, while block 628 provides control of advanced features.
  • Features associated with the weather module 630 may be accessed by touching one of the stencil areas adjacent to the main display, which may present a weather related icon such as a sun partially obscured by a cloud. In some embodiments, the weather related icon may be illuminated by, for example, different colored lighting to indicate whether the features are enabled and being viewed or enabled, but not being viewed. When the weather related icon is not illuminated, the weather related features are not enabled. In FIG. 17A, the weather related icon is shown to the left of the main display. Similarly, features associated with the Smart Away module 640 may be accessed by touching a stencil area which presents an icon associated with that function, for example, a home (see FIG. 17A). In FIG. 17A, the Smart Away icon is shown to the right of the main display.
  • In some embodiments, the hardware module 622 may be accessed by touching an upper region optionally defined by a display mask to allow the user to alter basic system functions such as the selection of operating mode, for example Cool/Off/Heat, with appropriate visual and/or audible cue accompaniment. (See FIG. 17B). In some embodiments, the cooling function may be accessed by touching an icon such as a snow flake; the heating function may be accessed by touching an icon such as a sun (not shown in FIG. 17B); and the HVAC functions may be turned off by touching the word OFF (also not shown in FIG. 17B).
  • In the discussion of user interface functions that follows, the details of steps of routine user interactions through the hardware module and to or among the modules will be omitted to simplify the descriptions, but will be understood to occur in the background as necessary to implement the commands. During periods with no user interaction, the thermostat display may dim to a preset level, for example 30% of maximum brightness, as illustrated by dotted lines in FIG. 17E. When the thermostat senses that interaction is desired or pending, as exemplified by activation of a touch control, activation by a cellphone or PC application, or upon sensing the presence of a person in the room with the thermostat, the thermostat display may assume an active state, for example, that of FIG. 17B or 17D for the cooling mode, and increases display brightness to 100%. In FIG. 17B, cooling is off because the temperature is near the set point (perhaps within 1 degree). The cooling icon, a blue snowflake, is static, and the current cooling set-point (71 degrees), also displayed in blue for cooling, are displayed in the upper portion of the display. The current room temperature (72 degrees) is displayed in the lower or main display window.
  • In FIG. 17C, the outer ring of the thermostat has been rotated by the user (or the set-point has been changed by an external source such as a cell phone or PC application or the action of a One-Touch button) to lower the set-point to the now displayed 68 degrees, whereupon a blue light ring illuminates the wall or mud ring adjacent to the thermostat to acknowledge the change and the blue snowflake animates. The illumination of the light ring is illustrated by the thick black line extending around the perimeter of the thermostat. After a preset time, the light ring extinguishes, as shown in FIG. 17D, but the blue snowflake continues to animate, for example by shimmering, as illustrated in FIG. 17E, while the cooling hardware is active. Analogous actions may occur in heat mode, activated by touching the sun icon in the upper mode display area, as shown in FIG. 17F in which the set-point has been changed to 74 degrees such that the new set-point temperature, 74 degrees and the sun are displayed in orange to indicate heating mode, the light ring glows orange for a preset time to acknowledge the change, and the orange sun animates, for example by shimmering, while the heating hardware is active.
  • In some embodiments, pressing one of the touch sensitive stencil areas adjacent to the main display, in this example, the house stencil icon to the right of the main display, activates a Smart Away feature, governed by Smart Away module 640, which provides simplified short-term modification of the normally active program settings. When activated, the Smart Away feature may acknowledge the selection of the Smart Away module 640 by changing the color of the illumination of the house stencil icon and optionally changing the color of the light ring illumination, adding “Smart Away” text to the main display, storing the current state of the thermostat (for example, Cool/OFF/Heat and set-point) and replacing the upper window or portion of the display with three options in the upper display area or window with the default being “Time” and the remaining options being “Hours” and “Days”, as shown in FIG. 17G. The dotted pattern around the perimeter of FIG. 17G is used to indicate a color change of the light ring illumination.
  • In the default Time—Smart Away mode, the main display indicates the current time plus one hour and the time may be increased in 15 minutes by rotating the outer ring. To accept the displayed return time, the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • A second Smart Away mode, Hours—Smart Away, initially displays a default two hour Smart Away period which may be adjusted from, for example 1-24 hours in half hour increments by rotating the outer ring. As before, to accept the displayed away time, the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • A third Smart Away mode, Days—Smart Away, starts with a display of the current day of the week and current time and advances in three hour increments to an anticipated return time and date by turning the outer ring. As before, to accept the displayed away time, the user may press the house stencil icon a second time or Auto Accept by waiting a specified amount of time such as 9 seconds.
  • Once the Smart Away mode has been set and accepted, the house stencil icon may be illuminated to indicate that a Smart Away mode is active and the light ring may illuminate the wall or mud ring with an appropriate color cue for a specified length of time. In some embodiments, the house stencil icon illuminates at reduced brightness when Smart Away actions are active and may fade to off periodically to indicate that the function is engaged, as shown by the dashed home icon in FIG. 17H. In certain embodiments, an audio cue may be played when the house stencil icon is touched, when the Smart Away setting is accepted, and/or when the outer ring is turned to alter the displayed setting. It will be appreciated that each action and/or display change may be accompanied by appropriate animation and/or playing of audio cues. Audio cues are especially useful for visually impaired users. After a period of inactivity within the room, the display may return to sleep mode to conserve battery power.
  • When entering a Smart Away mode, the thermostat may remember the current settings to be reinstated at the termination of the Smart Away mode and may, if desired, remember the current Smart Away settings for use as the default to be displayed when re-entering the Smart Away mode at a later date.
  • If desired, the user may set the operating mode to Cool or Heat and set a temperature set-point before entering the Smart Away mode. In the alternative, a Cool mode increment and/or Heat mode decrement may be entered as a default during system installation or by using a cell phone or PC application. In certain embodiments, the thermostat may learn the users' preferences and use those as suggested temperature set-points when entering the Smart Away mode. In certain other embodiments, the user may elect to allow a remote manufacturer's server to select and/or alter the temperature to be maintained based upon, for example, one or more of the anticipated or actual weather in the vicinity, energy consumption considerations, historical data regarding the rate of temperature recovery in various conditions, and the like. Such server controlled temperature settings may be provided through the networking capability of the thermostat. Further, the user may override the temperature setting in anticipation of, for example, an early return, by using a cell phone or PC application.
  • An active Smart Away mode may be turned off at the thermostat by touching the house stencil icon, turning the outer ring, and/or changing the Cool/OFF/Heat mode manually. This may be acknowledged on the main display and by turning off the house stencil icon illumination. When a Smart Away activity expires or is turned off, the system may restore the previously stored state of the thermostat, for example mode and set-point, and may return to normal operation.
  • A weather module 300 may be accessed through the hardware module 202 by touching the one of the stencil areas adjacent to the main display which presents a weather related icon. Some illustrative features of such a module are as follows.
  • Typically, if the thermostat is not currently connected to a network, the weather related icon may not be illuminated. When the weather related icon is illuminated and touched, the thermostat may acknowledge the selection of the weather module 300 by changing the color of the illumination of the weather related icon and optionally the light ring illumination, stores the current state of the thermostat (for example, Cool/OFF/Heat and set-point) and replaces the upper window or portion of the display with options such as “Now” and “12 Hour” with the default “Now” selected. With “Now” selected, the main display may continue to display the current temperature of the room and in addition may display the outdoor temperature, relative humidity, and an icon representing the current weather as obtained through a network connection from a selected local weather source. In some embodiments, the display may include, or in the alternative display, the expected high and low temperature for the day. In addition, any severe weather alerts may be displayed as text and/or an icon.
  • When the “12 Hour” option is selected by the user, the main display may be replaced by three rows of information indicating conditions at the current time to the nearest hour, the current time plus 6 hours, and the current time plus 12 hours. As before, the current weather information and forecast may be obtained through a network connection from a local weather source. Each of the three rows of information, in addition to the appropriate time, may display an outdoor temperature and an icon indicating the expected weather conditions for that time. In some embodiments, the thermostat may restore the previous state of the thermostat after a preselected interval such as 9 seconds. In other embodiments, the thermostat may restore the previous state of the thermostat after the preselected interval following a failure to detect motion in the room with an IR motion sensor. The display in the Off mode is illustrated in FIG. 17I.
  • It will be appreciated that the actions and display changes may be accompanied by appropriate animation and/or playing of audio cues. It will be further appreciated that the display of weather information may take on any of a number of alternate forms, a few of which are illustrated in FIGS. 17J-17 l.
  • In addition to the functions discussed herein, the thermostat may include additional display capabilities, such as reporting system status, and/or may initiate other actions. For example, the thermostat may detect a low battery condition and send a message via WiFi or other link to the network and thence to a cell phone and/or PC application, perhaps by SMS text message or e-mail, to warn of the low battery condition. In the event of a very low battery condition, the thermostat may display a low battery icon. In a survival mode, the thermostat may blank the display to conserve power, send additional messages via the WiFi or other link to the network and thence to a cell phone and/or PC application, perhaps by SMS text message or e-mail, and continue to control the HVAC equipment, perhaps in a state of delayed responsiveness to further conserve power.
  • If a WiFi enabled thermostat loses contact with the WiFi network for a significant period of time, perhaps three attempts to make contact at 30 minute intervals, the display may include a “No WiFi” message and/or icon. In the absence of WiFi or other network connection, the thermostat's user interface may disable certain features which depend upon network connection(s). For example, if the weather module is activated by touching the weather related stencil, if a pre-programmed action needs weather information, or if the Smart Away function requests weather information, perhaps through a manufacturer's or other server, the thermostat may display a message indicating that the requested function is not available, perhaps with an indication of the time at which the loss of connection was noted and/or an appropriate icon. In general, the thermostat may resume the default operation profile after competing any currently active Smart Away or one-touch operation which does not require a network connection. In some embodiments, the thermostat may suggest corrective actions such as restarting the router, calling the ISP, or calling the manufacturer of the thermostat. After a pre-selected time interval, the thermostat may resume the normal display mode and/or the normal display mode with a “No WiFi” message and/or icon. Following such actions, the thermostat may sense a lack of activity in the usual manner and enter a sleep mode after a specified time interval.
  • Other icons and/or text messages may be used to convey error conditions and/or the receipt and installation of firmware updates or instructions from the cell phone, PC, or manufacturer's server, as desired.
  • In some cases, user configurable one-touch actions (e.g. macros) may be provided. Such one-touch actions may be setup or activated at the thermostat itself, via a network such as by a cellular phone network, the Internet, a local WiFi network, and/or the like or combinations thereof. In some cases, access to a list of available one-touch actions may be provided by pressing a button or stencil on the window of the thermostat. In certain embodiments, the button or stencil may be double-touched to access one-touch actions and single-touched to access other functions such as Smart Away. In other embodiments, the one-touch actions may be accessed by maintaining contact with the button or stencil for a predetermined length of time (e.g. holding the button in for 5 seconds). When a one-touch menu is accessed at the thermostat, the upper display area of the thermostat may include two touch-activated regions for navigating the list of available one-touch commands and a touch-activated region for activating the selected command. The upper display area may include appropriate icons, for example up and down arrows and an “>” character, and activation(s) may be accompanied by appropriate audio and/or visual cues.
  • One-touch actions (e.g. macros) may be particularly useful for those people who do not live life by a set schedule and have a need for a HVAC system that easily accommodates modification of routine operation of the HVAC system by introducing pre-programmed or readily programmed macros that allow rapid and unique personal customization on a one-time or recurring basis. In some cases, the interface may allow one-touch activation of previously configured macros that may be provided for primarily time-based and/or non-time-based events as well as for non-time-based activities with a known time component.
  • Time-based events may include those events with at least one of a designated start time, a designated end time, and a duration designation in conjunction with a function, such as heat, cool, fan-on, and the like. In some events, the function may be inferred by the indicated direction of temperature change. Actions to be initiated by such events may be specified in a variety of ways. As a non-limiting example, an event may lower the current set point of the thermostat by 7 degrees for a period of 20 minutes starting at the current time. As another non-limiting example, the event may raise the set point 5 degrees for two hours starting at 3:40 PM on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays until further notice. The latter instance may, for example, be useful to better accommodate a student who is engaging in after school activities for a semester.
  • Non-limiting examples of non-time-based actions or activities include interests, weather, lifestyle, level of activity, home efficiency, number of occupants, detected presence of specific individual(s), and the like. Associated displays may include a clock, HVAC activity, outdoor conditions, alerts, and communications. In certain embodiments, the actions or activities may include conditional logic, for example, increase the set point by 5 degrees at 4:30 AM Monday-Friday IF the outdoor temperature is less than 20° F. AND the home is unoccupied. Some actions may simply increase or decrease the current set point by a few degrees until the next regularly scheduled temperature change to increase comfort if the user feels chilly or warm at the moment.
  • One-touch actions may be viewed as personalized modifications, or macros, added to a background program which typically has been fixed by programming temperatures to be maintained between fixed times within a daily profile. One-touch actions may introduce convenient variations or over-rides to a daily schedule which persist for a fixed time interval or until the next pre-programmed daily schedule action. For example, if a user occasionally decides in the morning to exercise in the home gym after work, a one-touch button activated in the morning may direct the system to lower the set point by 5° F. at 5:00 PM to accommodate the increased activity level. If, on the other hand, the user decides to go shopping before going home, the onset of a previously programmed temperature change may be delayed by 1.5 hours to save energy by activating a one-touch action.
  • In some embodiments, one-touch actions may provide incremental changes in the current set point while in other embodiments one-touch actions may initiate a change in a set point to a specified value. For users who frequently travel, a one-touch action may toggle the daily program from one group of temperature settings for time intervals to a corresponding group of “away from home” settings. The one-touch actions may specify qualifiers such as days of the week and absolute or relative times. One-touch actions may be conditionally based upon external or internal data. The thermostat may query a local weather service and, for example, raise the set point by five degrees for fifteen minutes when users are expected to arrive if the external temperature is below zero degrees to compensate for the introduction of cold air into parts of the house remote from the thermostat and to greet the user with a warm home if desired. The thermostat may also be responsive to the presence of users in the room or home at times when the house is expected to be unoccupied. This information may come from a variety of sources. For example, an IR sensor in the thermostat may determine that people are moving in the room, or may be aware of motion sensors associated with an alarm system for the house through a wired or wireless connection. In addition, the thermostat may be aware of the presence or even the approach to the home of one or more users through signals from cell phones or tablet computers which have an enabled location service such that the one-touch action may alter the current set point to prepare the house for occupancy.
  • A simplified programming environment may be used to pre-program aspects of the operation of a thermostat and to implement pre-programmed aspects of the operation of a thermostat. Within an application running on, for example a cell phone, tablet computer, or personal computer, a user may create one-touch actions that are relevant to them and create a unique set of home comfort conditions that are ideal for them. Once programmed, the one-touch actions may be transmitted to a WiFi enabled thermostat via a network such as by a cellular phone network, the Internet, a local WiFi network, and/or the like or combinations thereof for storage at the thermostat. The one-touch actions may be invoked (over-ride the currently programmed schedule) remotely and/or at the thermostat. In some embodiments, as the thermostat “learns” which one-touch actions are more frequently used, the thermostat may order the list of available one-touch actions or macros to present the available actions in frequency-of-use order. In other embodiments, the list of available one-touch actions may be presented or ordered by other criteria such as by who created the action or may be presented or ordered according to their date of creation. In still other embodiments, the one-touch commands may be ordered chronologically according to the order in which certain events are expected to occur such as, for example: wake, leave, home, sleep. Other less frequently used one-touch actions such as one-touch actions related to comfort settings for a party or economy settings for a vacation may appear towards the end of the list of one-touch actions that are displayed. Other groupings and/or ordering by a user configurable drag-and-drop list may be employed.
  • At the thermostat, consumers can choose to display available one-touch actions such that they are actionable and available to the consumer by pressing a window button. When engaged, these actions may drive conditions within the house to pre-configured settings with one consumer touch or may alter or over-ride the underlying basic schedule such that the change is implemented at some future time. These actions may be customized and chosen by the consumer so that they have controls and functionality which are time or non-time based and which are relevant to them. While “one-touch” is used as a descriptor to indicate ease of use, it is contemplated that more than one touch may be required to activate the action, depending on the implementation.
  • In one example one-touch action, the user or users may configure a one-touch action for when people will or won't be at home to maximize comfort when home and maximize savings when away. A user may, if desired, configure a group of one-touch actions to conserve energy when they decide to leave the house for an extended period of time such as a 3, 4, 5, or 6 hour temperature set back, for example to dine and attend a movie or concert. In other embodiments, the away from home options may be a partially or completely pre-programmed system option. The user may also configure lifestyle or level of activity actions, such as exercise room work out time. When turning this action on, for example, the home may be cooled, or allowed to cool, more than normal by lowering the set point and the fan may be set to circulate more, since people typically feel hotter when using an exercise room. Such actions may be implemented to start immediately or at a specified time. In some cases, such one touch actions can be implemented for only a selected zone or selected zones of a zoned HVAC system.
  • In addition, at the thermostat, consumers can choose to have simple information displayed to them which are unique and/or relevant to them, such as weather, clock, or HVAC activity. These one-touch actions and information displays may be configured and displayed alongside or instead of other one-touch actions such that operation remains intuitive.
  • The option to configure one-touch actions using a cell phone, tablet, or personal computer application allows the user experience to be richer and more intuitive in view of the greater display and input options. The larger application display area may, for example, display categories of actions and fully displayed lists of options for selection rather than requiring stepping through menus. Similarly, some inputs may be more conveniently entered directly from a keyboard or a pull-down list rather than up or down stepping. For example, a scrolling list may be somewhat limited as to the reasonable number of time increments whereas a user may enter a time such as 4:23 directly from a keyboard, if desired, rather than being limited to, for example, 10 minute increments in a list.
  • The one touch actions may be considered user defined macros. In some cases, each of the macros may include a user selected trigger, and a corresponding user selected action. FIG. 18A provides a block diagram of a building automation system 770 while FIG. 18B provides a block diagram of a remote user device 772 that can be used in conjunction with the building automation system 770.
  • In some embodiments, the building automation system 770 includes a memory 774 for storing one or more user defined macros and a controller 776 that is operably coupled to the memory 774. For each of the user defined macros, the controller 776 may be configured to determine when a user selected trigger occurs, and in response, outputs one or more control signals to achieve the corresponding user selected action. In some embodiments, at least one of the user defined macros has a name that is user defined, and wherein the user defined name is displayed on a display. The display may be part of the building automation system 770 and/or the remote user device 772, among others.
  • In some embodiments, for a particular user defined macro, the user selected trigger may be selected from a plurality of predefined triggers. Illustrative but non-limiting examples of suitable triggers include activation by a user, activation at a specified time, activation when no one is home, and activation when someone is home. In some embodiments, for a particular user defined macro, the user selected action may be selected from a plurality of predefined actions. In some cases, the plurality of predefined actions may be programmed into the building automation system 770, for example. Illustrative but non-limiting examples of predefined actions include lowering the temperature by a specified amount, raising the temperature by a specified amount, lowering the temperature by a specified amount for a specified length of time, raising the temperature by a specified amount for a specified length of time, changing the temperature to a specified value, changing the temperature in one or more specified zones, lowering the humidity by a specified amount, raising the humidity by a specified amount, lowering the humidity by a specified amount for a specified length of time, raising the humidity by a specified amount for a specified length of time, activating a fan to circulate air, deactivating a fan to not circulate air, activating a heat exchanger, deactivating a heat exchanger, activate a security system, deactivate a security system, turn on lights, turn off lights, open a garage door, close a garage door, turn on a pool pump, turn off a pool pump, turn on an appliance, and turn off an appliance.
  • In some embodiments, the building automation system 770 may include a communications port 778 that is operably coupled to the controller 776 and that is configured to receive input from a user. In some cases, the input from a user includes but is not limited to a user selected trigger and a corresponding user selected action for at least some of the one or more user defined macros. In some cases, the communications port 778 is configured to receive input from a user's remote device such as a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer and a personal computer. In some embodiments, a user's remote device may include the remote user device 772 (FIG. 18B).
  • In some embodiments, the communications port 778 is configured to output one or more control signals for controlling building automation equipment (not illustrated). In some embodiments, the memory 774, the controller 776 and the communications port 778 may be part of a server, but this is not required. In some cases, the communications port 778 may be configured to output the one or more control signals to a building controller such as a building controller 780. In response, the building controller 780 may provide one or more control signals for controlling building automation equipment. Illustrative but non-limiting examples of building automation equipment include HVAC equipment, security equipment, lighting equipment and the like.
  • The remote user device 772 (FIG. 18B) may, as noted above, represent a variety of different devices, including but not limited to a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, and a personal computer. The remote user device 772 may include a user interface 782 and a memory 784 for storing one or more user defined macros, each of which include a user selected trigger and a user selected action. A controller 786 is operably coupled to the memory 784, the user interface 782 and a communications port 788. In some cases, the communications port 788 is a wireless communications port, but this is not required.
  • In some embodiments, the controller 786 may be configured to accept, via the user interface 782, a definition for a new user defined macro. The controller 786 displays a plurality of triggers via the user interface 782 and accepts a selection of a user selected trigger for the new user defined macro. The controller 786 then displays a plurality of actions via the user interface 782, and accepts a selection of a user selected action for the new user defined macro. The new user defined macro is stored in the memory 784 and is transmitted to a remote location, optionally a remote server, via the communications port 788.
  • FIG. 18C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the building automation system 770 (FIG. 18A) and/or the remote user device 772 (FIG. 18B). As generally shown at block 790, a plurality of one touch icons may be displayed on a display, each of the plurality of one touch icons corresponding to one of a plurality of user defined macros that each includes a user assigned action. One of the plurality of one touch icons may be selected by a user, as indicated at block 792. The user defined macro that corresponds to the selected one of the plurality of one touch icons may then be executed, including causing control signals to be sent to the building control system to implement the user selected action as generally indicated at block 794. In some cases, the displaying step of block 790 and/or the accepting step of block 792 may be performed on a remote user device such as the remote user device 772 (FIG. 18B), which as noted may be a smart phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer or a personal computer.
  • In some embodiments, and as indicated at optional block 796, a user may be allowed to customize the name of at least one of the one touch icons, and to display the customized name on the display when displaying the plurality of one touch icons on a display. In some cases, and as indicated at optional block 798, a user may be allowed to define one or more new one touch icons and corresponding user defined macro, and to display the one or more new one touch icons on the display for selection by the user.
  • FIGS. 18D-18J provide illustrative but non-limiting examples of screens from an illustrative remote user device. It will be appreciated that these screens provide additional examples of user defined triggers and corresponding user defined actions. In FIG. 18D, an initial screen 700 may present the user with options for triggering the one-touch action which may include a “You Tap on a setting”, “It is a specified time”, “Your house is empty”, “Someone is at home”, and the like at 700 a. If the user selects “You Tap on a setting”, the programming application may present common options such as “Use at home settings”, “Make it 5 degrees cooler”, “Make it 5 degrees warmer”, “Use economy settings”, “Use Away settings”, “Circulate the air”, and the like at 710 (see FIG. 18E). Within those common options, in addition to the option to accept a presented default, the application may present additional opportunities for customization as seen at 710 a, 710 b. For example, following selection of one of the “Make it 5 degrees cooler” and “Make it 5 degrees warmer” options, the application may provide a button which presents an additional menu with the option to provide finer control of the temperature offset and conditions for applying the offset. In some embodiments, the application may present options for the offset in 1 degree increments from 1 degree to 10 degrees, or other convenient range, and allow the user to specify whether the action applies when heating or cooling. In other embodiments, the application may present the offset as a display of the temperature to be maintained. Alternatively, the application program code may display an adjusted temperature setpoint adjacent a temperature offset. The adjusted temperature setpoint is reflective of the temperature setpoint that results after the temperature setpoint is applied. In certain embodiments, those buttons which admit of further options in addition to a default value may include a sub-icon such as an arrow which if selected provides further options. In such embodiments, selection of the button which admits of further options may require confirmation of the selection in the form of, for example, a double-tap or selection of a “Next” button within the display.
  • When the “use eco mode” is selected via screen 710, the screen 720 may be displayed. As can be seen, the application may set upper and lower limits on a departure from the set-point temperature in screen 720. Once the desired conditions for the new one-touch action have been selected, the user may be presented with the option to name the new setting 730 and to add it to the list of available one-touch actions 740 and the information may be shared with other devices which may initiate one-touch actions within the system such that the newly created action is available from all devices associated with the thermostat.
  • When the triggering event “It is a specified time” on screen 700 a (FIG. 18D), the application may specify the triggering time(s) and day(s) of the week for the action and pass control to the previously described temperature modification options and following selection of those options to the naming and distribution functions described above.
  • The one-touch actions may also be programmed to be responsive to the presence 750 or absence 760 of occupants within the house and/or, in some embodiments, within a user specified distance or proximity boundary relative to the house. See FIG. 18H. As can be seen in FIG. 18H, in some instances, the location of the house may be defined by its full address. In some cases, this may be a street address. In other cases, the full address may be a GPS position and/or a position identified via a cellular network. In some instances, the full address may refer to longitude and latitude values. These are just some examples.
  • As discussed herein, the thermostat may employ an IR sensor and associated optical element 210 within the thermostat to determine that people are moving in the room, or may be aware of motion sensors associated with an alarm system for the house through a wireless connection. The system may determine that all occupants are absent by the failure to sense an occupant for a specified length of time. Alternatively or in addition, the thermostat may be aware of the presence or even the approach to the home of one or more users through signals from a cell phone or tablet computer which has an enabled location service. Such user related location services may be generalized such that the departure of all registered users or the departures of each member of a subgroup of registered users (e.g. geofence depart) may trigger the specified settings. Similarly, the approach or presence of any registered user or of one or more specific individual registered users (e.g. geofence arrive) may trigger specified settings. As further described herein, a proximity boundary or geofence may be used to determine the departure and/or arrival of registered users, which can then be used as triggers for one-touch actions.
  • An example of programming one touch actions for a zoned system (e.g. upstairs and downstairs) is shown in FIGS. 18I-18J.
  • In addition to the expressly described programming functions, the application(s) will be understood to include the ordinary editing, cancellation, deleting, etc. actions of a user interface as well as screens for presenting, selecting, and activating one-touch actions. The application may include the capability of providing comments or other information for display when a one-touch application is active. In some embodiments, such additional information may be in the form of a user supplied graphic and/or may be accompanied by an audio cue.
  • Once configured, whether at the device or at a remote application location, one-touch actions may be activated at the device or at remote application location(s). In addition, simple information may be displayed on the device and optionally may be accompanied by audio cues.
  • In some instances, the thermostat may transfer operational data to an application or applications which reside on one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, and remote server for analysis and compilation of reports for the user. As discussed herein, the data transfers involved may be accomplished via wireless communication links, wired connections, or combinations of wireless communication links and wired connections using one or more of the commonly employed communication protocols. In some embodiments, the information may be accumulated and transferred to one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, or remote server from another component of the HVAC system such as an equipment interface module. Such transfers may be initiated by either the information collecting equipment (the thermostat or equipment interface module) or by a receiving application running on the one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, and remote server. The transfer of information may occur on a regular schedule, upon the occurrence of a triggering event within the system, or may be initiated by the user. Illustrative sources driving the transfer of information and/or the delivery of a message may include, but are not limited to: user behavior; historical behavior, neighborhood/local trends in behavior (e.g. local trends in energy usage); local weather and impending weather events; energy consumption; HVAC controller status (e.g. loss of network connection, low batter, etc.); HVAC system status; smartphone location; and/or events occurring at the HVAC controller. In some instances, one of the information collecting equipment, the one or more of a cell phone, personal computer, or remote server may not be on-line or otherwise available to participate in an exchange of data, alerts, or reports at the time that such exchanges would normally occur. In such instances, the system components may periodically attempt to establish communication and/or may deposit a message for later retrieval, such as an e-mail or text message, to ensure that data exchange(s) occurs when direct communication is reestablished.
  • In some instances, consumers lack information on the performance and health of their HVAC system, which may lead to unexpected changes in utility bills and/or undesirable delays in performing routine or other maintenance. Using data from the HVAC system, such as system run time, settings, sensor readings, maintenance schedules, and functional alerts as well as Web-based information such as climate data, daily weather data, utility rates, maintenance schedules, manufacturer's bulletins, and the like, an application may assemble periodic reports, on-demand reports, and/or alerts to be delivered to the consumer, for example by a message center on a server to a smart phone or personal computer application or by e-mail to a smart phone or personal computer.
  • For the purpose of discussion, the examples provided will focus primarily on delivery to a smart phone application having a touch screen. However, it will be appreciated that other delivery methods may employ different display characteristics and interactions due to conventions associated with the operating environments.
  • When a user opens the application, a home screen 800 may open, for example, with a user provided identifier 802 for a default thermostat location, a summary of the current state 804 of the selected thermostat, a scrolling list of recent system actions in reverse chronological order 806, and selectable options 808, as shown in FIG. 19D. In some embodiments, home screen 800 may include an indication 803 of the number of recent system actions which have not been reviewed. Touching the identifier 802 may provide an options screen 810, which may allow the user to specify a thermostat at a different location 812 which typically would return the display to the home screen 800 with the information for the selected thermostat displayed. In the alternative, the user may select from the list provided on options screen 810. Many of the displayed options are self-explanatory and/or have been described previously. Of the illustrative examples, the “Messages” option will be discussed below.
  • Selecting the Settings icon 814 may direct the application to display screen 816, which confirms the location 822 for which the preferences will be selected and permits updating various settings pertaining to the selected location. Among those settings may be “Notification Preferences” which when selected calls up screen 820 shown in FIG. 19E. The illustrated screen 820 provides a toggle for turning status updates on and off, and a list 826 of other possible notification categories that the user may elect to receive and/or suppress. Typically the list 826 of possible notification categories will indicate visually which categories are currently selected by displayed text, a check box, radio button, highlighting, or the like.
  • When thermostat status updates are turned on, the application displays screen 830 which again confirms which location is currently selected at 832. Screen 830 also displays a set of selectable categories which may be selected and indicates visually which categories are currently selected by displayed text, a check box, radio button, highlighting, or the like. An illustrative example of the Thermostat Maintenance status category is shown on screen 840 which includes a toggle for the reminder and a user selectable reminder indicator. In some embodiments, the display may also indicate the time remaining until maintenance is suggested.
  • With brief reference to FIG. 2, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to communicate with a remote device such as the remote device 62. The HVAC controller 18 may send information to the remote device 62, and the remote device 62 may send information to the HVAC controller 18, sometimes via an intervening remote server. FIG. 19A provides a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 870 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 872 of an HVAC system. In some embodiments, the mobile device 870 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required. In some embodiments, the mobile device 870 may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2).
  • The mobile device 870 may include a touch screen display 874 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information. A network connection 878 may be configured to communicate with a remote server 880 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 872. The mobile device 870 includes a controller 876 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 874 and the network connection 878. The controller 876 is configured to receive one or more messages related to the operation of the HVAC system via the network connection 878, and to display the one or more messages on the touch screen display 874.
  • In some embodiments, one or more messages are displayed in a message center, sometimes in a list format. When so provided, the most recent messages may be displayed at the top. Alternatively, the most serious or urgent messages may be displayed at the top. In some cases, each message has a message description and a time stamp displayed. Optionally, each message has an indicator that indicates if the message has already been selected and read by the user. In some embodiments, at least one of the messages in the message center are selectable, and once a message is selected, the controller 876 may be configured to display on the touch screen display 874 display additional information regarding the selected message. In some cases, the messages in the message center can be deleted by the user. In some embodiments, the controller 876 executes an application program, and the message center is implemented by the application program.
  • A variety of messages may be displayed in this manner. For example, in some embodiments, at least one of the messages may be an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system. In another example, at least one of the messages may be a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system. In another example, at least one of the messages may be a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system. In another example, at least one of the messages may relate to usage or usage patterns of the HVAC system.
  • FIG. 19B provides a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 882 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 872 of an HVAC system. It will be appreciated that there may be significant similarities between the mobile device 882 (FIG. 19B) and the mobile device 870 (FIG. 19A). The mobile device 882 may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2). In some embodiments, the mobile device 882 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required. The mobile device 882 includes a user interface 884 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information. A network connection 888 is configured to communicate with a remote server 880 that is itself in operative communication with a HVAC controller 872. The mobile device 882 includes a memory 890 for storing an application program. A controller 886 is in operative communication with the user interface 884, the network connection 888 and the memory 890.
  • The application program, stored in the memory 890, may enable a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 872 via the user interface 884 and to output one or more programmed functions to the remote server 880 via the network connection 888 when the application program is executed by the controller 886. In some embodiments, the application program may be further configured to receive one or more messages related to the operation of the HVAC system via the network connection 888, and to display the one or more messages via the user interface 884.
  • In some embodiments, each message has a message description and a time stamp displayed. In some cases, at least one of the messages includes an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system, a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system, a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system, or a usage message indicating the usage of the HVAC system. In some embodiments, the one or more messages are displayed in a message center, wherein the one or more messages are displayed in the message center in a list format, with the most recent or most urgent messages are displayed at the top. Optionally, at least one of the messages in the message center are selectable, and once a message is selected, the application program is configured to display via the user interface additional information regarding the selected message.
  • FIG. 19C is a flow diagram of an illustrative method that may be carried out using the mobile device 870 (FIG. 19A) or the mobile device 882 (FIG. 19B). One or more messages that are related to the operation of the HVAC system may be received at the wireless mobile device as generally indicated at block 892, where each message includes a message description and a time stamp. As shown at block 894, the one or more messages may be displayed on a display of the mobile device in a message center. A user may be allowed to select one of the messages displayed in the message center, and in response, additional information regarding the selected message may be displayed, as generally indicated at block 896. In some embodiments, at least one of the messages includes an alert that alerts the user to a failure of a component of the HVAC system, a suggestion that suggests an alternative setting for the HVAC system, a maintenance reminder for the HVAC system, or a usage message indicating the usage of the HVAC system.
  • FIG. 19F illustrates an illustrative interaction with a message center which may serve two thermostat locations and which may present messages in reverse chronological order with messages from multiple locations mingled and identified by location. As before, the display of home screen 800 identifies a location for which selection attributes may be altered and presents options for further user interaction on screen 810 a. Those interactions may proceed generally as detailed above. If the Messages option is selected, data presentation may depend upon whether one or more thermostats are currently configured as shown on screen 850 and 850 a of FIG. 19G. Note in FIG. 19G, the messages may include an indicator (bullet) which shows which messages have been reviewed by the user and those messages which have not been reviewed. Selecting an individual message from either screen 850, 850 a may display a screen such as 855, 856, or 857 of FIG. 19H with additional information regarding the message and one or more options for addressing and/or dismissing the message.
  • In some embodiments, the message center may assign priorities to messages and select an appropriate manner of bringing selected messages to the user's attention. As shown in FIG. 19I, an urgent message may be transmitted through an appropriate network path to a smart phone and/or thermostat and may result in a pop-up message being displayed on the screen of the smart phone and/or the thermostat. In the case of an urgent message displayed on the screen of the thermostat, additional cues such as audible alarms and/or flashing of the light ring may serve to attract a user's attention. A pop-up message may suggest an action or allow the message to be dismissed (see FIG. 19I). Other display configurations such as those of FIGS. 19J, 19K and 19L may also be employed. As shown in FIG. 19L, an initial screen may be presented that provides access to multiple messages 862 and/or a linked screen to provide additional details 864 of the messages.
  • Other types of messages that may be displayed to a user via the message center by the application program code may include, but are not limited to, messages related to alerts, maintenance, tips/advice, promotions, and usage. An alert message may indicate that something is not functioning properly, and may require immediate attention or some action to be taken by the user. For example, in some cases, an alert message may indicate that the HVAC controller has become disconnected from a server or the local wireless area network. In other cases, an alert message may warn of an impending dead battery or may alert the user to an unsafe temperature. A maintenance message may remind the user of a needed or recommended filter change based on a timer or a system load or may remind the user to change the battery. The maintenance message may include the part number or other description of the recommended filter or other part, so that the user can pick one up when convenient.
  • A tips/advice type of message may provide a user with information and/or recommend one or more actions that a user may take to improve the performance and/or efficiency of the HVAC system, and/or improve their comfort level. In one example, a tips/advice type of message may inform the user that the system performance has degraded and may recommend to the user to have the air ducts cleaned. In another example, the tips/advice message may recommend a schedule based on the user's manual setpoint changes. Alternatively, or in addition, the message may include a recommendation to the user to use the geofencing feature (described else wherein herein) if the user's manual setback changes do not follow a clear pattern. In yet another example, the message may display a recommendation to open one or more windows based on the outdoor temperature matching the desired indoor temperature setpoint, sometimes taking into account humidity, air quality and/or other factors inside and/or outside of the house.
  • A promotions message may include information about additional solutions, products, or services that a certified contractor currently offers that may be of interest to the user, sometimes based on actual historical performance data of the HVAC system and/or user interactions with the HVAC system. For example, if the humidity of the inside space is low in the winter months, a promotions message may be provided recommending the installation of a humidifier to increase the comfort of the user.
  • Usage messages may contain information about automated or manual system state changes. For example, a usage message may inform the user that the HVAC controller has entered a “Home” mode or setting because a user has activated the one-touch action labeled “Home” or because a user has crossed a proximity boundary indicating that they have arrived or are about to arrive at home. In another example, a usage message may inform the user that the HVAC controller has entered the “Home” mode according to a programmed schedule.
  • In some cases, the application program code may be programmed to display or transmit an informative message to a user based on the user's behavior or their interactions or frequency of interactions with certain features of the HVAC controller and/or HVAC system. For example, the application program code executed by the remote device 62 may be programmed to periodically poll the HVAC controller for selected information about the use of specific features such as, for example, an auto changeover feature or geofence feature. If the data received from the HVAC controller by the application program code indicates that the auto changeover feature has never been used by the user, the application program code may display a message to the user containing useful information about the auto changeover feature and how and when to use the auto changeover feature. Similarly, if the data received by the application program code from the HVAC controller indicates that the user is not using a geofence (e.g. proximity boundary) to trigger activation of an “away” setting or an “at home” setting by the HVAC controller, the application program code may display or transmit a message to the user about geofencing, how to activate a geofence, and/or how to select a geofence appropriate for their lifestyle. These are just some examples.
  • The application program code (or app) running on the remote device (e.g. smartphone, tablet, laptop, etc.) may be downloaded from an external Web service. In some cases, the application program code may be downloaded from Apple Inc.'s ITUNES™ or Google Play. In other cases, the application program code may be available for download from a web service that is provided to support use of the HVAC controller 18. An example of such a web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service. The application program code may be stored in the memory of a user's remote device 62 and may contain a set of instructions for execution by a processor related to the installation, configuration, connection, and personalization of the HVAC controller 18. The user's remote device 62 may be any one of the remote devices described herein. In some cases, the application code may be stored in the memory of a user's smartphone or tablet computer for execution by the smartphone or tablet computer's processor to carry out various functions to facilitate the installation, configuration, and setup of the newly installed HVAC controller 18. In other cases, the application program code may be stored in the memory of a user's personal or desktop computer for execution by the computer's processor to carry out various functions that may facilitate the installation, configuration, connection and personalization of the HVAC controller 18. Additionally, once the HVAC controller 18 is successfully installed and configured to control the HVAC system 4, the application program code may also facilitate control of the HVAC controller 18 from a remote location other than at the user interface provided at the HVAC controller 18.
  • In some cases, the application program code may provide a uniform installation setup interface across multiple platforms (e.g. HVAC controller 18, remote device, web service) for accessing and interacting with the HVAC controller 18. The application code may utilize a simple communication protocol that allows the application program code to be executed by multiple platforms (e.g. web, HVAC controller, and smartphone/tablet application). For example, the web service and the HVAC controller may utilize the same installation setup logic by executing the same code from the same code base. In some cases, the installation setup code may be compiled for use by the HVAC controller 18, a web service, and/or an application program code. For example, in some cases, for example, the web service, the application program code, and the HVAC controller each contain the same installation setup definitions. However, in some cases, the application program code executed by the user's remote device may be programmed to determine how to display each feature of the installation setup to the user via the device's user interface. This may permit the application program code executed by a user's remote device (e.g. smartphone or tablet) to connect to either the web service associated with the HVAC controller 18 or to the HVAC controller 18 directly. This feature also may permit a user to interact with the HVAC controller 18 across multiple platforms with minimal differences in the installation setup process and the overall user experience.
  • Turning now to FIG. 20A, which is a schematic block illustration of a mobile device 900 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 902 of an HVAC system. In some cases, the HVAC controller 902 includes a wireless interface 914. In some embodiments, the mobile device 900 is a smartphone or tablet computer, but this is not required. It will be appreciated that in many instances, the mobile device 900 is similar to those described with respect to previous drawings and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2).
  • The mobile device 900 may include a touch screen display 904 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information. A wireless port 906 is configured to communicate with a remote download server 908 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 902. The mobile device 900 includes a controller 910 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 904 and the wireless port 906. The controller 910 is configured to establish communication with the remote download server 908 via the wireless port 906 and to download an application program code from the remote download server 908. The mobile device 900 includes a memory 912 that is configured to store the application program code once downloaded from the remote download server 908.
  • In some embodiments, the controller 910 is configured to establish a direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902, with the HVAC controller 902 functioning as an access point. In some cases, the controller 910 may be configured to execute the application program code, which provides one or more configuration screens on the touch screen display 904 of the mobile device 900 to enable the user to configure the HVAC controller 902 via one or more configuration parameters. The controller 910 may be further configured to upload the one or more configuration parameters to the HVAC controller 902 via the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902.
  • In some embodiments, after the controller 910 uploads the one or more configuration parameters to the HVAC controller 902 via the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902, the mobile device 900 is configured to drop the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface of the HVAC controller 902. In other words, the direct wireless connection is only used for initial setup and configuration of the HVAC controller 902. In some cases, after the mobile device 900 drops the direct wireless connection between the wireless port 906 of the mobile device 900 and the wireless interface 914 of the HVAC controller 902, the mobile device 900 establishes communication with a remote monitoring server 908, and wherein the HVAC controller 902 also establishes communication with the remote monitoring server 908. In some embodiments, the remote monitoring server 908 is the same server as the remote download server 908, but this is not required. In some cases, one or more of the configuration parameters provided by the mobile device 900 to the HVAC controller 902 include communication parameters that are necessary for setting up communication between the HVAC controller 902 and the remote monitoring server 908, sometimes via a home wireless network 916. In some cases, one or more of the configuration parameters may include the home WiFi network name (Service Set Identifier—SSID) and/or password. In some cases, one or more of the configuration parameters may include an address, ID and/or password for connecting to a remote monitoring server 908.
  • In some embodiments, the application program code is also configured to display one or more install screens, wherein the one or more install screens include information on removing an old thermostat (not illustrated) as part of a process to install the HVAC controller 902. In some cases, the application program code may be configured to also display one or more install screens, wherein the one or more install screens include information on wiring the HVAC controller 902 as part of a process to install the HVAC controller 902. FIGS. 29-41, for example, show illustrative install screens.
  • In some instances, the one or more configuration screens include a screen soliciting the user to input information regarding equipment configuration. In some cases, the one or more configuration screens include a screen soliciting the user to input information regarding comfort preferences.
  • FIG. 20B is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative HVAC controller 920 that is configured to be at least partially set up or configured using an application program code running on a mobile device 922. The mobile device 922 may, for example, be a smartphone or a tablet. In some cases, the mobile device 922 may be the mobile device 900 described with respect to FIG. 20A, but this is not required, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2).
  • The illustrative HVAC controller 920 includes a user interface 924 that is configured to display information to be viewed by a user and to accept inputs from the user and is optionally a touch screen. A controller 926 is operably coupled to the user interface 924 and an on board wireless interface 928 is operably coupled to the controller 926. The controller 926 is configured to establish on board wireless interface 930 as an access point for creating a direct communication path with the wireless mobile device 922 for initially configuring the HVAC controller 920, including for initially configuring the HVAC controller 920 for communication with a wireless gateway (e.g. in-home wireless router). This may include, for example, a Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the wireless gateway and/or password. The controller 926 is configured to accept the configuration information from the mobile device 922 via the direct communication path established between the on board wireless interface 928 and the wireless mobile device 922.
  • It is contemplated that the direct communication path may be a WiFi connection. However, in some instances, the direct communication path may be any suitable wireless connection including, but not limited to, cellular communication, ZigBee, REDLINK™, Bluetooth, WiFi, IrDA, dedicated short range communication (DSRC), EnOcean, and/or any other suitable common or proprietary wireless protocol. In some instances, the direct communication path may be a wired communication path.
  • In some embodiments, the controller 926 may be configured to display, via the user interface 924, a screen instructing a user that the HVAC controller 920 is wirelessly coupled to the mobile device 922, and to utilize the mobile device 922 to configure the HVAC controller 920. The controller 926 may also be configured to display, via the user interface 924, a screen instructing a user to utilize the mobile device 922 to initially configure the HVAC controller 920 for communication with a wireless gateway (e.g. in-home wireless router).
  • In some cases, while displaying screens to help instruct the user with installation, the HVAC controller 920 may receive a type of HVAC equipment as configuration information from the user via the wireless mobile device 922 and the direct communication path. In some embodiments, the HVAC controller 920 may receive comfort settings as configuration information from the wireless mobile device 922 via the direct communication path.
  • It will be appreciated that the application program code referenced above may be stored on the remote server 908. In some embodiments, the application program code may be manifested in a computer readable medium that contains program instructions for facilitating a user of a wireless mobile device in configuring a wireless HVAC controller. After download to a wireless mobile device, execution of the program instructions by one or more processors of the wireless mobile device may cause the wireless mobile device to carry out a number of illustrative steps, such as shown in FIG. 20C.
  • With reference to FIG. 20C, and starting at block 940, one or more screens may be provided on a display of the wireless mobile device, such as the mobile device 922, to accept configuration information from the user. Configuration information is accepted from the user of the wireless mobile device, as shown at block 942. A direct communication path is established between the wireless mobile device 922 and the HVAC controller 920 (FIG. 20B) with the wireless HVAC controller 920 or the wireless mobile device 922 functioning as an access point, as generally seen at block 944. The accepted configuration information is transmitted from the wireless mobile device 922 to the HVAC controller 920 via the direct communication path between the wireless mobile device 922 and the HVAC controller 920, as indicated at block 946. The direct communication path between the wireless mobile device 922 and the HVAC controller 920 is then terminated, as indicated at block 948. In some embodiments, the accepted configuration information may include configuration information for configuring communication between the wireless HVAC controller 920 and a local wireless gateway. In some cases, the accepted configuration information may include HVAC equipment configuration and/or comfort settings.
  • FIGS. 20D-27 show several illustrative examples of screens that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of a user's mobile device in connection with downloading and installing an application program code for setting up an HVAC controller 18 according to an installation setup process which may include installing, configuring, connecting the HVAC controller 18 to a web service using a network connection, and personalizing the HVAC controller 18.
  • FIGS. 20D and 20E each show illustrative screens 1000A, 1000B that may be displayed to a user via the display of the user interface of the user's remote device 62 (e.g. smartphone or tablet) when interacting with an external web service to initially obtain and open the application program code. FIG. 20D shows an initial screen 1000A that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device after the user has successfully located the application program code in the external web service's application program code database using an appropriate search function. As can be seen in FIG. 20D, screen 1000A includes a user prompt 1004 that prompts the user to install (i.e. download) the application program code. Screen 1000B shown in FIG. 20E may be displayed to a user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 after successful installation of the application program code on the user's remote device.
  • As can be seen in FIG. 20E, screen 1000B includes a button 1006 labeled “open” that may prompt the user to open the application program code and initiate execution of the application program code by the user's remote device 62. Selection of the button 1006 labeled “open” by a user may cause the application program code to display a login prompt screen 1010 to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62, as shown in FIG. 21. Login prompt screen 1010 may include a first entry field 1012 for accepting a username from a user and a second entry field 1014 for accepting a password associated with the user name entered in the first entry field 1012. Upon entering an appropriate username and password combination, the user may then select the button 1016 labeled login, which will cause the application program code to display one or more screens associated with the user's account. In some cases, screen 1010 may also include an additional option 1022 labeled “forgot my password” that, when selected by a user, may initiate a sequence of screens that may facilitate retrieval of a user's password.
  • Alternatively, if the user has not already established a user account, the user may instead select the option 1020 labeled “create account” which will cause the application program code to display one or more screens for facilitating the creation of a user account. The one or more screens may guide the user through setting up and activating their user account. In some cases, the application program code may cause the user's remote device to transmit the user's account information to a web service hosted by a web server that is associated with the HVAC controller 18. An example of such a web service is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT web Service™. The user's account information may be stored in a database in the server memory and may be accessed by the user via the application program code executed by the user's remote device (e.g. smartphone or tablet). This feature may allow a user to access and make changes to their account and/or the HVAC controller 18 from a variety of remote locations on a number of different computing platforms (e.g. smartphone, tablet, personal computer, internet, HVAC controller 18, etc.). For example, the user may begin configuring their HVAC controller 18 using the application program code executed by their smartphone, and finish configuring their HVAC controller 18 through a web site hosted by the web service associated with the HVAC controller 18. This is just one example.
  • FIG. 22 provides an example of a screen 1030 related to the creation of a user account that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62. As shown in FIG. 22, screen 1030 may include a first user prompt 1034 that may prompt a user to enter selected details for creation of their account in the appropriate text entry fields 1036 a-1036 c. Each of the text entry fields 1036 a-1036 c may be labeled with an appropriate label 1038 a-1038 c identifying the requested information. For example, as shown in FIG. 22, text entry fields 1036 a-1036 c are labeled “first name”, “last name” and “email address” prompting a user to provide their first and last name and a valid email address in the appropriate entry fields 1036 a-1036 c. It will be generally understood, that fewer or additional fields may be provided prompting the user to provide fewer or additional details, as appropriate. Additionally, screen 1030 may include a second user prompt 1038 that may prompt a user to create a password using the appropriate text entry fields 1040 a, 1040 b. Each of the text entry fields 1040 a, 1040 b may be labeled with an appropriate label 1042 a, 1042 b prompting the user to enter and verify a newly created password.
  • Selection of button 1044 labeled “create account” provided on screen 1030 may cause the application program code to display a next screen 1050 related to the creation of the user's account via the user interface of the user's remote device 62. FIG. 23 provides an example of a screen 1050 that may be displayed in response to the user having selected the button 1044 labeled “create account” provided on screen 1030. Screen 1050 relates to activation of the user's newly created account. As shown in FIG. 23, screen 1050 can include a user prompt 1052 that may prompt a user to check their email account associated with the email address provided during creation of their user account for an instructional email and follow the instructions provided in the email. In some cases, the email may be transmitted by the application program code executed by the user's remote device. If, after having checked their email account, the user has not received the instructional email, the user may select button 1054 labeled “resend” prompting the application program code to send another instructional email to the email account associated with the user's account.
  • Screen 1060, shown in FIG. 24, may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device upon successful activation of a user's account. Screen 1060 may include a user message 1062 confirming successful activation of the user's account. Additionally, in some cases, screen 1060 may include a prompt or link 1064 that, when selected by the user, may cause the application program code to complete the launch of the application program code for setting up the HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 25 provides an example of a screen 1080 that may be displayed upon selection of prompt or link 1064 displayed on screen 1060 (FIG. 24) for launching the application program code. Screen 1080 may include a first field 1082 identifying the current status of a current setup processes that is in progress and, in some cases, may include an adjacent checkbox 1084 that, when selected by a user, may cause the current setup process to be cancelled. In some cases, selection of the checkbox 1084 by a user may cause a screen 1086, shown in FIG. 26, to be displayed to the user including a user query 1088 that asks the user to confirm cancellation or deletion of the previous HVAC controller setup process. In some cases, the screen 1086 may be provided as a pop-up or floating window that may be displayed over screen 1080. In other cases, screen 1086 may be displayed as a separate screen. Selection of either button 1090 labeled “cancel” or button 1092 labeled “delete” may cause the application code to display the previous screen 1080.
  • In addition, as shown in FIG. 25, screen 1080 may also include a second field 1094 that may include an adjacent user prompt 1096 that may prompt the user to identify a new HVAC device to be setup using the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 as will be described in greater detail below.
  • Referring now back to FIG. 21, in some cases, the user may have already created and activated a user account in which case, the user may enter the required user name and password into the appropriate text entry fields 1012, 1014 and select button 1016 labeled “login” to login into the user account via the application program code executed by their remote device 62. In such cases, if the user has already begun the setup process for installing and/or configuring the HVAC controller 18, the application program code may display a screen 1070 that queries the user about resuming the already previously initiated setup of the HVAC controller 18. For example, as shown in FIG. 27, screen 1070 may include a user prompt 1072 that questions the user “Resume setup?” In some cases, screen 1070 may include additional information 1074 such as, for example, the last identified step in the setup process that was previously completed by the user during setup of the HVAC controller 18. In addition, screen 1070 may include a first option 1076 a labeled “start over” or “no” and a second option 1076 b labeled “continue setup” or “yes” that may be selected by the user to either cancel the previous setup process and start over or to continue the setup process from the last identified step in the setup as provided in the additional information 1074 displayed on screen 1070. Selection of second option 1076 b may cause the application program code to resume the setup process at the last identified step.
  • The installation setup process may be divided into at least four different chapters or phases. In some cases, the application program mode may be configured to display a screen to a user that introduces and/or identifies the current phase of the installation setup process. FIG. 28 provides an example of such a screen 1100. As shown in FIG. 28, screen 1100 includes icons 1104 a-1104 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example are “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”. In addition, the icon 1104 a identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process. Once that phase of the setup process is complete the icon 1104 a may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon 1104 to indicate that the phase has been completed. The user may initiate the setup process by selecting the button 1106 labeled “start setup” provided on screen 1100.
  • Upon initialization of the installation setup process, the application program code may be configured to display one or more screens to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 that may guide a user through removal of an existing thermostat. In some cases, the one or more screens may be displayed in a pre-determined sequence of screens having a predefined order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may navigate backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 or through some other gesture. These are just some examples.
  • FIGS. 29-41 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that may guide the user through the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 29 shows an example of a first screen 1110 that may be displayed in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order, although this is not required. As shown in FIG. 29, screen 1100 includes a first label 1112 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1114 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1110 may include a brief text string 1116 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 29, the brief text string 1116 identifies the current step as “Removing Old Thermostat.” A user message 1118 may also be displayed on screen 1110. The user message 1118 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the setup process. In some cases, the user message 1118 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1116. Screen 1110 may also provide an overview 1120 of the current phase of the setup process. In some cases, the overview 1120 may list the individual steps 1121 a-1121 e of the current phase of the installation process. Selection of any of the individual steps 1121 a-1121 e provided in the overview 1120 may cause the application program code to jump to that step in the current phase of the setup process. An information icon 1122 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Additionally, in some cases, screen 1110 may include a button 1124 labeled “skip” or “skip install” that may be selected by a user if the use has previously removed an existing thermostat and/or previously wired the new HVAC controller 18. Selection of the button 1126 labeled “start removal” or “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 30 shows an example of another screen 1130 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 30, screen 1130 includes a first label 1132 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1134 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1130 may include a brief text string 1136 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 30, the brief text string 1136 identifies the current step as “Switch Power Off” A user message 1138 may also be displayed on screen 1130. The user message 1138 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1138 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1136. Screen 1130 may also provide a diagram 1140 that provides a visual demonstration to the user how the power may be turned off. An information icon 1142 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1146 labeled “start removal” or “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 31 shows an example of another screen 1150 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 31, screen 1150 includes a first label 1152 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1154 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1150 may include a brief text string 1156 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 31, the brief text string 1156 identifies the current step as “Verifying Power Off.” A user message 1158 may also be displayed on screen 1150. The user message 1158 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1158 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1156. An information icon 1162 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1166 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 32 shows an example of another screen 1170 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 32, screen 1170 includes a first label 1172 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1174 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1170 may include a brief text string 1176 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, the brief text string 1176 identifies the current step as “Remove Panel.” A user message 1178 may also be displayed on screen 1170. The user message 1178 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1178 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1176. In some cases, as shown in FIG. 32, screen 1170 may include a user prompt 1180 that may prompt or instruct the user to take a picture of the panel before it is removed. The user may utilize the camera on their remote device 62 (if present) or utilize a separate camera. In some cases, the user may utilize the current method provided by the operating system of their remote device 62 to integrate the picture of the panel that the user just captured using the remote device's camera into the application program code. This is just one example. Additional steps for integrating the photo of the panel into the application program code may be necessary if the photo was captured using a device (e.g. digital camera) separate from the remote device 62. After successful integration of the captured photo into the application program code, the application program code may display the capture photo 1182 in a region on screen 1170, as shown in FIG. 32. An information icon 1184 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1186 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 33 shows an example of another screen 1190 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 33, screen 1190 includes a first label 1192 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1194 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1190 may include a brief text string 1196 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 33, the brief text string 1196 identifies the current step as “Voltage Check.” A user message or user query 1198 may also be displayed on screen 1190. As shown in FIG. 33, the user message or query 1198 may query the user about their current voltage. For example, the user query 1198 asks the user “Do you have thick black wires, 110 voltage or higher? In some cases, screen 1190 may provide a first selectable option 1202 labeled “yes” and a second selectable option 1204 labeled “no” for respond to the query presented by the user message 1198. Screen 1190 may also provide a diagram 1206 of an illustrative wiring configuration that may assist a user in identifying if their existing voltage is 110 voltage or higher. In addition, an information icon 1210 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1212 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • In some cases, selection of the option 1202 labeled “yes” in response to the user query 1198 indicates that the user's voltage is 110 volts or higher. In addition, selection of the option 1202 labeled “yes” may cause the application program code to display a screen 1220, shown in FIG. 34, which informs the user that their current wiring is incompatible with the new HVAC controller, if appropriate. As shown in FIG. 34, screen 1220 includes a first label 1222 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1224 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1220 may include a brief text string 1226 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 34, the brief text string 1226 may indicate to the user that the voltage is incompatible. A user message 1228 may also be displayed on screen 1220. The user message 1228 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1228 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1226 and, in some cases, may instruct the user to take a recommended action. An information icon 1232 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message.
  • FIG. 35 shows an example of a screen 1240 that may be displayed upon selection of the information icon 1232 displayed on screen 1220 shown in FIG. 34. Screen 1240 may include one or more selectable options 1242 a-1242 d that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to perform a selected function. For example, option 1242 a, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to access and/or display a set of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and their answers so that they may be viewed by the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. Selection of option 1242 b may cause the application program code to initiate a telephone call to customer service and/or technical support. Selection of option 1242 c may cause the application program code to access and/or display an instructional support video. In some cases, the application program code may access the instructional video using the web browser supported by the user's remote device 62, but this is not required. Selection of option 1242 d labeled “find a contractor” may cause the application program code to display another screen 1250, shown in FIG. 36, that may query the user about using location based services to identify a local contractor or that may include a user prompt that may prompt a user to enter their zip code. The application program code may utilize location based services or the zip code provided by the user to identify a local qualified contractor. In some cases, the application program code may display a contractor's contact information to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. In other cases, the application program code may transmit the contractor information to the user via an email message or SMS text message.
  • Referring back to FIG. 33, selection of the button 1212 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. FIG. 37 shows an example of a next screen 1260 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 37, screen 1260 includes a first label 1262 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1264 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1260 may include a brief text string 1266 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 37, the brief text string 1266 identifies the current step as “Remove Current Wiring and Disconnect.” A user message 1268 may also be displayed on screen 1260. The user message 1268 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1268 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1266. Additionally, in some cases the user message may instruct the user to take one or more selected actions consistent with the current step of the installation phase. In some cases, as shown in FIG. 37, screen 1260 may include an icon or button 1270 that, when selected by a user, may cause the previously captured photo of the panel wiring to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. The photo may be displayed in a separate screen or in a pop-up or floating window that may be provided over the screen 1260. In addition, screen 1260 may include a list 1272 of at least two wiring terminals labels 1274, wherein each wiring terminal label is available for selection by user. Screen 1260 may also include a scroll bar 1276 that, when manipulated by a user, may cause additional wiring terminal labels 1274 available for selection by a user to be displayed by screen 1260. The user may utilize the previously captured photo to aid in the selection of the appropriate wiring terminal labels 1274 consistent with a previous wiring configuration. It will be generally recognized by those of skill in the art that the wiring terminal labels “R”, “C”, “W”, “Y”, and “G” cover a vast majority of known wiring configurations related to existing HVAC controllers. An information icon 1278 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration.
  • FIG. 38 shows another view of screen 1260 after at least one wiring terminal label 1274 has been selected by a user. As shown in FIG. 38, wiring terminal labels 1274 labeled “R”, “Y”, “W”, and “G” have been selected by the user. In some cases, a checkbox (FIG. 38) or radio button may be utilized to indicate selection by a user. However, it will be generally recognized that other methods used to highlight a selected option or options may be employed. Additionally, in some cases, the application program code may cause a default color 1284 (e.g. red, white, yellow and green) to be displayed adjacent the selected wiring terminal label(s) 1274. Selection of the button 1282 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to accept the legacy wiring configuration indicated by the user and/or display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • In some cases, if the existing wiring configuration indicated by the user through screen 1260 is an uncommon wiring configuration, the application program code may cause a pop-up or floating window 1284 to be displayed over screen 1260, as shown in FIG. 39. In some cases, the information displayed in pop-up window 1284, shown in FIG. 39, may also be displayed in a separate screen if desired. As shown in FIG. 39, window 1284 may include a user message 1286 that indicates to the user that the wiring configuration previously entered by the user via screen 1260 is uncommon. In addition, window 1284 may include a user prompt 1288 that may instruct the user to visit a website that may provide additional, detailed instructions for setting up the new HVAC controller based on the uncommon wiring configuration indicated by a user. In some cases, window 1284 may include a hyperlink 1290 that, when selected by the user, may cause the application program code the launch a web browser provided by the user's remote device 62 and cause the website or web page containing the additional wiring configuration information to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. Alternatively, or in addition, the user may enter the web address included in the hyperlink into the web browser of a separate device and view the information on the separate device. Selection of the button 1292 labeled “update wiring” may cause the previous screen 1260 to be displayed such that a user may update and/or make changes to the existing wiring configuration based on the additional information provided by the website or web page. Selection of the button 1294 labeled “continue” or “next” may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to removal of the existing thermostat.
  • FIG. 40 shows an example of another screen 1300 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 40, screen 1300 includes a first label 1302 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1304 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1300 may include a brief text string 1306 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 40, the brief text string 1306 identifies the current step as “Remove Wall Plate.” A user message 1308 may also be displayed on screen 1300. The user message 1308 may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1308 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1306. An information icon 1310 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 41 shows an example of another screen 1320 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the removal of an existing HVAC controller. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 41, screen 1320 includes a first label 1322 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1324 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1320 may include a brief text string 1326 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 41, the brief text string 1326 identifies the current step as “Old Thermostat Removed!” A user message 1328 may also be displayed on screen 1320. In some cases, the user message 1328 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1326. An information icon 1330 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next” or “start install” may cause the application program code to display a first screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIGS. 42-49 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that may guide the user through installation of a new HVAC controller 18. FIG. 42 shows an example of a first screen 1340 that may be displayed in the sequence of screens related to the installation of a replacement HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62 or through some other gesture. These are just some examples.
  • As shown in FIG. 42, screen 1340 includes a first label 1342 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1344 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1340 may include a brief text string 1346 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 42, the brief text string 1346 identifies the current step as “Installing Your New Thermostat.” A user message 1348 may also be displayed on screen 1340. The user message may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1348 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1346. Screen 1340 may also provide an overview 1350 of the current phase of the setup process. The overview 1350 may list individual steps 1351 a-1351 e of the current phase of the installation phase. Selection of any of the individual steps 1351 a-1351 e provided in the overview 1350 may cause the application program to jump to that step in the setup process. An information icon 1352 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1354 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18.
  • In some cases, if the wiring configuration provided by the user through screen 1260 (FIGS. 37 and 38) indicates that the previous HVAC controller was controlling one or more of a dehumidification unit, a humidification unit, or a ventilation unit, the application program code may display a wiring alert screen 1360 to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. As shown in FIG. 43, wiring alert screen 1360 may include a first label 1362 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1364 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1360 may include a brief text string 1366 identifying the wiring alert. A user message 1368 may also be displayed on screen 1360. The user message may contain information about the wiring alert. In addition, screen 1360 may include a user prompt 1370 that may prompt the user to select which of a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit, and/or ventilation unit the user desires to wire to the new HVAC controller 18 from a list of selectable options 1372 a-1372 c. Screen 1360 may include an additional user prompt 1374 that may prompt the user to visit a website or view a web page associated with the HVAC controller 18 for additional details related to wiring the new HVAC controller 18 to control one or more of a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit, and/or ventilation unit. In some cases, the user prompt 1374 may include a hyperlink (not shown) that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code the launch a web browser provided by the user's remote device 62 and cause the website or web page containing the additional wiring configuration information to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. Selection of the button 1376 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 44 shows another screen 1380 that may be displayed by the application program code as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of a new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order, but this is not required. In this case, the sequence of screens may be dependent, at least in part, on the wiring configuration indicated through screen 1260 (FIGS. 37 and 38). As shown in FIG. 44, screen 1380 includes a first label 1382 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1384 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1380 may include a brief text string 1386 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 44, the brief text string 1386 identifies the current step as “Connect Wires.” Screen 1380 may include at least one user message 1388 that may describe at least one step for connecting one or more wires to the new HVAC controller as part of the “Connect Wires” step of the installation phase. In some cases, in addition to describing at least one step of the wiring connection process, screen 1380 may display at least one diagram 1390 adjacent the user message 1388. The diagram 1390 may provide a visual illustration of the step described by user message 1388. In some cases, screen 1380 may also display an additional user message 1392 that may describe another step of the wiring connection process. In some cases, the user message 1392 may instruct a user to connect the wires according to a wiring diagram 1394 that may be displayed on screen 1380 in connection with and adjacent to the user message 1392. The wiring diagram 1394 that is displayed may be dependent upon the legacy wiring diagram indicated by the user and the user's answers to the one or more questions about the user's HVAC system including additional HVAC equipment that may be present such as, for example, a humidification unit, a dehumidification unit and/or a ventilation unit. As shown in FIG. 44, the application program code may display one or more steps related to a wiring configuration process for a common wiring configuration on a single screen 1380. An information icon 1396 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1312 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • It will be generally understood that the number of steps related to the wiring connection process and/or the number of diagrams that may be displayed in connection with the steps may be dependent upon the wiring configuration indicated by the user through screen 1260 (FIGS. 37 and 38). In some cases, one or more additional screens or a scrolling display including additional steps and/or diagrams may be displayed by the application program code in connection with a wiring connection process as necessary.
  • Referring back to FIGS. 32 and 44, in some instances a user may capture a photo or video of the existing wire panel using a camera built into their remote device 62 or a separate camera, and the photo or video may be read by the application program code. The application program code may include wire recognition logic incorporating appropriate digital processing techniques for identifying the color and the position of the wires in the picture of the existing wire panel. The wire recognition logic may use image processing algorithms, and may be substantially simpler than some more complex image processing applications such as facial recognition applications. The wire recognition logic may enable the application program code to determine the existing wiring configuration based on the color and/or positions of the wires in the picture. In some cases, the application program code may include logic for recognizing if one or more wire terminals includes a jumper. In some cases, the wire recognition logic contained within the application program code may cause the controller of the remote device 62 to access a wiring configuration database stored locally in the memory of the remote device 62, and to compare the existing wiring configuration detected by the wire recognition logic to the wiring configurations contained within the database. Based on the comparison of the existing wiring configuration to the wiring configurations stored in the database, the controller of the remote device 62 may identify an appropriate wiring configuration for the new thermostat based on the comparison and, in some cases, answers to one or more interview questions about the HVAC system provided by the user via a user interface of the remote device 62. The application program code may then display a recommended wiring diagram for the new thermostat to the user via the user interface of the remote device, and instruct the user to connect the existing wires according to a wiring diagram, such as shown in FIG. 44.
  • Rather than doing the processing on the remote device 62, it is contemplated that the wiring recognition logic may be implemented on a remote server. The remote device 62 may transmit a captured wiring configuration to the remote server. The remote server may then access a wiring configuration database stored at the server and the server may compare the existing wiring configuration to the wiring configurations contained within the database. The remote server may identify an appropriate wiring configuration for the new thermostat based on the comparison and, in some cases, answers to one or more interview questions about the HVAC system provided by the user. The remote server may then transmit a message containing a recommended new wiring configuration to the remote device 62 where it may be displayed to the user via the user interface of their remote device 62, such as shown in FIG. 44, by the application program code of the remote device 62. These are just some examples.
  • FIG. 45 shows another screen 1400 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 45, screen 1400 includes a first label 1402 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1404 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1400 may include a brief text string 1406 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 45, the brief text string 1406 identifies the current step as “Mount Trim Ring.” A user message 1408 may also be displayed on screen 1400. In some cases, the user message 1408 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1406. In addition, screen 1400 may include an instructional diagram 1410 visually showing the user how to mount the trim ring. An information icon 1412 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1414 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 46 shows another screen 1420 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 46, screen 1420 includes a first label 1422 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1424 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1420 may include a brief text string 1426 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 46, the brief text string 1426 identifies the current step as “Mount Wallplate.” A user message 1428 may also be displayed on screen 1420. In some cases, the user message 1428 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1426. In addition, screen 1420 may include an instructional diagram 1430 visually showing the user how to mount the wallplate to a wall. An information icon 1432 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1434 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 47 shows another screen 1440 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 47, screen 1440 includes a first label 1442 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1444 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1440 may include a brief text string 1446 identifying the current step of the installation phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 47, the brief text string 1446 identifies the current step as “Attach to Wallplate.” A user message 1448 may also be displayed on screen 1420. In some cases, the user message 1448 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1446. In addition, screen 1440 may include an instructional diagram 1450 visually showing the user how to attach the HVAC controller to the wallplate. An information icon 1452 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1454 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 48 shows another screen 1460 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 48, screen 1460 includes a first label 1462 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1464 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1460 may include a brief text string 1466 identifying the current step of the installation phase. Alternatively, or in addition to, the brief text string 1466 may instruct the user to take a desired action. For example, as shown in FIG. 48, the brief text string 1446 instructs a user to “Turn on Power.” A user message 1468 may also be displayed on screen 1460. In some cases, the user message 1468 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1466. In addition, screen 1460 may include an instructional diagram 1470 visually showing the user how to turn the power on to the HVAC controller 18. An information icon 1472 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1474 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 49 shows another screen 1480 that may be displayed as part of the sequence of screens related to the installation of the new HVAC controller 18. In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. As shown in FIG. 49, screen 1480 includes a first label 1482 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. A status bar indicator 1484 may also be provided that shows the status of the installation phase. In addition, screen 1480 may include a brief text string 1486 identifying the current step of the installation phase. A user message 1488 may also be displayed on screen 1480. In some cases, the user message 1488 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the installation phase identified by the brief text string 1486. In some cases, the user message 1488 may provide additional information about the next phase in the installation phase. An information icon 1492 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the installation phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1494 labeled “next” may cause the application program code to display another screen in a sequence of screens related to the installation of the replacement HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 50 shows a schematic view of an illustrative HVAC controller 18 after a successful installation. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may glow and/or emit light pulses during its initial startup. In some cases, this may include illuminating the light ring to produce a halo glow around the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, this may visually indicate to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is starting up. Once the HVAC controller 18 has stopped glowing and/or pulsing and the liquid crystal display of the user interface is on, the HVAC controller 18 is ready to be configured to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4.
  • In some cases, upon successful installation of the HVAC controller 18, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to configure itself as a WiFi access point for hosting its own wireless network 54 within a building or structure, and may be programmed to accept a wireless connection with a user's remote device 62. In some cases, the application code previously downloaded and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 may cause the remote device 62 to search for available wireless networks within and/or in close proximity to the building or structure in which the HVAC controller 18 is located. Since the HVAC controller 18 may be initially configured as a wireless access point, the application program code may cause the remote device 62 to detect the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18, and to display the HVAC controller's wireless network on the user interface of the remote device 62 as being available for connection. The HVAC controller's wireless network may be displayed as one selectable option among a list of other wireless networks that are available in the area for connection. A user may initiate connection to the HVAC controller's wireless network by selecting the HVAC controller's wireless network from the list of wireless networks. In some cases, a password may be requested. In any event, once connected to the HVAC controller's wireless network, the user may be able to configure the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4 through the same or a different application program code stored on the user's remote device 62 for that purpose.
  • FIG. 51 provides an illustrative screen 1510 that may be displayed on the user interface of the remote device 62 when the remote device 62 is attempting to connect to the wireless access point hosted by the HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 51, screen 1510 may include a list 1512 of wireless networks 1514 available in the area for connection including the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18. Each of the available wireless networks 1514 displayed on the screen 1510 may be displayed as individually selectable options available for selection by a user, and in the example shown, are assigned a unique SSID that identifies them to a user. For example, the HVAC controller 18 may host an access point wireless network identified as “TSTAT03”. The remote device 62 may attempt to connect to the HVAC controller's wireless network upon selection of the wireless network option 1514 labeled “TSTAT03” by a user. FIG. 52 provides an example of a screen 1520 that may be displayed on the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the remote device 62 is attempting to connect to the HVAC controller 18 over the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18.
  • A wireless network may be established between the HVAC controller 18 and a remote device 62 upon acceptance of the connection from the remote device 62. In many cases, the wireless network may be hosted by the HVAC controller 18 and may initially be used to access and configure the HVAC controller 18 via the application program code previously downloaded and stored on the user's remote device 62. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 and the remote device 62 may remain paired over the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18 during the configuration phase and at least part of the connection phase of the installer setup process. During the connection phase of the installation setup process, as will be described herein, the HVAC controller 18 may terminate the hosted wireless network and reconfigure itself as a client device on the building's wireless network.
  • FIG. 53 provides an illustrative screen 1524 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 upon successful connection of the remote device 62 to the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18. Screen 1524 may include a user message 1526 that indicates that the connection to the remote device 62 was successful. Additionally, in some cases, screen 1524 may include a user prompt 1526 that may prompt the user to continue to use the application program code stored on the remote device 62 to setup and/or configure the HVAC controller 18.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to connect to a second wireless network 1538 such as, for example, the building's WiFi network. FIG. 54 provides a schematic diagram of a network architecture that may be established between the user's remote device 62, the HVAC controller 18, and a cloud-based, external web service 1550 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service) hosted by a remote/external web server 1556. In many cases, the second wireless network 1538 may be capable of communicating over a wide area network 1542 (e.g. the Internet) via a router or gateway 1543 to access the external web service 1550 hosted by the external web server 1556. The external web service 1550 may include a user account having one or more user profiles that may be associated with the HVAC controller 18. The external web service 1550 may provide additional functionalities and or programming capabilities that may not otherwise be available at the HVAC controller 18, or through application program code executed by the user's remote device 62. Additionally, the external web service 1550 may be programmed to receive selected data from the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542. In some cases, after connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the web service 1550 has been established as part of the installation setup process, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to deliver some or all of the installer setup parameters to the web service 1550 over the wide area network 1542 via the building's wireless network 1538. The web service 1550 may be programmed to associate the various installation setup parameters with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550 and store them in an appropriate database.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to receive one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 over the first wireless network 1534 from the user's remote device 62. The one or more access parameters may include a service set identifier (SSID) for the second wireless network 1538 and/or password required to gain access to the second wireless network 1538. In some cases, the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 may have been previously entered by a user through the user interface of the user's remote device 62, and may be stored in the memory of the remote device 62. In this example, the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 may be passed to the HVAC controller 18 when the remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 via the first wireless network 1534.
  • In some cases, upon connection of the remote device 62 to the HVAC controller 18 via the first wireless network 1534, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to implement a web server for serving up one or more web pages over the first wireless network 1534 that may be displayed and viewed on the user interface of the wireless device 62. The one or more web pages displayed on the user interface of the wireless device 62 may solicit and accept the one or more access parameters for accessing the second wireless network 1538 from a user. Such a feature is shown and described in U.S. application Ser. No. 13/559,470 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes. These are just some examples. The HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to use, at least in part, the one or more access parameters to connect to the second wireless network 1538. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to connect to the second wireless network 1538 as a network client device using the one or more access parameters received from the user's remote device 62, making the HVAC controller 18 available on the second network 1538.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to first disconnect itself from the first wireless network 1534 established between the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 before connecting to the second wireless network 1538 as a network client. For example, and in some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to perform a reset, and on initialization, may automatically connect to the second wireless network 1538 using the one or more access parameters. In some cases, this step may be performed by the HVAC controller 18 after the user has configured the HVAC controller 18 to control one or more components of the HVAC system 4 using the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 when the user's remote device is in communication with the HVAC controller 18 over the first wireless network 1534 established between the remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18. For example, this step may be performed during the connection phase of the installer setup process, discussed in further detail below.
  • The configuration phase, as described herein, may be completed utilizing the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 when the user's remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 over the first network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18 (FIG. 54). The HVAC controller 18 may then transmit the configuration information to the web service 1550 when a second network connection 1538 is established between the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18. Alternatively, or in addition, the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 may transmit the configuration information over the second network 1538 or another network 1539 (e.g. cell phone, SMS, or the like) to the web service 1550, and the web service 1550 may transmit the configuration information to the HVAC controller 18.
  • More particularly, and in some cases, because a single communication protocol may be utilized by the remote device 62 to communicate with the web service 1550 or the HVAC controller 18, the application program code may be used to configure the HVAC controller 18 when the user's remote device 62 is connected to the HVAC controller 18 over the first network 1534, or when the user's remote device 62 is in communication with the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542 via the external web service 1550. The user's remote device 62 may communicate directly with the external web service 1550 via the second network 1538 or another network 1539, as desired. This feature may be useful if the network connection established between the HVAC controller 18 and the remote device 62 over the first network 1534 becomes disrupted. For example, in some cases, the user may finish configuring the HVAC controller 18 using the application program code on their remote device 62. This information may then be transmitted from the user's remote device 62 to the web service 1550 via the second network 1538 or another network 1539. The web service 1550 may associate the configuration information with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550, and then transmit the configuration to the HVAC controller 18 via the second network 1538 when a network connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the web service 1550 is established.
  • Similarly, after the user has finished configuring the HVAC controller 18 utilizing the network connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the remote device 62, the HVAC controller 18 may transmit the configuration information to the web service 1550 over the second network 1548. Additionally, in some cases, both the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18 may utilize the same installation setup logic by executing the same code from the same code base. The code may be compiled for use by the HVAC controller 18 and for use by the web service 1550. This feature may allow the web service 1550 to more easily communicate directly with the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62, regardless of the state of the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, because the application program code uses the same communication protocol to communicate with the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller, and both the web service 1550 and the HVAC controller 18 may use the same installation setup logic by executing the same basic code from the same code base, configuration information may be transmitted between any one of the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62, the HVAC controller 18, and/or the web service 1550. Additionally, because each of the HVAC controller 18, the application program code, and the web service 1550 use the same installation setup logic, this may permit a user to begin configuring the HVAC controller 18 utilizing the application program code executed by their remote device 62 and finish configuring the HVAC controller 18 through the web service or at the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 itself with minimal differences in the user experience.
  • FIG. 55 provides an example of a screen 1560 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 upon successful connection of the remote device 62 to the wireless network hosted by the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, screen 1560 may be a first screen in a sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. In some cases, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62. These are just some examples.
  • As shown in FIG. 55, screen 1560 includes a first label 1562 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1562 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1564 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1560 may include a brief text string 1566 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 55, the brief text string 1566 identifies the current step as “Equipment Configuration.” A user message 1568 may also be displayed on screen 1560. The user message may contain information that may aid the user in the current phase of the process. In some cases, the user message 1568 may provide a brief explanation of the current step of the configuration phase identified by the brief text string 1566. Screen 1560 may also include a button 1572 labeled “skip configure” that may permit a user to skip the configuration phase. A user may select button 1572 labeled “skip configure” if they have already completed this phase of the setup process. In addition, screen 1560 may include a button 1574 labeled “advanced configuration” that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display one or more screens related to setting one or more detailed HVAC settings such as, for example, a number of heating cycles, reversing valve settings, fan operation, etc. An information icon 1576 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1578 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 56 provides another example of a screen 1580 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 56, screen 1580 includes a first label 1582 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1582 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1584 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1580 may include a brief text string 1586 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 56, the brief text string 1586 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Heating System.” A user message 1588 may also be displayed on screen 1580. In this example, the user message may contain a user query that prompts the user to select their heating system type from a list 1590 of one or more selectable options 1592 a-1592 e, each selectable option corresponding to a different type of heating system. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1590 may indicate the most common type of heating system to aid the user in their selection. An information icon 1594 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1596 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 57 provides another example of a screen 1600 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 57, screen 1600 includes a first label 1602 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1602 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1604 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1600 may include a brief text string 1606 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 57, the brief text string 1606 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Fuel Source.” A user message 1608 may also be displayed on screen 1600. In this example, the user message 1608 may contain a user query that prompts the user to select their fuel source from a list 1610 of one or more selectable options 1612 a-1612 f, each selectable option corresponding to a different type of fuel source. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1610 may indicate the most common type of fuel source to aid the user in their selection. An information icon 1614 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1616 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 58 provides another example of a screen 1620 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 58, screen 1620 includes a first label 1622 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1622 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1624 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1620 may include a brief text string 1626 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 58, the brief text string 1626 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Reversing Valve.” A user message 1628 may also be displayed on screen 1620. In this example, the user message 1628 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify what stage is used by the reversing valve from a list 1630 of one or more selectable options 1632 a-1632 b, each selectable option corresponding to a different stage that may be utilized by a revering valve. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1630 may indicate the most common stage utilized by a reversing valve. An information icon 1634 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1636 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 59 provides another example of a screen 1640 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 59, screen 1640 includes a first label 1642 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1642 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1644 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1640 may include a brief text string 1646 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 59, the brief text string 1646 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Heat Stages.” A user message 1648 may also be displayed on screen 1640. In this example, the user message 1648 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the number of heating stages utilized by their heating system from a list 1650 of one or more selectable options 1652 a-1652 c, each selectable option corresponding to a different number of heating stages. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1650 may indicate the most common number of stages utilized by a heating system. An information icon 1654 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1656 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 60 provides another example of a screen 1660 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 60, screen 1660 includes a first label 1662 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1662 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1664 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1660 may include a brief text string 1666 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 60, the brief text string 1666 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Cooling Stages.” A user message 1668 may also be displayed on screen 1660. In this example, the user message 1668 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the number of cooling stages utilized by their cooling system from a list 1670 of one or more selectable options 1672 a-1672 c, each selectable option corresponding to a different number of cooling stages. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1670 may indicate the most common number of stages utilized by a cooling system. An information icon 1674 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1676 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. It will be generally understood that if the user does not have a cooling system, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or perform some other gesture.
  • FIG. 61 provides another example of a screen 1680 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 61, screen 1680 includes a first label 1682 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1682 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1684 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1680 may include a brief text string 1686 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 61, the brief text string 1686 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Fan Operation.” A user message 1688 may also be displayed on screen 1680. In this example, the user message 1688 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the mode of operation that is utilized by the system fan from a list 1690 of one or more selectable options 1692 a-1692 c, each selectable option corresponding to a different mode of fan operation. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1690 may indicate the most common mode of fan operation. An information icon 1694 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1696 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 62 provides another example of a screen 1700 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 62, screen 1700 includes a first label 1702 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1702 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1704 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1700 may include a brief text string 1706 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 62, the brief text string 1706 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat.” A user message 1708 may also be displayed on screen 1700. In this example, the user message 1708 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the type of backup heating utilize by the HVAC system 4 from a list 1710 of one or more selectable options 1712 a-1712 b, each selectable option corresponding to a different type of backup heat. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1710 may indicate the most common type of backup heat. An information icon 1714 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1716 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. It will be generally understood that if the system does not utilize backup heat, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or perform some other gesture.
  • FIG. 63 provides another example of a screen 1720 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 63, screen 1720 includes a first label 1722 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1722 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1724 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1720 may include a brief text string 1726 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 63, the brief text string 1726 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Fossil Fuel Kit.” A user message 1728 may also be displayed on screen 1720. In this example, the user message 1728 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify the type of fossil fuel kit utilized for backup heating by the HVAC system 4 from a list 1730 of one or more selectable options 1732 a-1732 b, each selectable option corresponding to a different type of fossil fuel kit. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. Additionally, the list 1730 may indicate the most common type of fossil fuel kit. An information icon 1734 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1736 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. It will be generally understood that if the backup heat does not utilize a fossil fuel kit, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 64 provides another example of a screen 1740 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 64, screen 1740 includes a first label 1742 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1742 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1744 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1740 may include a brief text string 1746 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 64, the brief text string 1746 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Operation.” A user message 1748 may also be displayed on screen 1740. In this example, the user message 1748 may contain a user query that asks the user to if the system using a heat pump for backup heat. The user may respond to the query presented by the user message 1748 by selecting a first option 1752 a labeled “Yes” or a second option labeled “No.” In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. An information icon 1754 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1756 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. It will be generally understood that if the HVAC system 4 does not utilize backup heating, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 65 provides another example of a screen 1760 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 65, screen 1760 includes a first label 1762 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1762 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1764 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1760 may include a brief text string 1766 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 65, the brief text string 1766 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Backup Heat-Fan.” A user message 1768 may also be displayed on screen 1760. In this example, the user message 1768 may contain a user query that asks the user to identify what mode of operation is utilized by the system fan for backup heat. The user may identify the fan mode of operation from a list 1770 of selectable options 1772 a-1772 c, each selectable option corresponding to a different mode of fan operation for backup heat. In some cases, a radio button or checkbox may be provided to highlight the user's selection. In addition, the list 1770 may indicate the most common mode of fan operation for backup heat. An information icon 1774 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1776 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. It will be generally understood that if the HVAC system 4 does not utilize backup heating, the user may advance through this screen by utilizing the next button and/or by dragging their finger across the display of the user interface of the remote device 62 or performing some other gesture.
  • FIG. 66 provides another example of a screen 1800 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. Screen 1800, shown in FIG. 66, relates to setting temperature setpoints for heating and/or cooling as applicable. It will be generally understood that a similar screen or screens may be displayed related to setting a humidity setpoint for heating and/or cooling as applicable. As shown in FIG. 66, screen 1800 includes a first label 1802 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1802 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1804 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1800 may include a brief text string 1806 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 66, the brief text string 1806 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Set Comfort Temperatures—Home.” A user message 1808 may also be displayed on screen 1800. In this example, the user message 1808 may prompt the user to identify a comfortable temperature when the user is at home for both heating and/or cooling, as applicable. In some cases, screen 1800 may include a first icon 1810 corresponding to a heating comfort temperature. Screen 1800 may also include a second icon 1812 corresponding to cooling comfort temperature, as applicable. Identifying labels 1814, 1816 may be displayed adjacent the heating and/or cooling icons. In some cases, the user may adjust the heating and/or cooling temperature values from the displayed default values by pressing and/or holding the icon until the desired temperature is displayed. In other cases, first and second arrows may be displayed adjacent each of the heating and cooling icons 1810, 1812 for adjusting the displayed temperature values. These are just some examples. An information icon 1817 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1818 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 67 provides another example of a screen 1820 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. Screen 1820, shown in FIG. 67, relates to setting temperature setpoint values for heating and/or cooling as applicable. It will be generally understood that a similar screen or screens may be displayed related to setting a humidity setpoint value for heating and/or cooling. As shown in FIG. 67, screen 1820 includes a first label 1822 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1822 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1824 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1820 may include a brief text string 1826 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 67, the brief text string 1826 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Set Comfort Temperatures—Away.” A user message 1828 may also be displayed on screen 1820. In this example, the user message 1828 may provide additional information about utilizing temperature setpoint values during an away mode of operation. In this example, screen 1820 may provide button 1830, that when selected by a user, may enable an auto mode of operation to be utilized by the HVAC controller 18 to control the temperature for heating and/or cooling according to one or more default temperature setpoint values when the HVAC controller 18 is controlling the HVAC system 4 according to an away mode. In some case, screen 1820 may display the default temperature setpoint values 1832, 1834 in a region of the screen 1820. An information icon 1836 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1838 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • As shown in FIG. 67, a user may enable or disable the auto away mode by selecting button 1830. In some cases, button 1830 may function as a toggle switch that when selected in a first instance by a user enables the auto away mode, and when selected in a second instance by a user disables the auto away mode. In some cases, when selection of button 1830 disables the auto mode, the application program code may display screen 1840, as shown in FIG. 68. Through screen 1840, the user may adjust and select the temperature setpoint values 1842, 1844 for heating and/or cooling to be utilized by the HVAC controller 18 to control the HVAC system 4 during an away mode of operation. In some cases, the user may adjust the heating and/or cooling temperature values 1842, 1844 from the displayed default values by pressing and/or holding the icon until the desired temperature is displayed. Selection of the button 1846 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 69 provides another example of a screen 1850 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 69, screen 1850 may provide a summary of the configuration settings accepted from a user through the previous screens 1580, 1600, 1620, 1640, 1660, 1680, 1700, 1720, 1740, 1760, 1800, 1820, and/or 1840. Screen 1850 may include a first label 1852 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1852 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1854 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1850 may include a brief text string 1856 identifying the current step of the configuration phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 69, the brief text string 1856 identifies the current step of the configuration phase as “Configuration Summary.” A user message 1858 may also be displayed on screen 1850. In this example, the user message 1858 may provide additional information about the configuration summary screen 1850. In addition, screen 1850 may include one or more selectable options 1860 a-1860 e, each option corresponding to a different component of the HVAC system 4 that was configured during the configuration phase of the installation setup process. Selection of any one of the options 1860 a-1860 e by a user may cause the application program code to display detailed information about the configuration settings identified for that particular HVAC system component corresponding to the selected option. An information icon 1864 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video demonstration. Selection of the button 1866 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 70 shows an example of a screen 1870 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code upon successful completion of the configuration phase of the installation setup process. As shown in FIG. 70, screen 1870 can include a first label 1872 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1872 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Configure.” A status bar indicator 1874 may also be provided that shows the current status of the configuration phase. In addition, screen 1870 may include a brief text string 1876 announcing completion of the configuration phase to the user. For example, as shown in FIG. 70, the brief text string 1876 states “Configuration Complete!” A user message 1878 may also be displayed on screen 1870. In this example, the user message 1878 may provide additional information about the next phase of the installation setup process. In some cases, screen 1870 may include a button 1880 labeled “skip” that, when selected by a user, may allow the user to skip the next set of steps in the installation setup process. An information icon 1884 may be provided that, when selected by a user, may cause the application program code to display an additional screen including detailed information about the current step of the configuration phase, sometimes including a video message. Selection of the button 1886 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to configuring the newly installed HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 71 shows an example of a screen 1890 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 71, screen 1890 includes a user message 1892 that informs the user that the setup process is almost complete. In addition, screen 1890 may include a user prompt 1894 that may prompt the user to utilize the application program code to connect the HVAC controller to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54).
  • FIGS. 72-75 and 77 show several illustrative screens that may be displayed to the user via the user interface of the user's remote device 62 by the application program code, as described herein, that guide the user through connecting the newly installed HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54). In some cases, as discussed herein, the sequence of screens may be a predetermined sequence of screens having a predetermined display order. The user may move backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by the selection of appropriate buttons provided on the screen for this purpose. In other cases, the user may scroll backward and forward within the predetermined sequence of screens by dragging their finger from side to side across the display of their remote device 62. These are just some examples.
  • FIG. 72 shows an example of a first screen 1900 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54) and in some cases, to a web service 1550 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service) associated with the HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 72, screen 1900 can include a first label 1902 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1902 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.” Additionally, screen 1900 may include a brief text string 1904 that identifies the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 72, the brief text string 1904 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect Your Thermostat.” A user message 1906 may be displayed on screen 1900. User message 1906 may include additional information or instructions about the current step of the connection phase. In some cases, screen 1900 may also include icons 1908 a-1908 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”. In addition, the icon 1908 c identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process. Once that phase of the setup process is complete the icon(s) may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed. For example, as shown in FIG. 72, icons 1908 a and 1908 b corresponding to the installation phase and the configuration phase of the setup process each include a checkmark indicating to the user that those phases of the setup process have been completed. The user may initiate the connection process by selecting 1910 labeled “start connecting” provided at the bottom of screen 1900.
  • Selection of button 1910 labeled “start connecting” provided on screen 1900 may cause the application program code to display the next screen 1920, shown in FIG. 73, in the sequence of screens related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54) and/or web service 1550 to be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62. As shown in FIG. 73, screen 1920 can include a first label 1922 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1922 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.” A status bar indicator 1924 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase. In addition, screen 1920 may include a brief text string 1926 identifying the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 72, the brief text string 1926 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect to Home Wi-Fi.” A user message 1928 may also be displayed on screen 1920. In this example, the user message 1928 may prompt the user to identify and select the building's wireless network from a list 1930 of available wireless networks 1932 a-1932 d. It may be useful to note, that at this point in the installation setup process the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 may be paired together over the first wireless network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, however, the user's remote device 62 and the HVAC controller 18 may not be paired together over the first wireless network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller 18.
  • If a selected building's wireless network (e.g. second network 1538 shown in FIG. 54) is password protected, the application program code may then cause screen 1940, shown in FIG. 74, to be displayed to the user via the user interface of the remote device 62. Through screen 1940, the application program code may solicit and accept the network password from the user for accessing the building's wireless network. As shown in FIG. 74, screen 1940 can include a first label 1942 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1942 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.” A status bar indicator 1944 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase. In addition, screen 1940 may include a brief text string 1946 identifying the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 74, the brief text string 1946 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Network Password.” A user message 1948 may also be displayed on screen 1940. In this example, the user message 1928 may prompt the user to provide the password for the building's wireless network. Screen 1940 may include a password entry field 1950 which the user may utilize to enter the network password. Selection of the button 1952 labeled “next’ may cause the application program code to accept the password entered by the user via the password entry field 1950 and to display the next screen in the sequence of screens related to connecting the HVAC controller 18 to a wireless network and/or web service.
  • The application program code may transmit the selected network ID and/or password to the HVAC controller 18 over the first wireless network 1534 which is hosted by the HVAC controller 18, after which the application program code may cause the remote device 62 to disconnect from first network 1534 hosted by the HVAC controller and connect to the building's wireless network 1538. The application program code may cause the remote device 62 to communicate with the HVAC controller 18 via the web service 1550 upon successful connection of the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550. In parallel or in rapid succession, upon receiving the building's network ID and password from the application program code, the HVAC controller 18 will attempt to connect to the building's wireless network 1538. Once successfully connected to the building's wireless network, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to sync to the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18 over the wide area network 1542. In some cases, during this step of the connection process, the HVAC controller 18 may be programmed to discontinue hosting the first network 1534 (FIG. 54) and to reconfigure itself as a network client on the building's wireless network 1538.
  • FIG. 75 shows an example of a screen 1960 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 during the connection phase when the HVAC controller 18 is attempting to connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and ultimately, with the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 75, screen 1960 can include a first label 1962 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1962 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.” A status bar indicator 1964 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase. In addition, screen 1960 may include a brief text string 1966 identifying the current step of the connection phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 75, the brief text string 1966 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Connect to Web Service.” A user message 1968 may also be displayed on screen 1960. User message 1968 may provide additional information about the current step of the connection process. In some cases, screen 1960 may display a busy indicator 1970 indicating to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is busy. If the HVAC controller 18 cannot connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and/or the web service 1550, screen 1960 may include an error message 1972. In addition, screen 1960 may include a button 1974 labeled “connect again” that, when selected by the user, may cause the HVAC controller 18 to attempt to re-connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and/or web service 1550 if the previous connection attempt was unsuccessful.
  • FIG. 76 shows an example of a screen 1980 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the HVAC controller 18 is attempting to connect to the building's wireless network 1538 and ultimately, the web service 1550. As shown in FIG. 76, screen 1980 includes a user message 1982 that indicates to the user that the connection process is occurring.
  • In some cases, the web service 1550 may transmit a message to the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device confirming that the HVAC controller 18 was successfully configured and is connected to the web service 1550. FIG. 77 shows an example of a screen 1990 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 upon successful connection of the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550. Screen 1990 can include a first label 1992 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 1992 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Connect.” A status bar indicator 1994 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase. In addition, screen 1990 may include a brief text string 1996 informing the user that the connection was successful. A user message 1998 may also be displayed on screen 1960. User message 1998 may provide additional information about the current step of the connection phase and may provide information about the next step in the installation setup process. Selection of button 2000 labeled “next” may cause the application code to display another screen related to the setup of the HVAC controller.
  • FIG. 78 shows an example of a screen 2010 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 when the HVAC controller 18 has successfully connected to the building's wireless network 1538 and the web service 1550 associated with the HVAC controller 18 (e.g. Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ web service). As shown in FIG. 78, screen 2010 includes a user message 2012 that informs the user that the HVAC controller 18 is successfully connected to the building's wireless network 1538 and the web service 1550. In addition, screen 2010 may include a user prompt 2014 that may prompt a user to register the HVAC controller utilizing the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62.
  • An illustrative connection process that may be utilized to connect the HVAC controller 18 to the building's wireless network 1538 and subsequently to the web service 1550 is also shown and described in U.S. application Ser. No. 13/559,470 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  • The last phase in the illustrative installation setup process relates to personalizing the newly installed HVAC controller 18. FIGS. 79-84 show illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user interface of a remote device by an application program code that may guide a user through personalizing the HVAC controller 18. Personalizing the HVAC controller 18 may include naming the HVAC controller and, in cases where multiple thermostats may be located within the building, identifying the location of the HVAC controller 18. In addition, personalizing the HVAC controller 18 may include registering and associating the HVAC controller with the user's account hosted by the web service 1550. In some cases, as part of the registration process and as discussed in detail in U.S. application Ser. No. 13/559,470, the HVAC controller 18 may transmit its MAC address and CRC code to the remote device 62. The application program code may then cause the remote device 62 to transmit the MAC address and CRC code associated with the HVAC controller to the web service 1550 during the registration process. The MAC address and CRC code are unique identifiers that may be used by the web service 1550 to identify the HVAC controller 18 on the building's wireless network 1538. In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may transmit the MAC address and CRC code associated with the HVAC controller 18 to the web service 1550 during the registration process.
  • FIG. 79 shows an example of a first screen 2020 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18. It may be useful to note that at this point in the installation setup process; the remote device 62 may or may not be in communication with the HVAC controller 18 via the web service 1550. In some cases, changes made to the HVAC controller 18 through the application program code executed by the remote device 62 are transmitted to the web service 1550, which in turn pushes down the changes to the HVAC controller 18 via the building's wireless network 1538. If the HVAC controller 18 loses connection with the web service 1550, the web service 1550 may buffer any changes or modifications to the HVAC controller 18. The web service 1550 may be programmed to transmit the buffered changes or modifications to the HVAC controller 18 over the second wireless network 1538 upon restoration of the network connection between the HVAC controller 18 and the web service 1550. While in other cases, changes made via the application program code may be transmitted from the remote device 62 to the HVAC controller 18, without the intervening web service 1550.
  • In some cases, as shown in FIG. 79, screen 2020 may include a first label 2022 identifying the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 2022 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.” Additionally, screen 2020 may include a brief text string 2024 that identifies the current step of the personalization phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 79, the brief text string 2024 identifies the current step of the connection phase as “Personalize Your Thermostat.” A user message 2026 may be displayed on screen 1900. In some cases, user message 2026 may include additional information or instructions about the current step of the personalization phase. In some cases, screen 2020 may also include icons 2028 a-2028 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”. In addition, the icon 2028 d identifying the current phase of the setup process may be grayed-out, bolded, or otherwise highlighted to visually indicate to the user that it is the current phase of the setup process. Once a phase of the setup process is complete, the icon(s) 2028 a-2028 d may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed. For example, as shown in FIG. 79, icons 2028 a-2028 c corresponding to the installation phase, the configuration phase, and the connection phase of the setup process each include a checkmark indicating to the user that those phases of the setup process are complete. In some cases, screen 2020 may include a thermostat icon 2030 indicating to the user that the HVAC controller 18 is connected to the remote device 62 and/or to the web service 1550. The user may initiate the personalization process by selecting 2032 labeled “start personalizing” provided at the bottom of screen 2020.
  • Selection of button 2032 labeled “start personalizing” provided on screen 2020 may cause the application program code to display the next screen 2040, shown in FIG. 80, in the sequence of screens related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18. As shown in FIG. 80, screen 2040 can include a first label 2042 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 2042 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.” A status bar indicator 2044 may also be provided that shows the current status of the personalization phase. In addition, screen 2040 may include a brief text string 2046 identifying the current step of the personalization phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 80, the brief text string 2046 identifies the current step of the personalization phase as “Personalize.” A user message 2048 may also be displayed on screen 2040. In this example, the user message 2048 may prompt the user to name and identify the location of the HVAC controller 18. Screen 2040 may include a first text entry box 2050 labeled “Location Name” for receiving and accepting the location of the HVAC controller 18 from a user. A second text entry box 2052 labeled “Thermostat Name” may be displayed for receiving and accepting a thermostat name from a user. Selection of button 2054 labeled next may cause the application program code to display another screen in the sequence of screens related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 81 shows an example screen 2060 through which a user may register the HVAC controller 18 with the web service 1550 as part of the personalization phase of the installation setup process. As shown in FIG. 81, screen 2060 can include a first label 2062 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 2062 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.” A status bar indicator 2064 may also be provided that shows the current status of the personalization phase. In addition, screen 2060 may include a brief text string 2066 identifying the current step of the personalization phase. For example, as shown in FIG. 81, the brief text string 2066 identifies the current step of the personalization phase as “Register.” A user message 2068 may also be displayed on screen 2040. In this example, user message 2068 may prompt the user to register the HVAC controller with the web service 1550 by entering their address and time zone into the text entry fields 2070 displayed on screen 2060. Alternatively, in some cases, a button 2072 may be provided that, when selected by a user, cause the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device to utilize location based services of the user's remote device to identify the location of the HVAC controller 18 and automatically populate the fields 2070. This feature may be more accurate when the user is actually in the building near the location of the HVAC controller 18 during the registration process. In some cases, selection of button 2074 displayed on screen 2060 may cause the application program code to display the MAC address and/or CRC code of the HVAC controller 18 on the screen 2060 such that it may be viewed by the user.
  • Selection of button 2076 labeled “next” may cause the application code to accept the registration information from the user and transmit the registration information to the web service 1550. Additionally, in some cases, selection of button 2076 labeled “next” provided on screen 2060 may cause the application program code to display a pop-up or floating window 2080 over screen 2060, as shown in FIG. 82. Window 2080 may include a user message 2082 that informs the user that the HVAC controller 18 is being registered with the HVAC controller 18. In some cases, window 2080 may also include an animated busy indicator 2084.
  • Upon successful completion of the registration process with the web service 1550, the web service 1550 may transmit a message to the application program code stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 confirming that the registration process was successfully completed. FIG. 83 shows an example of a screen 2090 that may be displayed by the application program code on the user interface of the remote device 62 upon successful registration of the HVAC controller 18 with the web service 1550. Screen 2090 can include a first label 2092 that identifies the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 2092 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Personalize.” A status bar indicator 2094 may also be provided that shows the current status of the connection phase. In addition, screen 2090 may include a brief text string 2096 informing the user that the registration process was successful. A user message 2098 may also be displayed on screen 2060. User message 2098 may provide additional information or instructions about the current step of the personalization phase of the installation setup process. Selection of button 2099 labeled “next” may cause the application code to display another screen related to the setup of the HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 84 shows an example of yet another screen 3000 that may be displayed on the user interface of the user's remote device 62 related to personalizing the HVAC controller 18. It may be useful to note that at this point in the installation setup process; the HVAC controller 18 may be connected to the web service 1550 and can be controlled via the web service 1550 and/or via the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62. In some cases, screen 3000 may include a first label 3002 identifying the current phase of the setup process. In this example, first label 3002 identifies the current phase of the setup process as “Finished.” Additionally, screen 3000 may include a brief text string 3006 that notifies the user that the setup process is complete. A user message 3008 may be displayed on screen 3000. In some cases, user message 3008 may include additional information or instructions about the phase of the installation setup process. In this example, user message 3008 confirms that the HVAC controller 18 is installed and connected. In some cases, screen 3000 may also include icons 3010 a-3010 d identifying each of the four phases of the setup process, which in this example include “install”, “configure”, “connect” and “personalize”. Once the installation setup process is completed, each of the icons 3010 a-3010 d may include a dot or a checkmark in a corner of the icon to indicate that the phase has been completed, as shown in FIG. 84. In some cases, screen 3000 may include a thermostat icon 3012. In some cases, the thermostat icon 3012 may display a current temperature reflective of a measure of the current temperature received from the HVAC controller 18. Additionally, in some cases, screen 3000 may also include an icon 3016 representing the user's remote device 62 to indicate that the HVAC controller 18 is also in communication with the remote device 62. Selection of button 3018 labeled “finish” may end the installation setup process.
  • FIG. 85 shows an example of a confirmation screen 3020 that may be displayed on the display of the user interface of the HVAC controller 18 upon successful completion of the installation setup process. As shown in FIG. 85, screen 3020 may include a confirmatory user message confirming successful completion of the installation setup process. Additionally, in some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to glow and/or make an audible sound indicative of successful completion of the installation setup process. Upon successful completion of the installation setup process, the user may begin to immediately use the newly installed HVAC controller.
  • In some cases, the application program code previously downloaded and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 may include a tour to facilitate a user's understanding of how to use the newly installed HVAC controller. In one example, the tour may include a video based tour that the user may access and view through the user interface of their remote device 62. For example, the tour may include a link that may activate a short video either embedded within the application program code and stored in the memory of the user's remote device 62 or a link to a video hosted by an external website such as, for example, YOUTUBE (www.youtube.com). The video-based tour may provide an overview of selected functions of the thermostat. Upon viewing the video, a user should better understand how to utilize the selected functions.
  • In some instances, the tour may be contained within the application program code, and may include a task-based tutorial that may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to one or more thermostat functions that are to be completed by the user. After successful completion of the series of tasks or steps, the user should be able to independently utilize the selected function of the thermostat. Non-limiting examples of the selected thermostat functions through which the tour or task-based tutorial may guide a user include: changing a temperature setpoint; selecting an appropriate geofence; creating a custom geofence; creating a customized one-touch action macro or shortcut; creating a user profile; viewing performance logs; changing alert timers, etc.
  • FIG. 86A is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 4100 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 4102. It will be appreciated that the mobile device 4100 may be similar to those described previously, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2). The mobile device 4100 may be a smartphone or tablet, but this is not required. In some instances, the HVAC controller 4102 may be considered as being an example of the HVAC controller 18 (FIG. 1). The illustrative mobile device 4100 includes a touch screen display 4104 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information. A network connection 4106 is configured to communicate with a remote server 4108 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 4102. The illustrative mobile device 4100 includes a controller 4110 that is in operative communication with the touch screen display 4104 and the network connection 4106.
  • The controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is configured to display one or more screens on the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 and to accept input from a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102. In some embodiments, the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is further configured to provide a tour via the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 that guides a user though programming a first function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102. Optionally, the tour may include an instructional video. In some cases, the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 is further configured to output one or more programmed functions of the HVAC controller 4102 to the remote server 4108 via the network connection 4106.
  • In some cases, a tour prompts the user to take one or more programming actions as the tour guides the user though programming a first function, such that the first function of the HVAC controller 4102 becomes programmed during the tour. Optionally, the tour provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the first function and/or to aid the user in making an appropriate selection. In some cases, as will be illustrated in subsequent screen shots, the tour includes a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of the one or more screens used to program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102.
  • In some embodiments, the controller 4110 of the mobile device 4100 requires the tour to be run for the first function before allowing programming of a second function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102. In some cases, the tour displays a sequence of two or more screens on the touch screen display 4104 of the mobile device 4100 that guides the user though programming the first function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102. Illustrative but non-limiting examples of first functions include how to check status, how to adjust the temperature, how to switch between heating and cooling modes, how to switch from heating to off, how to switch from cooling to off, how to switch from fan on to fan auto, how to switch from fan on to fan off, how to switch from fan auto to fan off, how to enable geo-fencing, how to adjust geo-fencing settings, how to create one touch macros and how to use one touch macros.
  • FIG. 86B is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 4200 that may be used in programming an HVAC controller 4102. It will be appreciated that the mobile device 4200 may be similar to those described previously, and may be considered as an example of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2). The mobile device 4200 may be a smartphone or tablet, but this is not required. In some instances, the HVAC controller 4102 may be considered as being an example of the HVAC controller 18 (FIG. 1). The mobile device 4200 includes a user interface 4204 that is configured to display information and to permit a user to enter information. A network connection 4206 is configured to communicate with a remote server 4108 that is itself in operative communication with the HVAC controller 4102. A memory 4208 is configured to store an application program. The mobile device 4200 includes a controller 4210 that is in operative communication with the user interface 4204, the network connection 4206 and the memory 4208.
  • In some embodiments, the application program, when executed by the controller 4210 of the mobile device 4200, enables a user to remotely program one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 via the user interface 4204 of the mobile device 4200 and to output one or more programmed functions to the remote server 4108 via the network connection 4206. In some cases, the application program may also be programmed to provide a task based tutorial that, when activated, displays a series of two or more screens that prompt the user to take one or more programming actions while guiding the user though programming a first function of the HVAC controller 4102, such that the first function of the HVAC controller 4102 becomes programmed.
  • In some cases, the task based tutorial provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the first function. In some instances, the task based tutorial provides additional information to aid the user in taking appropriate programming actions. The task based tutorial may include a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of one or more screens used to remotely program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102 via the user interface 4204 of the mobile device 4200. Optionally, the controller 4210 of the mobile device 4200 requires the task based tutorial to be run for the first function before unlocking a second function of the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4102.
  • FIG. 86C provides a schematic block diagram illustrating a server 4300. In some embodiments, the server 4300 may represent the external server 66 (FIG. 1) and may in some cases be the same as the remote server 4108 shown in FIGS. 86A and 86B. The illustrative server 4300 includes a network connection 4304 for connecting to a mobile device 4302 that is located remote from the server 4300. The server 4300 includes a memory 4306 that is configured to store an application program for a mobile device, such as the mobile device 4302. The application program may be configured to enable a user of the mobile device 4302 to remotely program one or more functions of an HVAC controller 4310 and to output one or more programmed functions. The HVAC controller 4310 may, for example, be representative of the HVAC controller 18 (FIG. 1). The application program is also configured to provide a task based tutorial that, when activated, displays a series of two or more screens on the mobile device 4302 that prompt the user to take one or more programming actions while guiding the user though programming one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4310. The illustrative server 4300 includes a controller 4308 that is operatively coupled to the network connection 4304 and the memory 4306. The controller 4308 is configured to upload the application program to the mobile device 4302 upon request.
  • In some cases, the task based tutorial of the application program provides additional information to facilitate the user's understanding of the one or more functions and/or to aid the user in taking appropriate programming actions. In some embodiments, the task based tutorial includes a user prompt superimposed over an underlying screen, wherein the underlying screen is one of one or more screens used to remotely program the one or more functions of the HVAC controller 4310.
  • In some cases, the user's successful completion of a first series of tasks or steps related to a first selected thermostat function or group of functions may cause the application program code to provide access to at least a second series of tasks or steps related to a second function or group of functions that are different from the first series of tasks or steps. The second series of tasks or steps may be more advanced than the first series of tasks or steps. The user may continue to utilize the task based tutorial within the application program code to explore and access different features of their thermostat. In some cases, the user may exit the task-based tutorial at any time through selection of an appropriate button or icon displayed on the user interface for that purpose. In some cases, the user may be granted access to certain functions of the thermostat only after a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function is successfully completed by the user. In use, the user may activate the task-based tutorial at any time by selecting an appropriate icon or button on the user interface to unlock or gain access to a selected function. In many cases, the application program code may recognize that a selected thermostat function has not been unlocked or utilized by the user, and will display an appropriate button or icon for accessing the task based tutorial. Upon activation of the task-based tutorial by the user, the application program code may display one or more screens that may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function to which the user desires to utilize. After completing a series of tasks or steps related to the selected function, the selected function may become accessible to the user. The user may then close the task based tutorial through selection of an appropriate icon or button.
  • FIG. 86D shows a first set of screens 4000 a-4000 d that may be displayed on the user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a task based tutorial contained within application program code executed by the user's remote device 62. As shown in FIG. 86D, screens 4000 a-4000 d relate to selecting an HVAC operational mode (e.g. heating or cooling) and then selecting a desired temperature setpoint for the selected HVAC operational mode. Each of the screens may include a user prompt 4008 a-4008 d that may prompt or instruct a user to take a desired action to complete a least a first step in a series of steps displayed by the task based tutorial related to the selected function. The user prompt 4008 a-4008 d may include additional information that may facilitate the user's understanding of the selected function and which, in some cases, may aid the user in making an appropriate selection. In some cases, as shown in FIG. 86D, the user prompt 4008 a-4008 d may include an indicator 4012 a-4012 d that indicates or visually guides a user to select an appropriate icon or button for completing a selected step, but this is not required. Successful completion of the steps displayed in the first set of illustrative screens 4000 a-4000 d may cause the task based tutorial to display a second set of screens relating to a different or more advanced thermostat function.
  • FIG. 86E show a second set of one or more screens 4020 a-4020 e that may be displayed on the user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a task based tutorial contained within the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62. As discussed herein, the second set of screens may be displayed upon successful completion of one or more tasks or steps displayed in a first set of screens. In some cases, the second selected function may be unrelated to the first selected function. However, in other cases, the second set of screens may guide a user through a series of tasks or steps related to more advanced features of the first selected function.
  • As shown in FIG. 86E, the second set of screens 4020 a-4020 e guide a user through customizing or programming a one-touch macro. Each of the screens 4020 a-4020 e may include a user prompt 4028 a-4028 e that may prompt or instruct a user to take a desired action to complete a least a first step in a series of steps displayed by the task based tutorial related to the selected function. The user prompt 4028 a-4028 e may include additional information that may facilitate the user's understanding of the selected function and which, in some cases, may aid the user in making an appropriate selection. In some cases, as shown in FIG. 86E, the user prompt 4028 a-4028 e may include an indicator 4032 a-4032 e that indicates or visually guides a user to select an appropriate icon or button for completing a selected step, but this is not required. Successful completion of the steps displayed in the first set of illustrative screens 4020 a-4020 d may cause the task based tutorial to display yet another set of screens relating to a yet another thermostat function. It will be generally understood that the user may exit the task based tutorial and subsequently, return to the task based tutorial at any time to learn about and/or master other thermostat functions.
  • Through the application program code on the user's remote device, the user may register their HVAC controller 18 with a selected HVAC contractor. In some cases, through the application program code, the user may elect to give remote access to their HVAC controller 18 to the selected HVAC contractor so that the HVAC contractor may remotely monitor the performance of the user's HVAC system and/or energy usage, recommend certain actions for improving the performance of their HVAC system and/or for increasing the energy efficiency of their HVAC system, display energy usage reports, send reminders to change filters and/or schedule routine maintenance, and/or inform the user about upcoming service specials.
  • Referring back to FIG. 19D, it is contemplated that the user may activate a feature in the application program code for identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor through a selection of an appropriate option 808 from a list of selectable options displayed on an options screen 810 accessible through a home screen 800. Upon receiving selection of the option 808 labeled “Find a Contractor” from a user, the application program code may cause the user's remote device 62 to display at least a first screen, sometimes of a sequence of screens, related to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor. Illustrative screens relating to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contractor are shown in FIGS. 87-92. In one example, upon receiving selection of the option 808 labeled “Find a Contractor” from a user, the application program code may cause the user's remote device 62 to display an illustrative first screen 4060, shown in FIG. 87, that may prompt a user to enter location information such as a city, state or zip code or to select a location from a list of available locations 4068. In some cases, the user's remote device may supply the location information using GPS data from a GPS unit of the remote device. Upon receiving location or location information data, the application code may display a subsequent screen 4080, shown in FIG. 88, in a sequence of screens related to identifying and connecting with an HVAC contactor. The screen 4080 displays a list of local HVAC contractors 4088 including their contact information and sometimes consumer rating information, as applicable. In some cases, the list of HVAC contractors may be ordered according to their location relative to the user's home, with those contactors located closest to the user's home being displayed at the top of the list. In other cases, the list of HVAC contractors may be displayed in an order according to their consumer ratings (number or stars given by previous consumers), with the highest rated HVAC contractors displayed at the top of the list. In still other cases, HVAC contractors currently offering new customer or service specials may be ordered at the top of the list and/or may be highlighted.
  • In some cases, an HVAC contractor may offer remote monitoring services. The user may receive an invitation via email or through the message center discussed above, which may invite the user to connect their HVAC controller 18 to the HVAC contractor's monitoring service. Through the received invitation, the user may choose a monitoring program (e.g., a full or partial monitoring program) that best suits the user's needs and also which may limit or grant a certain level of access to the associated contractor for the HVAC system. Once a monitoring program has been selected by the user, the user's HVAC controller 18 may be automatically set up for monitoring by the selected HVAC contractor that sent the invitation, and the user and contractor may have linked accounts via a remote server to facilitate the monitoring, scheduling and/or performance of maintenance checks, etc. Even after the user and contractor are linked, the customer may have the ability to disconnect the HVAC contractor from its HVAC system and/or HVAC controller (and corresponding data and/or information sharing), which may allow the user to retain control of its HVAC system data and/or information.
  • Turning now to the specific examples provided in FIGS. 89-92, upon opening a message received from the HVAC contractor in the message center, the application program code may display an invitation screen 4090, shown in FIG. 89, displaying a user message including an invitation to participate in monitoring services offered by the HVAC contractor. Selection of the button 4098 labeled “Next” or another appropriate button displayed on invitation screen 4090 may cause the application program code to display a subsequent screen 5000 in a sequence of screens, shown in FIG. 90, which may prompt a user to select one or more locations 5008 for which monitoring services are desired. In addition, screen 4090 may include another button 4096 that, when selected by a user, may permit a user to decline or opt out of any monitoring services provided by the selected HVAC contractor.
  • Upon receiving a selection of one or more locations 5008 for which the user desires monitoring services, the application program code may display screen 5016, shown in FIG. 91. Screen 5016 may display a user message prompting the user to confirm that they desire to provide remote access to their HVAC controller 18. In addition, screen 5016 may include at least a first selectable option 5020 that, when selected by the user, causes the application program code to transmit a message to the selected HVAC contract indicating that that the user has granted remote access to their HVAC controller 18 and HVAC system. In some cases, screen 5016 may also include a button (not shown) that, when selected by a user, may permit a user to decline or opt out of any monitoring services provided by the selected HVAC contractor.
  • FIG. 92 shows options screen 816 of FIG. 19D after the user has connected with an HVAC contractor to provide monitoring services. As can been seen in FIG. 92, an option 5028 labeled contractor monitoring has been activated and is visible. Once activated, a user may select option 5028 to connect to the remote HVAC contractor to view information and data provided by the HVAC contractor including, but not limited to: notifications, reminders, scheduled appointments, energy usage information, HVAC system performance data, recommended actions, and/or the like.
  • In one example, an HVAC controller 18 may include a memory, a wireless transceiver for wirelessly sending and receiving data over a building's wireless local area network, and a controller configured to execute a program code stored in the memory for connecting the HVAC controller 18 to the wireless local area network via the wireless transceiver and to detect if a mobile wireless device is currently connected to and recognized by the wireless local area network. The controller may further be configured to change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system depending on whether the mobile wireless device is currently connected to and recognized by the wireless local area network or not.
  • In some cases, the HVAC controller may switch to an energy savings setting when the occupants of the building are away (unoccupied mode), and then switch back to a comfort setting when the occupants of the building return or are present (occupied mode). In some cases, the HVAC controller 18 may be configured to execute a program code stored in the memory for detecting if a user's mobile wireless device, having a unique identifier, is currently enrolled in a local wireless network by repeatedly broadcasting a query for the mobile wireless device over the wireless local area network. The HVAC controller 18 may be configured to change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system (e.g. a temperature set point) to a comfort setting in accordance with an occupied mode upon receiving a response from the mobile wireless device to the query indicating occupancy of the building, and/or change at least one operational parameter setting of the HVAC system (e.g. a temperature set point) to an energy saving setting in accordance with an unoccupied mode upon not receiving a response from the mobile wireless device to the query indicating the user is not present.
  • In another instance, the use of location signals from one or more cell phones or tablet computers which have enabled location services, may allow the system to infer that a user will soon be home or is home and to adjust the temperature of the home with enough lead time to prepare the home for the user's arrival. The inference may, in some embodiments, include the requirement that the user appears to be moving toward the home as opposed to merely being nearby for an extended period of time. Further, the one-touch macros discussed above may use the departure or expected arrival of the user's mobile device as a trigger for a programmed action, such as adjusting the temperature set point.
  • In some cases, the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62 may cause the remote device 62 to determine that the user or, more specifically, that the user's remote device 62, has crossed at least one or more proximity boundaries established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another location. In other cases, the user's remote device 62 may transmit its location to a server or the like, where the server may determine that the user's remote device 62 has crossed at least one or more proximity boundaries established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 or another location.
  • In some embodiments, utilizing the physical location of a user's remote device 62 (such as a smartphone or tablet, for example) may provide more accurate information as to whether or not the user is at home. These days, people tend not to leave their home without their smartphone and will, in fact, make a special trip back home if they have inadvertently left their smartphone. By using the physical location of the remote device 62, the HVAC controller 18 does not, for example, have to rely on a proximity sensor or the like to determine whether or not a user is home at any particular time. While a proximity sensor can be used to detect motion and thus determine if someone is at home, it will be appreciated that a thermostat employing a proximity sensor for this purpose may only determine a user is home if the user happens to walk through the particular hallway or room in which the thermostat is located. If a user is home, but stays in a different room, the thermostat may mistakenly decide that the user is not home, simply because the user has chosen not to walk past the thermostat itself. Utilizing the position of the smartphone to determine the location of the user, and thus whether or not they are home, may provide more comfort and more energy savings.
  • FIG. 93 is a schematic diagram of an illustrative use of geofencing in controlling an HVAC system. A home 5030 may represent the home 2 (FIG. 1). As shown, a first boundary, or geofence, 5032 may be defined around the home 5030. It will be appreciated that the home 5030 may be a house, an apartment, a townhouse, a condominium or the like. A second boundary, or geofence, 5034 may be defined around the home 5030 at a greater distance than the first geofence 5032. While schematically drawn as concentric circles, it will be appreciated that the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034 may have any desired shape. While the second geofence 5034 is drawn as encircling the first geofence 5032, in some instances, it is contemplated that the second geofence 5034 may at least partially overlap regions of the first geofence 5032.
  • A mobile device 5036, representative of the remote device 62 (FIG. 2), typically has one or more techniques for determining its location. For example, the mobile device 5036 may determine its location via a self-contained GPS unit. In some embodiments, the mobile device 5036 may determine its location via triangulation of cell phone signals. If the mobile device 5036 is programmed with the details of a geofence such as the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034, the mobile device 5036 may determine when it crosses the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034, and in what direction, and can transmit that information to a remote server 5038. In some embodiments, the mobile device 5036 may simply transmit its location from time to time to the remote server 5038, and the remote server 5038 may determine when the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geofence 5032 and/or the second geofence 5034, and in what direction.
  • FIG. 94 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 5036, which may be similar to mobile devices described herein and which may, for example, represent the mobile device 62 (FIG. 2). In some cases, the mobile device 5036 is a smartphone. The illustrative mobile device 5036 has location services such as GPS or cell phone signal triangulation that can determine the location of the mobile device 5036. The illustrative mobile device 5036 includes a user interface 5100 and a memory 5102 for storing two or more predetermined geo-fences (such as first geofence 5032 and second geofence 5034), each defining a different sized region about the home 5030 (FIG. 93) of a user of the mobile device 5036. In some embodiments, a first one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences, such as the first geofence 5032, defines a first sized region and a second one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences, such as the second geofence 5034, defines a second sized region, and the second sized region has an area that is at least 25%, 50% or 100% larger than an area of the first sized region.
  • A controller 5104 of the illustrative mobile device 5036 is operatively coupled to the user interface 5100 and the memory 5102. In the example shown, the controller 5104 is configured to accept a selection of one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences via the user interface 5100 and to report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to a remote device, such as a remote server. In some cases, the controller 5104 may be further configured to accept a selection of another one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences via the user interface 5100, and to report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected another one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to a remote device, such as a remote server. In some cases, the controller 5104 is configured to not report out when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses unselected ones of the two or more predetermined geo-fences.
  • In some embodiments, the remote device is a remote server 5038, and the controller 5104 is configured to report when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences to the remote server 5038 via a wireless communication port. In some instances, the remote server 5038, in response to receiving a report that the location of the mobile device 5036 crossed the selected one of the two or more predetermined geo-fences, notifies an HVAC controller 5040 (FIG. 93) in the home 5030 of the user of the mobile device 5036 to change a setting. In some cases, the setting includes a temperature set point or a lighting setting. The change in the setting may be reported back to the mobile device 5036, and the controller 5104 of the mobile device 5036 may be configured to display the changed setting on the user interface 5100 of the mobile device 5036.
  • FIG. 95 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative building automation system 5042 that includes a memory 5044 and a controller 5046 that is operably coupled to the memory 5044. The memory 5044 stores a geofence that defines a region about the user's building. The controller 5046 is configured to identify when a user's mobile device 5036 crosses the geo-fence, and in response, cause an adjustment to a temperature set point of the building automation system. In some embodiments, the controller 5046 is also configured to automatically increase the size of the region of the geo-fence if the controller 5046 receives an indication (e.g. from a user) that the geo-fence is too sensitive, and to automatically decrease the size of the region of the geo-fence if the controller 5046 receives an indication (e.g. from a user) that the geo-fence is not sensitive enough.
  • In some embodiments, the indication (e.g. from the user) that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user. In some cases, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user via the mobile device 5036. In some instances, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is too sensitive is in response to a query presented to the user via a web page. Optionally, the indication from the user that the geo-fence is not sensitive enough is in response to a query presented to the user. In some cases, the indication that the geo-fence is too sensitive or not sensitive enough is based on historical HVAC data, such as the length of times and spacing between the occupied and unoccupied modes.
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic block diagram of an illustrative mobile device 5200 having location services for determining a location of the mobile device 5200. The mobile device 5200 includes a user interface 5202 and a memory 5204. The memory 5204 stores a first geofence (such as first geofence 5032) that defines a first region about a user's building and a second geofence (such as second geofence 5034) that defines a second region about the user's building, wherein the second region is different than the first region. The memory 5204 may also store a programmable geo-fence schedule that assigns the first geo-fence to a first scheduled time period and assigns the second geo-fence to a second scheduled time period. A controller 5206 is operatively coupled to the memory 5204 and the user interface 5202. The controller 5206 is configured to activate the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s), and to identify when the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s). The controller 5206 is further configured to activate the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s), and to identify when the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s). The controller 5206 may report to a remote device 5208 such as a remote server when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) and when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s).
  • In some embodiments, the remote device 5208 is a remote server, and the controller 5206 is configured to report when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) and when the location of the mobile device 5036 crosses the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s). The remote server 5208, in response to receiving a report that the location of the mobile device 5036 crossed the first geo-fence during the first scheduled time period(s) or that the mobile device crossed the second geo-fence during the second scheduled time period(s), may notify a building automation controller 5212 in the user's building 5214 to change a setting. In some embodiments, the first scheduled time period(s) corresponds to a weekday, and the second scheduled time period(s) corresponds to a weekend day. Alternatively, the first scheduled time period(s) may correspond to a first part of a day, and the second scheduled time period(s) may correspond to a second part of the same day. These are just some examples.
  • In some cases, and to keep things relatively simple, a geofence setting may be offered to the user to select between a smaller proximity boundary and a larger proximity boundary. By manipulating the geofence setting, the user may select between the smaller proximity boundary and the larger proximity boundary. Selection of the small proximity boundary may increase the sensitivity of the HVAC controller 18 to the user's location, as determined by the user's remote device 62, a server and/or the HVAC controller 18.
  • FIG. 97 shows a geofence settings menu screen 5050 that includes a radio button or other selectable option 5056 that permits a user to choose between a small proximity boundary (e.g. smaller radius geofence) and a large proximity boundary (e.g., larger radius geofence) that may be displayed on the user interface of the remote device 62 by the application program code. In one example, the smaller proximity boundary may have a radius extending approximately 500 feet (approximately 152.4 meters) outward from a predetermined location such as, for example, the location of the HVAC controller 18. The larger proximity boundary may have a radius extending approximately seven miles (or more) outward from the same predetermined location. These are just examples. It will be generally understood that the smaller and larger proximity boundaries can correspond to a radius of any suitable distance, as desired. In some cases, the area of the larger proximity boundary may be at least 25% greater than the area of the smaller proximity boundary, but this is just one example.
  • In some instances, a user may select the size of the proximity boundary based on their schedule. For example, a user may select a larger proximity boundary on days (e.g. weekdays) in which they typically commute to a secondary location (e.g. work), and may select a smaller proximity boundary for use on their non-commuting days (e.g. weekends) where they may remain relatively closer to their home. In another example, a user may select a larger proximity boundary for use during a first period of time (e.g. work hours such as 8:00 AM-5:00 PM), and a smaller proximity boundary for use during a second period of time (e.g. home hours such as 5:00 PM-8:00 AM). More generally, it is contemplated that a plurality of proximity boundaries may each be assigned to a time slot in a proximity boundary “schedule”, and thus the currently active proximity boundary at any given time may change during different times of a day, a week or other time periods.
  • In some cases, the temperature inside of the space controlled by the HVAC Controller may be more tightly controlled (e.g. within one degree of a control setpoint or less) to provide good comfort when the user is expected to be home, and may be allowed to drift by a predetermined amount to provide greater energy efficiency when the user is not expected to be home. In some cases, the allowed drift from the comfort setting may be set depending on the size of the selected proximity boundary. For example, a larger temperature drift may be allowed if a larger proximity boundary is selected. That is, it may take a user longer to reach home after crossing the proximity boundary when the proximity boundary is larger, and thus the HVAC system may have more time to recover from a larger temperature drift and reach the comfort temperature before the user arrives. When so provided, selecting a larger proximity boundary may result in more energy savings (via a larger allowed drift).
  • In some cases, the proximity boundary may be established relative to the location of the HVAC controller 18 such as, for example, the user's home. In one example, when the user leaves the proximity boundary, sometimes as determined by the application program code executed by the user's remote device 62, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller 18, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other applicable operating parameters (e.g. lights, ventilation, humidification/dehumidification, etc.) according to one or more “away” settings. Conversely, when the remote device 62 detects that the user has re-entered the proximity boundary, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more at “home” settings.
  • In some cases, a proximity boundary may be established relative to a user's secondary location such as, for example, the user's workplace, a school, or some other location. Using a proximity boundary that is defined relative to a user's secondary location may be particularly appropriate when the user's secondary location is located a relatively short distance away from the user's home. In this example, when the remote device 62 detects that the user has entered the proximity boundary at the user's secondary location, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “away” settings. Conversely, when the remote device 62 determines that the user has left the proximity boundary at the use's secondary location, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “home” settings.
  • In some instances, the proximity boundary at the user's secondary location may become active only at scheduled time periods (e.g. during work hours). In some cases, such as when the user's secondary location is relatively close to the user's home, the HVAC controller may allow the temperature (and/or other environmental parameter) inside of the home to drift by a predetermined amount that cannot be fully recovered from in the time that it would normally take the user to travel from the user's secondary location to the user's home. However, by referencing a programmed schedule, such as a user's work schedule, and by assuming the user will remain at the user's secondary location during the programmed work schedule, the HVAC system may obtain more energy savings than if the user's schedule were not taken into account. If the user were to leave the user's secondary location early, the user's remote device 62 may cause the HVAC controller, either directly or indirectly, to begin adjusting the temperature and/or any other operating parameters according to one or more “comfort” settings. In some cases, however, the “comfort” setting may not be achieved by the time the user arrives at home.
  • In some instances, a household may include more than one person, such as a husband, a wife and two children. Each person may have a remote device 62 (e.g. smartphone) that executes application program code that causes the remote device 62 to determine that the corresponding user, or more specifically, that the corresponding user's remote device 62, has crossed one or more proximity boundaries established relative to a location such as home, work, school, etc. A household account may be established that links each of the remote device 62 associated with a household to the household account. Each remote device 62 may report when the corresponding remote device 62 crosses a particular proximity boundary to a master device, such as a server. The master device (e.g. server) may be in communication with the HVAC controller of the household, a security system controller of the household, a lighting system controller of the household, and/or any other suitable controller as desired. The master device (e.g. server) may be programmed to determine when all (or some subset) of the household members have departed from the household and crossed one or more corresponding proximity boundaries. Each user may have the same or different active proximity boundaries. When this occurs, the server may instruct the HVAC controller to assume a more energy efficient setpoint. In some cases, the master (e.g. server) may also instruct a security system controller to arm the security system and lock all of the doors, and may instruct a lighting controller to turn off the lights.
  • In some cases, a different proximity boundary may be set for each of the remote devices 62 of the household. For example, if the husband works about 20 miles (about 32.19 kilometers) from the household and the wife works about 10 miles (about 16.09 kilometers) from the household, the remote device 62 of the husband may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 15 miles (about 24.14 kilometers) from the household, and the remote device 62 of the wife may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 7 miles (about 11.27 kilometers) from the household. If the kids attend a school that is about 6 miles (about 9.656 kilometers) from the household, the remote devices 62 of the kids may use a proximity boundary that has a radius of about 4 miles (about 6.437 kilometers) from the household. These are just examples.
  • Alternatively, or in addition, the remote device 62 of each household member may use a different proximity boundary relative to a secondary location such as, for example, the member's workplace, school, or other location, as described above. Moreover, it is contemplated that different proximity boundaries may be assigned to different time slots of a proximity boundary “schedule” that may be associated with a particular household member.
  • In some cases, each household member may set a preferred comfort setpoint. The system may be programmed to set the comfort setpoint of the HVAC system based on which household member crosses a corresponding proximity boundary and is expected to return first. If at a later time, another household member crosses a corresponding proximity boundary and is expected to return, the system may set the comfort setpoint based on a combination of household members that are expected to be at the household. For example, if the wife prefers a heating setpoint to be at 74 degrees and the husband prefers a heating setpoint to be 72 degrees, the system may set the comfort setpoint to 74 degrees upon arrival of the wife, and when the husband arrives later, sets the comfort setpoint to 73 degrees. The system may determine an appropriate setpoint based on the particular combination of household members that are expected to be home. For example, the system may average the set points that are associated with the household members that are expected to be home. In some cases, the average may be a weighted average. In some cases, some household members' preferences may have a higher priority over other household member's preferences. For example, the husband and wife's setpoint preferences may take priority over the kid's preferences.
  • In some instances, when a user leaves the household and crosses a proximity boundary, the system may require that the user remain across the proximity boundary for a predetermined time period before activating an energy savings setpoint in the household. Alternatively, or in addition, when a user is returning to the household and crosses a proximity boundary, the system may require that the user remain across the proximity boundary for a predetermined time period before activating a comfort setpoint in the household. The proximity boundary used when the user leaves the household and the proximity boundary used when the user returns to the household may be the same or different proximity boundaries. In one example, the proximity boundary used when the user leaves the household may have a larger radius than the proximity boundary used when the user returns to the household.
  • In some cases, the proximity boundary that is to be used may be learned by the system. For example, location data from each household member may be recorded, and geo patterns may be identified from the recorded location data. In some cases, the location data may be time stamped, and geo patterns in both location and time may be identified. From this, suitable proximity boundaries may be identified and/or learned by the system. For example, if the geo pattern identifies that the husband goes to a common location (e.g. work) M-F from 8:00 AM-5:00 PM, the system may learn a proximity boundary that is between the household and that location, perhaps at 60 percent of the distance from the household to that location. Also, and in some cases, that learned proximity boundary may only be activated on M-F. At the same time, if the geo pattern identifies that the kids go to a common location (e.g. school) M-F from 7:30 AM-2:30 PM, the system may learn a proximity boundary between the household and that location, perhaps at 60 percent of the distance from the household to that location. For more granularity, route information may be extracted from the geo patterns, and the learned proximity boundaries may be based, at least in part, on the route information. For example, a learned proximity boundary may be defined as not only traveling a specified distance from the household but also following an identified route. If such an event occurs, the proximity boundary may be deemed to have been “crossed”.
  • In some embodiments, an application program code, as discussed in detail herein, may cause the user's remote device 62 to launch a geofence setup wizard to aid a user in selecting an appropriate geofence. In other cases, a computing device (e.g. tablet, laptop, desktop) may access a web-site or the like on a server, which may provide a geofence setup wizard to aid a user in selecting an appropriate geofence. In some cases, the geofence setup wizard may display one or more screens on the display of a user interface that may guide a user through establishing an appropriate geofence suitable for their lifestyle. FIGS. 98-101 show examples of different geofence setup screens that may be displayed on the display of a user interface of a user's remote device 62 by a geofence setup wizard. In some cases, a user's response to a user query presented on a first screen may determine the next screen displayed by the geofence setup wizard. In other cases, the geofence wizard may display a sequence of two or more screens in a predetermined order. In this example, the user may have the ability to skip any non-applicable screens.
  • In some cases, the geofence setup wizard may display a first screen 5060 that includes a first user query 5066 that queries a user about their daily commute, as shown in FIG. 98. The first screen 5060 may include one or more selectable options 5070 for responding to the first user query 5066. In a subsequent screen 5080, as shown in FIG. 99, the geofence setup wizard may display a recommendation 5086 to the user based on the user's response to the first user query recommending a large geofence setting, a small geofence setting, a custom geofence setting and/or establishing a geofence relative to the user's primary location (e.g. home) or secondary location (e.g. work or school). In the example shown in FIG. 99, the geofence wizard displays a recommendation 5086 recommending that the user select the small geofence setting on the settings menu screen 5050 (FIG. 97) displayed by the application program code. Additionally, the geofence wizard may display another screen including another user query that queries the user about the frequency of their commute. For example, the geofence wizard may display a screen 5090, as shown in FIG. 100, which asks or prompts a user to select the days on which they typically commute to work or school from a list of selectable options 5096 corresponding to each of the days of the week. The geofence wizard may then display a screen 6000 that may include a user query 6006 that may ask the user if they would like to use a different geofence for any unselected days. Screen 6000 may include a first option 6012 a labeled “yes” and a second option 6012 b labeled “no” for responding to the user query 6006. Selection of a different geofence on days in which the user does not typically commute to a secondary location such as work or school may be particularly appropriate for a user that commutes a distance greater than about 24 kilometers (about 14.91 miles) and that stays relatively close to home on their non-commuting days. This feature may allow a user to select a smaller geofence and apply it to any non-selected days on which the user is typically not travelling to and from the secondary location. These are just some examples.
  • Alternatively, or in addition to the various embodiments described herein, the proximity boundary(s) may be customized by the user and may have any shape and/or size that more appropriately reflects the user's local and/or daily travel habits. For example, at least one proximity boundary may be configured by the user to have the same general size and/or shape of the city in which their home or workplace is located. FIG. 102, for example, shows another view of a settings menu screen 6060 that permits a user to select a custom boundary option. Selection of the custom boundary option 6066 by a user may cause the application program code to display a subsequent screen 6070, as shown in FIG. 103, on the display of the user interface that may permit a user to configure a custom proximity boundary. As shown in FIG. 103, the application program code may display an area map 6076 on the user interface. The user may be prompted to draw a proximity boundary on the area map 6076 by dragging their finger or a stylus on the area map 6076. In some embodiments, if desired, the user may zoom in or zoom out on the area map 6076, depending on how big they want their customized proximity boundary to be, by performing a pinch gesture somewhere on the user interface. The application program code may accept the user's customized proximity boundary and may store the custom proximity boundary in the memory of the user's remote device 62. Again, the user may choose to establish the proximity boundary relative to the location at which the HVAC controller is located, typically their home, and/or a secondary location such as a workplace or school. When the user's remote device 62 determines that the user has crossed the selected proximity boundary, the user's remote device 62 may send a command to the HVAC controller 18, either directly or indirectly, to adjust the temperature setpoint in accordance with the user's selected settings such as for example, the user-specified “at home settings” or “away settings” depending upon if the user is entering or leaving the selected boundary.
  • In some embodiments, the user may want to be able to establish a custom proximity boundary that is based upon a radius from their home or other building. FIGS. 104-106 provide illustrative screens that may be displayed on the user's remote device 62. Starting in FIG. 104, a “set my geo fence” screen 6100 may be displayed. In the example shown, a map 6102 is provided, with a location marker 6104 showing the present location of the user's remote device 62. In some instances, setting a geofence boundary is most accurate when the user, or more accurately, the user's remote device 62, is located at the home or other building that is to be the center of the proximity boundary. In some instances, while not illustrated, it is possible that a home address, previously entered when initially setting up the HVAC controller 18, may be used to locate the location marker 6104 if the user is away from home or when the location services of the remote device 62 are turned off when setting or adjusting a proximity boundary. In some embodiments, if the home address was not previously entered, the user's remote device 62 may prompt the user to enter their home address so it can be used to locate the location marker 6104.
  • The illustrative screen 6100 includes a sizing marker 6106, shown here as a black dot. As the user moves the sizing marker 6106 inwards towards the location marker 6104, a boundary 6108 will become smaller in radius. As the user moves the sizing marker 6106 away from the location marker 6104, the boundary 6108 will become larger in radius. It will be appreciated that the boundary 6108, as illustrated, becomes a new proximity boundary. While drawn as a circle, in some instances the boundary 6108 may take any other predetermined and/or user-defined shape. For example, if the user lives next to a large body of water such as an ocean, there is little need for the boundary 6108 to pass over the water. In such circumstances, perhaps a rectangular boundary 6108 may be more useful. In some cases, the boundary 6108 may be a polygon, and the user may add a vertex to the polygon by touching a location on the boundary 6108 where a vertex should be added. Another sizing marker may be automatically added at that newly created vertex. Once added, the user may drag the new sizing marker to any desired location, which may change the shape of the boundary 6108. With multiple vertices and corresponding sizing markers, the user may easily define nearly any desired shape for the boundary 6108 about the location marker 6104.
  • In example shown in FIG. 104, a pop up screen 6110 instructs the user how to drag the sizing marker 6106 in one direction or another in order to resize the boundary 6108. In some instances, rather than dragging the sizing marker 6106, the boundary 6108 may be displayed on the screen 6100, and a user may utilize a pinch gesture somewhere on the screen 6100 to make the boundary 6108 smaller or larger, similar to how a user can resize a digital photo, or zoom in or out on a map. In some embodiments, especially if the user is not at home when setting or adjusting a proximity boundary about the home, the screen 6100 may display a map of the user's general area, and superimpose the boundary 6108 on the map. The user may use a finger on the screen 6100 to move the map around until the boundary 6108 is generally centered on their home. It will be appreciated that in doing so, it may be useful to zoom out, using a pinch gesture, to generally locate an area on the map, then zoom in, again using a pinch gesture, to fine tune the location of the user's home before zooming out again to an appropriate distance so that the user can locate the boundary 6108.
  • In some instances, as illustrated for example in FIG. 105, the screen 6100 may display a pop up screen 6112 that reminds the user that they should be as close to home, or more accurately as close as possible to the HVAC controller 18, when adjusting the boundary 6108. In some embodiments, however, as described above, the user may be not use the location services on the remote device to center the geofence, but rather may be able to use their previously entered home address, newly add their home address, or graphically locate their home on the map 6102, as desired. FIG. 106 provides a view of the screen 6100 without any pop up screens, so that the user may clearly see their newly set proximity boundary 6108.
  • In some cases, more than one remote device 62 may be configured to communicate with and/or control the HVAC controller 18. Each remote device 62 may be associated with a unique user profile stored in the memory of the HVAC controller 18 and/or at a remote server to which both the HVAC controller 18 and the user's remote device 62 are connected. An example of such a server is Honeywell's TOTAL CONNECT™ server. Each remote device 62 may be configured to transmit a message to the server indicating that a proximity boundary has been crossed as the users, along with their respective remote devices 62, enter and/or exit the area defined by a proximity boundary. As discussed herein, the proximity boundary may be defined relative to the location of the HVAC controller (e.g. the user's home) or a user's secondary location and may be customized by the user. In some cases, the server may be programmed to transmit a command to the HVAC controller 18 to adjust the temperature setpoint and any additional operating parameters according to an “away” setting upon determining that a last user in a group of users is no longer within the area defined by the proximity boundary upon receiving an indication from the last user's remote device 62 that the proximity boundary has been crossed. Conversely, the server may be programmed to transmit a command to the HVAC controller 18 to adjust the temperature setpoint and any additional operating parameters according to an at home setting upon receiving an indication from a user's remote device 62 that the proximity boundary has been crossed by a first user of a group of users, indicating that the first user is now within the area defined by the proximity boundary.
  • Alternatively or additionally, in certain cases, such as where two or more remote devices each have a unique profile, the HVAC controller 18 or the server may be programmed to include a set of hierarchical rules for determining which individual user profile takes precedence for controlling the HVAC system when both of the remote devices 62 are being actively used by a user and at least one user is determined to be within an area defined by a predetermined proximity boundary. Other methods employing a proximity boundary or other method of detecting a user's presence or approaching presence are shown and described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2012/0268766, filed on Jul. 26, 2012 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0045482, filed on Aug. 7, 2012, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
  • In some cases, audible cues may be provided to guide users through control interactions. These audible cues may indicate one or more of what is being changed, the direction of change, and the amount of change. These audio cues may be unique and directly connected to each individual interaction on the device or app or they may be common across multiple interaction experiences and indirectly connected to specific touch points. These audio cues may change in volume and pitch in a recognizable cadence that is directly or indirectly associated to the interactions. For example, when the user adjusts the temperature set point in a way that increases its value, the pitch and volume of each indicated degree of change may get higher, which gives the listener the sensation that the change is going up, even in the absence of visual cues. The audible cues may present changes as a continuous audible cue or as discrete increments, for example, for temperature increments of one degree, the tone may persist with a minimum time and pause duration while changing and may play a sustained tone at the final change which is indicative of the total number of degrees of change. The use of audio may be of particular importance to those who are visually impaired. Through these audible cues, the visually impaired are able to adjust their comfort settings with relative ease. In some embodiments, the audible cue may be distinctive with respect to tone pitch, pattern, or repetition to signal activation of the Away, Weather, or System Mode buttons and to give an audible acknowledgement of activation of those functions.
  • In certain embodiments, the user may download custom audio and/or visual cues to play on their device based on specific device interactions or based on time or event triggers from other cloud-based data. As an example, a user may download audio and/or visual cues that turn on once or multiple times if a) there is a severe weather alert for their zip code or cellular telephone cell, b) their favorite sports team scores a point, c) a holiday/special event arrives. The audio or visual cues may change in volume and pitch in ways that are recognizable to the user. Example of such cues may include on Christmas, the thermostat may play Jingle Bells on the hour; on New Year's Eve, the thermostat may play Auld Lang Syne at midnight; or when a sports team scores, the thermostat may play the team's song. Additional examples might announce a birthday or a Facebook post. The user may also create or select their own custom audio cues, for example ring tones, and download them to the device to accompany specific interactions. In some embodiments, the audio cues may be accompanied by visual cues such as change in color projected by wall or mud ring illumination, changes in color of illumination of buttons or button-like regions of the window, display of a custom graphic, illumination intensity fluctuations, or combinations of thereof. Audio/visual cues are useful for confirming entry of user inputs to the system, changes of system state, and/or navigation steps which skip portions of the usual programming and/or user interaction sequences. These confirmations may be particularly useful in acknowledging inputs which do not result in an immediate change in the display graphics such as a one-touch action (see below) which will not take effect for some time or an event such as entry of inputs when operating in low battery conditions when a simple acknowledgement tone is preferable to an extended display animation or prolonged audio cue.
  • FIG. 107 provides a schematic block diagram of an HVAC controller 6200 that may be configured to provide audio and/or visual cues in response to various stimuli, and to permit a user to customize these cues. The HVAC controller 6200 may be considered as being representative of the HVAC controller 18 (FIG. 1). The HVAC controller 6200 includes a user interface 6202 that is configured to accept inputs from a user and to display information to the user. In some cases, the user interface 6202 includes a touchscreen. In some cases, the user interface includes a light ring. In some cases, the user interface 6202 includes a speaker such as the speaker 6214. In some cases, the user interface 6202 includes a vibrator.
  • A controller 6204 is configured to process inputs from the user interface and to provide the user interface 6202 with information to be displayed. The HVAC controller 6200 includes an equipment connection 6206 that is connectable to one or more HVAC components 6208 and that is operably coupled to the controller 6204. A network connection 6210 is operably coupled to the controller 6204 and provides the controller 6204 with access to outside information. The controller 6204 is configured to output, via the user interface 6202, a particular cue in response to information received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210, and wherein the particular cue is a cue that was previously selected and activated by the user. In some cases, the user interface 6202 is configured to permit a user to select a cue that the controller 6204 can subsequently output in response to information received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210.
  • In some embodiments, the HVAC controller 6200 includes a sound generation circuit 6212 and a speaker 6214 that is connected to the sound generation circuit 6212. A memory 6216 may be used to store a plurality of pre-programmed sounds. The controller 6204 may include circuitry for selecting one or more of the plurality of pre-programmed sounds and activating the sound generation circuit 6212 to play, via the speaker 6214, the selected pre-programmed sounds in response to one or more of a user action, a programmed event, and an occurrence of a signal received by the HVAC controller 6200.
  • In some cases, the particular cue is selected and downloaded to the HVAC controller 6200 via the network connection 6210. In some embodiments, the network connection 6210 includes a wireless connection while the equipment connection 6206 includes a wired connection. In some instances, the cue may include an audio cue and/or a visual cue. In some embodiments, the cue informs a user that particular information has been received from the equipment connection 6206 and/or the network connection 6210.
  • In some embodiments, the pre-programmed sounds are indicative of a direction of change of a variable that is associated with the operation of the HVAC controller 6200. For example, the pre-programmed sounds may increase with at least one of pitch and volume when the variable is increased in value, and the pre-programmed sounds may decrease with at least one of pitch and volume when the variable is decreased in value. In some cases, the value is increased and decreased by interacting with the user interface 6202. In some embodiments, the user interface 6202 includes a rotatable ring (such as turning ring 180 h, FIG. 5), and wherein rotating the rotatable ring 180 h in a first direction increases the value and rotating the rotatable ring 180 h in a second direction decreases the value.
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that the present disclosure may be manifested in a variety of forms other than the specific embodiments described and contemplated herein. Accordingly, departure in form and detail may be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the present disclosure as described in the appended claims.

Claims (20)

What is claimed is:
1. A building automation controller assembly comprising:
a wall plate for mounting to a wall;
a controller housing releasably securable to the wall plate;
a permanent magnet secured to one of the wall plate and the controller housing;
a magnetically attracted material secured to the other one of the wall plate and the controller housing; and
wherein the controller housing is releasably secured to the wall plate based, at least in part, on the magnetic interaction between the permanent magnet and the magnetically attracted material.
2. The building automation controller assembly of claim 1, wherein the permanent magnet is secured to the wall plate and the magnetically attracted material comprises a ferromagnetic head of a fastener that extends into the controller housing.
3. The building automation controller assembly of claim 1, wherein the permanent magnet comprises a first permanent magnet and is secured to the wall plate and the magnetically attracted material comprises a second permanent magnet positioned with opposite polarity facing the first permanent magnet.
4. The building automation controller assembly of claim 1, wherein the permanent magnet is secured to the controller housing and the magnetically attracted material is secured to the wall plate.
5. The building automation controller assembly of claim 4, wherein the magnetically attracted material comprises a ferromagnetic plate secured to the wall plate.
6. The building automation controller assembly of claim 4, wherein the permanent magnet is disposed within a recess along a back surface of the controller housing.
7. The building automation controller assembly of claim 6, wherein the permanent magnet comprises a tubular magnet held within the recess via a fastener extending through the tubular magnet.
8. The building automation controller assembly of claim 6, wherein the permanent magnet is frictionally held within the recess.
9. The building automation controller assembly of claim 6, wherein the permanent magnet is adhesively secured within the recess.
10. The building automation controller assembly of claim 1, further comprising an alignment feature cooperatively formed between the wall plate and the controller housing to facilitate alignment of the controller housing relative to the wall plate.
11. The building automation controller assembly of claim 1, wherein the building automation controller comprises an HVAC controller.
12. A programmable thermostat mounting system comprising:
a wall mounting assembly; and
a thermostat body;
wherein one of the thermostat body and the wall mounting assembly comprises a first permanent magnet; and
wherein the other of the thermostat body and the wall mounting assembly comprises a ferromagnetic material and/or a second permanent magnet positioned in magnetic communication with the first permanent magnet when the wall mounting assembly is aligned and brought into engagement with the thermostat body.
13. The programmable thermostat mounting system of claim 12, wherein the first permanent magnet is secured to the wall mounting assembly and the thermostat body includes a ferromagnetic material comprising a ferromagnetic head of a fastener that extends into the thermostat body.
14. The programmable thermostat mounting system of claim 12, wherein the wall mounting assembly comprises the first permanent magnet and the thermostat body comprises a second permanent magnet.
15. The programmable thermostat mounting system of claim 12, wherein the first permanent magnet is secured to the thermostat body and the wall mounting assembly comprises a ferromagnetic material.
16. The programmable thermostat mounting system of claim 15, wherein the ferromagnetic material comprises a ferromagnetic plate secured to the wall mounting assembly.
17. A programmable thermostat comprising:
a wall mounting assembly mountable to a vertical surface;
a thermostat housing releasably securable to the wall mounting assembly, the thermostat housing including two or more components held together via one or more threaded fasteners that extend into an interior of the thermostat housing and have fastener heads that are disposed proximate a back surface of the thermostat housing;
one or more permanent magnets secured to the wall mounting assembly, the one or more permanent magnets positioned to align with the fastener heads of the one or more threaded fasteners; and
wherein the thermostat housing is releasably secured to the wall mounting assembly based, at least in part, on the magnetic interaction between the one or more permanent magnets and the fastener heads of the one or more threaded fasteners.
18. The programmable thermostat of claim 17, wherein the one or more threaded fasteners are formed of a ferromagnetic material.
19. The programmable thermostat of claim 18, wherein the one or more threaded fasteners are formed of steel.
20. The programmable thermostat of claim 17, further comprising an alignment feature cooperatively formed between the wall mounting assembly and the thermostat housing to facilitate alignment of the thermostat housing relative to the wall mounting assembly.
US14/565,354 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body Abandoned US20150159903A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/565,354 US20150159903A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361914877P 2013-12-11 2013-12-11
US201462009856P 2014-06-09 2014-06-09
US14/565,354 US20150159903A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150159903A1 true US20150159903A1 (en) 2015-06-11

Family

ID=52144919

Family Applications (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/565,306 Active 2036-10-18 US10436977B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system setup using a remote control device
US14/565,329 Abandoned US20150159895A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system with user defined lifestyle macros
US14/565,340 Active 2036-02-11 US10712718B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation remote control device with in-application messaging
US14/565,290 Active US10534331B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system with geo-fencing
US14/565,361 Abandoned US20150163945A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Hvac controller with thermistor biased against an outer housing
US14/565,349 Active 2036-06-05 US10649418B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation controller with configurable audio/visual cues
US14/565,320 Active 2035-08-25 US9587848B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation controller with rear projecting light
US14/565,333 Active 2035-06-26 US10591877B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation remote control device with an in-application tour
US14/565,354 Abandoned US20150159903A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Magnetic aided attachment between a wall plate and a building automation controller body
US14/565,367 Abandoned US20150159904A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Rotary dial mechanism for a building automation controller
US16/728,736 Active US10768589B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2019-12-27 Building automation system with geo-fencing

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/565,306 Active 2036-10-18 US10436977B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system setup using a remote control device
US14/565,329 Abandoned US20150159895A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system with user defined lifestyle macros
US14/565,340 Active 2036-02-11 US10712718B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation remote control device with in-application messaging
US14/565,290 Active US10534331B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation system with geo-fencing
US14/565,361 Abandoned US20150163945A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Hvac controller with thermistor biased against an outer housing
US14/565,349 Active 2036-06-05 US10649418B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation controller with configurable audio/visual cues
US14/565,320 Active 2035-08-25 US9587848B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation controller with rear projecting light
US14/565,333 Active 2035-06-26 US10591877B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Building automation remote control device with an in-application tour

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/565,367 Abandoned US20150159904A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2014-12-09 Rotary dial mechanism for a building automation controller
US16/728,736 Active US10768589B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2019-12-27 Building automation system with geo-fencing

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (11) US10436977B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3961995A1 (en)
CN (2) CN113203168A (en)
WO (1) WO2015089116A1 (en)

Cited By (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150160633A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-11 Honeywell International Inc. Building automation controller with rear projecting light
US20160138821A1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-05-19 Kmc Controls, Inc. NFC Configuration of HVAC Equipment
US9667009B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-05-30 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with movable door
US9686880B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-06-20 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat housing with pc board locating apertures
USD794478S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector
US9735482B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with commonly used field wire terminals spaced from one another
US9735518B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector terminal configuration
US9768564B2 (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-09-19 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with mounting features
US9774158B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-09-26 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with built in jumper functionality
US9780511B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-10-03 Honeywell International Inc. Jumper switch for an HVAC wall mountable connector
US20180031264A1 (en) * 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system override systems and methods
US9890971B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2018-02-13 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device with hinged mounting plate
US9897339B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-02-20 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with memory
US9941183B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-04-10 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with wall covering plate
US9960581B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-05-01 Honeywell International Inc. Adapter plate with mounting features for a wall mountable connector
US9989273B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-06-05 Honeywell International Inc. Wall covering plate for use with an HVAC controller
US10024568B1 (en) 2017-09-14 2018-07-17 Honeywell International Inc. Lock box for a building controller
US10054326B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-08-21 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector for an HVAC controller
US20180348718A1 (en) * 2017-06-04 2018-12-06 Apple Inc. Presence triggered notifications and actions
US10162327B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2018-12-25 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with concierge features
US10208972B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-02-19 Ademco Inc. Automatic detection of jumper switch position of a wall mount connector
USD843324S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-03-19 Ademco Inc. Wall mountable connector with terminal labels
US10318266B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2019-06-11 Johnson Controls Technology Company Modular multi-function thermostat
US10352578B2 (en) * 2016-06-09 2019-07-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Adaptive optimization for dynamic room pressurization control
US10359790B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-07-23 Ademco Inc. Multi piece HVAC controller housing with latches and guiding features
US10410300B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2019-09-10 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with occupancy detection based on social media event data
US10458669B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-10-29 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with interactive installation features
US10488062B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2019-11-26 Ademco Inc. Geofence plus schedule for a building controller
US10490955B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-11-26 Ademco Inc. Poke-in electrical connector
US10546472B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-01-28 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with direction handoff features
US10650621B1 (en) 2016-09-13 2020-05-12 Iocurrents, Inc. Interfacing with a vehicular controller area network
US10655881B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-05-19 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with halo light system and emergency directions
US10677484B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2020-06-09 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device and multi-function home control system
US10712038B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2020-07-14 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with air quality display
US10760809B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-09-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with mode settings for multiple zones
US10802513B1 (en) * 2019-05-09 2020-10-13 Braeburn Systems Llc Comfort control system with hierarchical switching mechanisms
US10895883B2 (en) 2016-08-26 2021-01-19 Ademco Inc. HVAC controller with a temperature sensor mounted on a flex circuit
US10941951B2 (en) 2016-07-27 2021-03-09 Johnson Controls Technology Company Systems and methods for temperature and humidity control
US11107390B2 (en) 2018-12-21 2021-08-31 Johnson Controls Technology Company Display device with halo
US11131474B2 (en) 2018-03-09 2021-09-28 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with user interface features
US11162698B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2021-11-02 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with exhaust fan control for air quality and humidity control
US11216020B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2022-01-04 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Mountable touch thermostat using transparent screen technology
EP3955086A1 (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-16 Leedarson Lighting Co., Ltd. Rotary press control structure and smart radiator thermostat
US11277893B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2022-03-15 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with area light system and occupancy sensor
US11799291B2 (en) * 2014-12-08 2023-10-24 Encycle Corporation Smart thermostat orchestration

Families Citing this family (162)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8862280B1 (en) * 2011-06-13 2014-10-14 Gridpoint, Inc. Dynamic load curtailment system and method
US9247378B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2016-01-26 Honeywell International Inc. Method for controlling an HVAC system using a proximity aware mobile device
US9732974B2 (en) * 2012-08-14 2017-08-15 Digi International Inc. System and method for wiring-relay configuration in digital thermostats
US10852025B2 (en) 2013-04-30 2020-12-01 Ademco Inc. HVAC controller with fixed segment display having fixed segment icons and animation
US10452036B2 (en) * 2013-09-27 2019-10-22 Siemens Industry, Inc. System and method for deterministic calculation of recovery time for an environmental system
KR102152275B1 (en) * 2014-01-20 2020-10-26 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for controlling air conditioner, and air conditioner
US11825133B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-11-21 Enseo, Llc Thermostat, system and method for providing awareness in a hospitality environment
US11381850B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2022-07-05 Enseo, Llc Thermostat and system and method for use of same
US11683534B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-06-20 Enseo, Llc Geolocationing system and method for use of same
US11856241B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-12-26 Enseo, Llc Thermostat, system and method for providing awareness in a hospitality environment
US11825132B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-11-21 Enseo, Llc Thermostat, system and method for providing awareness in a hospitality environment
US11700399B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-07-11 Enseo, Llc Geolocationing system and method for use of same
US11849155B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-12-19 Enseo, Llc Thermostat, system and method for providing awareness in a hospitality environment
US11700400B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-07-11 Enseo, Llc Geolocationing system and method for use of same
US11553214B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-01-10 Enseo, Llc Thermostat and system and method for use of same
US11700401B2 (en) 2014-02-05 2023-07-11 Enseo, Llc Geolocationing system and method for use of same
US10924603B1 (en) * 2014-03-01 2021-02-16 sigmund lindsay clements Phone map used to find and operate multiuser devices
US10552009B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Stopwatch and timer user interfaces
US10102507B2 (en) * 2014-09-25 2018-10-16 Google Llc Systems and methods to faciliate replacement of depleted batteries
CA2910090C (en) * 2014-10-22 2023-07-25 Braeburn Systems Llc Thermostat code input system and method therefor using ssid
US20160116183A1 (en) * 2014-10-27 2016-04-28 Lennox Industries Inc. Magnetically mounted wall thermostat
USD772905S1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-11-29 Volvo Car Corporation Display screen with graphical user interface
USD772904S1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-11-29 Volvo Car Corporation Display screen with transitional graphical user interface
USD772260S1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-11-22 Volvo Car Corporation Display screen with graphical user interface
USD772903S1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-11-29 Volvo Car Corporation Display screen with transitional graphical user interface
CN105739643A (en) * 2014-12-12 2016-07-06 鸿富锦精密工业(武汉)有限公司 Electronic apparatus
GB2551293B (en) * 2014-12-15 2019-07-17 Novar Ed&S Ltd Doorbell chime
US10228151B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2019-03-12 Vivint, Inc. Floating thermostat plate
US10168065B2 (en) * 2015-01-19 2019-01-01 Lennox Industries Inc. Diagnosing and troubleshooting a heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system
US9928713B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2018-03-27 KiLife Tech, Inc. Locks for wearable electronic bands
US10032353B2 (en) * 2015-02-24 2018-07-24 KiLife Tech, Inc. Monitoring dependent individuals
US9900174B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-02-20 Honeywell International Inc. Multi-user geofencing for building automation
EP3070625B1 (en) * 2015-03-19 2019-06-12 Accenture Global Services Limited Image-recognition-based guidance for network device configuration and other enviroments
US9967391B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2018-05-08 Honeywell International Inc. Geo-fencing in a building automation system
US10802459B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-10-13 Ademco Inc. Geo-fencing with advanced intelligent recovery
US10802469B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-10-13 Ademco Inc. Geo-fencing with diagnostic feature
US9609478B2 (en) * 2015-04-27 2017-03-28 Honeywell International Inc. Geo-fencing with diagnostic feature
GB2533441B (en) * 2015-04-29 2018-02-21 Tyba Design Ltd Improved controller and control system
US10484478B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2019-11-19 Johnson Controls Technology Company HVAC controller with integrated wireless network processor chip
US10495338B2 (en) * 2015-05-20 2019-12-03 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Remote controller setting device
CN104807147A (en) * 2015-05-21 2015-07-29 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Controller, indoor environment regulating system and indoor environment regulation method
CN104932574B (en) * 2015-06-01 2017-07-28 广东美的暖通设备有限公司 The control system of air-cooled ducted air conditioner
AU2016293819B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2019-03-28 Whether or Knot LLC Systems and methods for electronic data distribution
WO2017017836A1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2017-02-02 株式会社日立製作所 Operation automation device and method, and storage medium
US9560481B1 (en) 2015-08-14 2017-01-31 T-Mobile U.S.A, Inc. Establishing geo-fences and related alarms
US9858739B1 (en) 2015-08-19 2018-01-02 Alarm.Com Incorporated Home monitoring system triggered rules
US10860142B1 (en) * 2015-08-27 2020-12-08 Apple Inc. Light-based devices with light guide arrays
GB2542631B (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-09-13 tado GmbH Method and system for controlling a home appliance depending on a user position
US10461951B2 (en) 2015-10-07 2019-10-29 Trane International Inc. HVAC thermostat with fuel control
CN105402847A (en) * 2015-10-15 2016-03-16 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Backup method for system data and central air conditioning unit adopting backup method
US11029807B2 (en) * 2015-10-22 2021-06-08 Carrier Corporation Thermostat with an interactive twisted nematic display
US10057110B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2018-08-21 Honeywell International Inc. Site management system with dynamic site threat level based on geo-location data
US10516965B2 (en) * 2015-11-11 2019-12-24 Ademco Inc. HVAC control using geofencing
US9628951B1 (en) 2015-11-11 2017-04-18 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for performing geofencing with reduced power consumption
US9860697B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2018-01-02 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for automatic adjustment of a geofence size
US9560482B1 (en) 2015-12-09 2017-01-31 Honeywell International Inc. User or automated selection of enhanced geo-fencing
DE102016125810A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Information processing and electronic device
AU2017220384A1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2018-10-04 Rooyenburg Pty Ltd Air conditioning control system
US11237528B2 (en) * 2016-02-16 2022-02-01 Ademco Inc. System and method for handing off the configuration of a building device from a contractor to a customer using a hang tag or the like
US10812285B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2020-10-20 Ademco Inc. Systems and methods for handing off configuration of a building device from a contractor to a customer
US10820199B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2020-10-27 Ademco Inc. Mobile device with contractor accessible screens for configuring a building device
US10605472B2 (en) 2016-02-19 2020-03-31 Ademco Inc. Multiple adaptive geo-fences for a building
US20170262459A1 (en) * 2016-03-14 2017-09-14 Invensys Systems, Inc. Location persistence in a historian system
US9781602B1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-03 Ca, Inc. Geographically based access management for internet of things device data
US11553320B1 (en) * 2016-04-05 2023-01-10 Alarm.Com Incorporated Detection and handling of home owner moving by a home monitoring system
US10295972B2 (en) * 2016-04-29 2019-05-21 Brain Corporation Systems and methods to operate controllable devices with gestures and/or noises
US10911255B2 (en) * 2016-05-31 2021-02-02 Honeywell International Inc. Devices, methods, and systems for hands free facility status alerts
DK179594B1 (en) 2016-06-12 2019-02-25 Apple Inc. User interface for managing controllable external devices
US10852018B1 (en) * 2016-06-21 2020-12-01 GoldCore Design Systems, LLC System and method for energy use control in an environmental control system
US10691093B2 (en) * 2016-06-22 2020-06-23 Honeywell International Inc. Controller programming migration automation
US10302322B2 (en) * 2016-07-22 2019-05-28 Ademco Inc. Triage of initial schedule setup for an HVAC controller
US20180032969A1 (en) 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Systems and methods for automated diagnostics of hvac systems
US10608834B2 (en) 2016-08-03 2020-03-31 Honeywell International Inc. Approach and system for avoiding ambiguous action via mobile apps through context based notification
US10306403B2 (en) 2016-08-03 2019-05-28 Honeywell International Inc. Location based dynamic geo-fencing system for security
CN106225848B (en) * 2016-08-30 2018-06-29 上海高盾科技发展有限公司 A kind of clarifier strainer detection circuit
US10401810B2 (en) * 2016-10-10 2019-09-03 Johnson Controls Technology Company Performance assessment device for monitoring and comparing attributes of a building management system over time
US10157079B2 (en) * 2016-10-18 2018-12-18 International Business Machines Corporation Resource allocation for tasks of unknown complexity
US10068476B2 (en) 2016-11-22 2018-09-04 International Business Machines Corporation Vehicle location discrepancy detection and mitigation
CN108089869A (en) * 2016-11-22 2018-05-29 常州星宇车灯股份有限公司 Indoor lamp automation programming and detection device and its method of a kind of touch control
US20180156471A1 (en) * 2016-12-02 2018-06-07 Haier Us Appliance Solutions, Inc. Water heater appliance
US10884162B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2021-01-05 Weathervane Labs, Llc Determining personal outdoor comfort with individual and environmental parameters
US10140821B2 (en) * 2017-02-03 2018-11-27 Vivint, Inc. Thermostat with downcast light
US20180259214A1 (en) * 2017-03-11 2018-09-13 Kasita, Inc. Environmental control system for modular housing units
US10425361B2 (en) * 2017-03-16 2019-09-24 Trane International Inc. Dynamic allocation of termination resistors in a communication network
US10292129B2 (en) * 2017-04-11 2019-05-14 Life360, Inc. Automatic location-based notifications for a group of users
US10816234B2 (en) * 2017-04-14 2020-10-27 Johnson Controls Technology Company Systems and methods for HVAC filter replacement type recommendation
US10317102B2 (en) 2017-04-18 2019-06-11 Ademco Inc. Geofencing for thermostatic control
CN106888541A (en) * 2017-04-24 2017-06-23 深圳市瑞荣创电子科技有限公司 Building intraoral illumination control system
US11431836B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2022-08-30 Apple Inc. Methods and interfaces for initiating media playback
US10992795B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2021-04-27 Apple Inc. Methods and interfaces for home media control
US11239660B2 (en) * 2017-05-10 2022-02-01 Korea Electronics Technology Institute Demand response system and method for controlling devices to participate in demand response automatically
US20220279063A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2022-09-01 Apple Inc. Methods and interfaces for home media control
CN111343060B (en) 2017-05-16 2022-02-11 苹果公司 Method and interface for home media control
US10066848B1 (en) 2017-06-06 2018-09-04 Emerson Electric Co. Illuminating substrate-mountable devices
DE102017116381A1 (en) * 2017-07-20 2019-01-24 Tdk Electronics Ag Electrical component with solder connection
CN110914767A (en) * 2017-08-15 2020-03-24 开利公司 Ability to create user preferences for building systems from historical usage patterns
US11002577B2 (en) * 2017-09-01 2021-05-11 Johnson Controls Technology Company Fiber optic flow sensor
CA3212390A1 (en) 2017-09-26 2019-04-04 Rise Buildings, Llc Systems and methods for location-based application management
US10767383B2 (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-09-08 Robin Technologies, Inc. Ground wire guidance system for robotic vehicle with doorway access
USD887437S1 (en) * 2017-11-09 2020-06-16 Siemens Schweiz Ag Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
GB2568506A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-22 Redgear Solutions Ltd System and methods for monitoring environment of user household
US11089165B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2021-08-10 Yssa Charles Abousaid Retrofitable internet-enabled access control system and method
CN109951691A (en) * 2017-12-20 2019-06-28 深圳光峰科技股份有限公司 Bearing calibration, device and the optical projection system of projected picture
US11874011B2 (en) * 2018-01-19 2024-01-16 Schneider Electric Buildings Americas, Inc. Intelligent commissioning of building automation controllers
US10563884B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2020-02-18 Lennox Industries Inc. Auto addressing for HVAC units
CN108489005B (en) * 2018-02-23 2020-11-24 海信(山东)空调有限公司 Air conditioner and control method and device thereof
US10539336B2 (en) * 2018-03-29 2020-01-21 Rcs Technology, Llc Server-based thermostat control
US11566803B2 (en) 2018-04-09 2023-01-31 Carrier Corporation Satisfaction measurement for smart buildings
US10440509B1 (en) * 2018-04-16 2019-10-08 Walgreen Co. Technology for managing location-based functionalities for electronic devices
CN113014931B (en) 2018-05-07 2022-06-14 苹果公司 Methods, electronic devices, and media for viewing live video feeds and recording video
US20190355027A1 (en) * 2018-05-15 2019-11-21 July Systems Llc Streamlined wlan connectivity using pre-boarding data
KR102458336B1 (en) 2018-05-18 2022-10-25 삼성전자주식회사 Air conditioner and Method for controlling the air conditioner thereof
EP3803223B1 (en) * 2018-05-29 2022-11-30 Belimo Holding AG A method and a mobile communication device for controlling an hvac component in a building
KR20200010013A (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-01-30 주식회사 미로 System for intelligent humidifier interlocking with remote controller built-in sensor
US10871394B2 (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-12-22 Pixart Imaging Inc. Optical sensor assembly
US11280500B2 (en) 2018-08-03 2022-03-22 Pixart Imaging Inc. Auto detection system based on thermal signals
US11118705B2 (en) 2018-08-07 2021-09-14 General Electric Company Quick connect firewall seal for firewall
US11327453B2 (en) * 2018-09-01 2022-05-10 Honeywell International Inc. Status indicator for a building controller
FR3086832A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 Orange METHOD FOR GEORGING WITH AUTOMATIC ADAPTATION OF DETECTION RANGE, COMPUTER PROGRAM, GEORGING MODULE AND RESIDENTIAL GATEWAY THEREFOR.
US11046182B2 (en) 2018-10-22 2021-06-29 Nio Usa, Inc. System and method for providing momentum scrolling via a rotary user interface device
US10671271B2 (en) 2018-10-22 2020-06-02 Nio Usa, Inc. Jog dial user interface device
US10900687B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-01-26 Trane International Inc. Flexible scheduling HVAC graphical user interface and methods of use thereof
US10542582B1 (en) * 2018-11-27 2020-01-21 Honeywell International Inc. Wireless communication with adaptive responsiveness
US20220026088A1 (en) * 2018-12-19 2022-01-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Geofencing-enhanced monitoring of air filters
US10559208B1 (en) * 2019-01-25 2020-02-11 Caterpillar Paving Products Inc System and method for controlling reporting frequency
EP3881570A4 (en) * 2019-02-01 2022-02-16 Tile, Inc. User presence-enabled tracking device functionality
US10645534B1 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-05-05 Tile, Inc. User presence-enabled tracking device functionality
US11025743B2 (en) * 2019-04-30 2021-06-01 Slack Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for initiating processing actions utilizing automatically generated data of a group-based communication system
US10778274B1 (en) * 2019-05-01 2020-09-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable security case
US11293660B2 (en) * 2019-05-08 2022-04-05 ChiSupply Co. Universal control board operatively controlling both low voltage and line voltage loading
US11082914B2 (en) * 2019-05-24 2021-08-03 California Eastern Laboratories, Inc. Transient network communication
EP4134811A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2023-02-15 Apple Inc. User interfaces for audio media control
US11363071B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. User interfaces for managing a local network
US11010121B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. User interfaces for audio media control
US10904029B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2021-01-26 Apple Inc. User interfaces for managing controllable external devices
KR20200140013A (en) * 2019-06-05 2020-12-15 삼성전자주식회사 Server, heat pump system and method for authenticating installation of heat pump system
TWI702898B (en) * 2019-06-12 2020-08-21 英業達股份有限公司 Movable fixing holder
CN110092571A (en) * 2019-06-13 2019-08-06 新沂市骄阳石英有限公司 A kind of quartz sand smelting furnace pressure alarm set
CN210836533U (en) * 2019-08-20 2020-06-23 王燕 Wireless receiving circuit and wireless control device
US11506410B2 (en) * 2019-09-10 2022-11-22 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Zone monitoring systems and methods for a zoning system
EP4034810A1 (en) * 2019-09-26 2022-08-03 Google LLC Annular light-guide integrated into a mesh network device
US11686493B2 (en) * 2019-12-04 2023-06-27 Ademco Inc. Digital HVAC controller for navigating information based on two or more inputs
US11280512B2 (en) * 2019-12-04 2022-03-22 Ademco Inc. Digital HVAC controller with carousel screens
CN110932202B (en) * 2019-12-24 2021-04-06 青岛邦钲线管桥架有限公司 Cable bridge with convenient connection and fireproof functions
JP1667771S (en) * 2020-02-28 2020-09-07
CN111578438A (en) * 2020-04-30 2020-08-25 徐州申恒环境科技有限公司 Air purification equipment for industrial spinning and working method thereof
US11079913B1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-08-03 Apple Inc. User interface for status indicators
US20230221033A1 (en) * 2020-06-05 2023-07-13 Ademco Inc. Determining Rotation Using Sensor Displaced from Magnet
USD951780S1 (en) 2020-06-15 2022-05-17 Honeywell International Inc. Building controller
US11564148B2 (en) * 2020-07-08 2023-01-24 Trane International Inc. Systems and methods for seamlessly transferring a radio connection between components of a climate control system
US11441805B2 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-09-13 Google Llc Thermostat control using touch sensor gesture based input
US11360252B2 (en) 2020-08-28 2022-06-14 Google Llc Partially-reflective cover for a smart home device
CN112178880A (en) * 2020-09-21 2021-01-05 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Remote control method and device, dehumidification equipment and humidification equipment
US11392291B2 (en) 2020-09-25 2022-07-19 Apple Inc. Methods and interfaces for media control with dynamic feedback
CN112462616B (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-10-28 青岛海尔空调器有限总公司 Control method and control device for shared household electrical appliance
USD977996S1 (en) 2020-12-18 2023-02-14 Research Products Corporation Heating ventilation and air conditioning controller
USD977343S1 (en) 2021-03-09 2023-02-07 Research Products Corporation Heating ventilation and air conditioning controller
USD980240S1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2023-03-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
CN113193491A (en) * 2021-05-08 2021-07-30 广东电网有限责任公司 Blocking device cabinet
WO2022272229A2 (en) * 2021-06-21 2022-12-29 Ademco Inc. Wall-mounted control device
WO2023194421A1 (en) * 2022-04-08 2023-10-12 Belimo Holding Ag Hvac control system comprising a mobile communication device and method for configuring a field device in an hvac control system
CN116336543A (en) * 2022-11-01 2023-06-27 北京众清科技有限公司 Energy saving amount determining method, temperature control system and storage medium

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5722126A (en) * 1996-05-22 1998-03-03 Romag Fasteners Inc. Magnetic snap fasteners
US20130099010A1 (en) * 2011-10-21 2013-04-25 Nest Labs, Inc. Thermostat with wiring terminals configured for spatial compactness and ease of wire installation

Family Cites Families (984)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US40437A (en) 1863-10-27 photo-litho
US1522169A (en) 1920-09-14 1925-01-06 Charles Petersen Switch plate
US2227549A (en) 1939-05-23 1941-01-07 Fred L Mcneill Illuminated receptacle
US2462162A (en) 1944-07-03 1949-02-22 Bell Telephone Labor Inc Metallic oxide resistor
US2879363A (en) 1954-06-28 1959-03-24 Clarostat Mfg Co Inc Electrical unit mounting assembly
BE546360A (en) 1955-03-24
US2980875A (en) 1956-08-20 1961-04-18 King Seeley Corp Thermo-responsive device
US2839670A (en) 1957-01-18 1958-06-17 Gladstone Lewis Illuminated cover plate for electrical outlets
US2961625A (en) 1958-07-24 1960-11-22 Bendix Corp Thermistor probe
US3087134A (en) 1958-10-08 1963-04-23 Wiegand Co Edwin L Electric heater assembly
US3147457A (en) 1961-08-02 1964-09-01 Fisher Scientific Co Temperature probe
DE1490254A1 (en) 1964-09-16 1968-12-05 Rosenthal Isolatoren Gmbh Electrical rotation resistance
US3656112A (en) 1969-03-14 1972-04-11 Constellation Science And Tech Utility meter remote automatic reading system
DE2036829C3 (en) 1970-07-24 1980-01-17 Bunker Ramo Corp., Oak Brook, Ill. (V.St.A.) Electrical circuit board
US3747045A (en) 1971-04-19 1973-07-17 Sprague Electric Co Lead locking configuration for electrical components
US3818213A (en) 1971-10-04 1974-06-18 Gen Electric Cast resin glow lamp product
US3832668A (en) 1972-03-31 1974-08-27 Westinghouse Electric Corp Silicon carbide junction thermistor
JPS527535B2 (en) 1972-05-02 1977-03-03
US3779079A (en) 1972-06-28 1973-12-18 Diginetics Inc Temperature measuring systems for automotive vehicles and the like
US3831674A (en) 1972-11-16 1974-08-27 Avco Corp Plate type heat exchangers
JPS5113691B2 (en) 1973-02-28 1976-05-01
US3900842A (en) 1973-03-29 1975-08-19 Automated Technology Corp Remote automatic meter reading and control system
US3793604A (en) 1973-04-09 1974-02-19 Gte Sylvania Inc High strength electrical lead for disk type thermistors
JPS5234043B2 (en) 1973-08-16 1977-09-01
US3884363A (en) 1973-09-13 1975-05-20 Bendix Corp Programmable universal transfer device
US3868620A (en) 1973-12-20 1975-02-25 Texas Instruments Inc Level sensor and method of making the same
DE2404758C3 (en) 1974-02-01 1980-06-26 Licentia Patent-Verwaltungs-Gmbh, 6000 Frankfurt Process for the serial production of electrical resistors
JPS5113691A (en) 1974-07-12 1976-02-03 Einosuke Negishi TSURIITOMAKITORIKI
JPS5137016A (en) 1974-09-24 1976-03-29 Dainichi Nippon Cables Ltd DODENYOARUMINIUMUGOKIN OYOBISONO SEIZOHO
JPS5234043A (en) 1975-09-06 1977-03-15 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd Tension controller for supplied core in wire twister
US4117257A (en) 1976-05-17 1978-09-26 Gte Sylvania Incorporated Temperature sensor holding device
US4079366A (en) 1976-05-20 1978-03-14 Gim Wong Electronic timer and thermoswitch device
JPS539910A (en) 1976-07-14 1978-01-28 Hitachi Ltd Function generating circuit for gas turbine engine control
US4206872A (en) 1977-03-17 1980-06-10 Levine Michael R Electronic thermostat
US4314665B2 (en) 1977-03-17 1994-09-13 Honeywell Inc Electronic thermostat
US4104976A (en) 1977-03-21 1978-08-08 The Singer Company Programmable sewing machine
JPS547492A (en) 1977-06-20 1979-01-20 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Impact resistant resin composition
US4216384A (en) 1977-12-09 1980-08-05 Directed Energy Systems, Inc. System for monitoring and controlling electric power consumption
US4174807A (en) 1978-08-10 1979-11-20 Kimble George D Autocycling control circuit for heating and/or air conditioning systems
US4296334A (en) 1978-09-07 1981-10-20 Gim Wong Programmable electronic starting device for autos and the like with means selectable to actuate accessories
US4224615A (en) 1978-09-14 1980-09-23 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method of using a liquid crystal display device as a data input device
US4298946A (en) 1978-12-18 1981-11-03 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electronically controlled programmable digital thermostat
US4214353A (en) 1978-12-28 1980-07-29 Western Electric Company, Inc. Method of assembling heated terminals and rolled film capacitors within plastic boxes
US4429299A (en) 1979-01-05 1984-01-31 Robertshaw Controls Company Two-way AC power line communications system
US4399510A (en) 1979-04-03 1983-08-16 Nuclear Systems, Inc. System for monitoring utility usage
US4337822A (en) 1979-08-16 1982-07-06 Hyltin Tom M Digital thermostat
US4264034A (en) 1979-08-16 1981-04-28 Hyltin Tom M Digital thermostat
US4276536A (en) 1979-09-04 1981-06-30 Scully Electronic Systems, Inc. Self-heating thermistor probe for low temperature applications
US4357665A (en) 1979-12-27 1982-11-02 Butler Manufacturing Company Programmable electronic real-time load controller providing demand limit control
US4373664A (en) 1980-01-30 1983-02-15 Robertshaw Controls Company Wall thermostat and the like
US4341345A (en) 1980-02-19 1982-07-27 Honeywell Inc. Method and apparatus for power load shedding
US4337893A (en) 1980-04-07 1982-07-06 Energy Savings Parhelion Multi-phase modular comfort controlled heating system
FR2481995B1 (en) 1980-05-06 1986-03-28 Thimon DEVICE FOR CONFORMING A FILM OF HEAT-SHRINKABLE PLASTIC MATERIAL COVERING THE SIDE GRIPPING SPACES OF A LOAD WITHOUT PALLET WITH REDUCED BED
US4345162A (en) 1980-06-30 1982-08-17 Honeywell Inc. Method and apparatus for power load shedding
US4308991A (en) 1980-07-07 1982-01-05 Emerson Electric Co. Programmable electronic thermostat
US4386649A (en) 1980-07-15 1983-06-07 Nuclear Systems, Inc. Programmable thermostatic control device
US4382544A (en) 1980-08-08 1983-05-10 J. T. Stewart Associates, Inc. Energy management system with programmable thermostat
US4317102A (en) 1980-08-14 1982-02-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Hot foil transducer skin friction sensor
US4388692A (en) 1980-09-03 1983-06-14 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electronically controlled programmable digital thermostat having variable threshold hysteresis with time
US4333069A (en) 1980-11-14 1982-06-01 Trw, Inc. Electrical resistor for a printed circuit board and method of making the same
US4332352A (en) 1981-01-30 1982-06-01 Honeywell Inc. Multistage thermostat using integral initiation change means
US4388649A (en) 1981-06-01 1983-06-14 Rca Corporation AFT Lockout prevention system
US4608560A (en) 1981-06-09 1986-08-26 Adec, Inc. Computer controlled energy monitoring system
US4551812A (en) 1981-06-17 1985-11-05 Cyborex Laboratories, Inc. Energy controller and method for dynamic allocation of priorities of controlled load curtailment to ensure adequate load sharing
US4347443A (en) 1981-06-18 1982-08-31 Honeywell Inc. Room thermostat with electronic circuit board heat removal air wash
DE3127471A1 (en) 1981-07-11 1983-01-20 Robert Bosch Gmbh, 7000 Stuttgart ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT FOR HEATING SYSTEMS
US4742475A (en) 1984-06-19 1988-05-03 Ibg International, Inc. Environmental control system
US4379483A (en) 1981-08-17 1983-04-12 The Coleman Company, Inc. Method of controlling heating and cooling sources
US4442972A (en) 1981-09-14 1984-04-17 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electrically controlled programmable digital thermostat and method for regulating the operation of multistage heating and cooling systems
JPS5862796A (en) 1981-10-08 1983-04-14 ソニー株式会社 Electronic equipment
US4498650A (en) 1982-03-10 1985-02-12 General Signal Corporation Microprocessor based track circuit for occupancy detection and bidirectional code communication
US4646964A (en) 1982-03-26 1987-03-03 Parker Electronics, Inc. Temperature control system
JPS58197798A (en) 1982-05-13 1983-11-17 株式会社村田製作所 Electronic part series
US4401262A (en) 1982-06-18 1983-08-30 Honeywell Inc. Energy saving thermostat with means to shift offset time program
US4556865A (en) 1982-08-09 1985-12-03 Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. Data transmission system utilizing power line
US4511979A (en) 1982-08-25 1985-04-16 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Programmable time registering AC electric energy meter having randomized load control
US4431134A (en) 1982-11-08 1984-02-14 Microcomm Corporation Digital thermostat with protection against power interruption
US4479604A (en) 1982-12-30 1984-10-30 Didner Robert S Zoned control system
US4717333A (en) 1983-01-21 1988-01-05 Advanced Mechanical Technology, Inc. Burner ignition system
DE3307931C2 (en) 1983-03-05 1985-02-07 Dr. Johannes Heidenhain Gmbh, 8225 Traunreut Digital electrical length or angle measuring system
US4446913A (en) 1983-07-05 1984-05-08 The Trane Company Auto changeover thermostat with means for handling temperature entry errors
US4591988A (en) 1983-07-13 1986-05-27 Control Energy Corporation Energy cost allocation method and system
DE3334117A1 (en) 1983-09-21 1985-04-04 Siemens Ag Method for inputting information items for process control with the aid of an input display interacting with an input pen
JPS5986812A (en) 1983-10-05 1984-05-19 Matsushita Seiko Co Ltd Ultrasonic burner device
US4583182A (en) 1983-10-07 1986-04-15 At&T Information Systems Inc. Controllable risk parameter for device control system
US4506827A (en) 1983-10-17 1985-03-26 Johnson Service Company Battery powered thermostat
US4560973A (en) 1983-11-15 1985-12-24 Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft Rod shaped thermometer and method of making same
JPS60116154A (en) 1983-11-28 1985-06-22 Nec Corp Integrated circuit package structure
US4510398A (en) 1983-12-13 1985-04-09 Honeywell Inc. Add/shed load control according to multiple add/shed sequences
US4630670A (en) 1983-12-19 1986-12-23 Carrier Corporation Variable volume multizone system
JPS60211321A (en) 1984-04-05 1985-10-23 Ishida Scales Mfg Co Ltd Combinational measuring method of automatic measuring device
US4556169A (en) 1984-06-07 1985-12-03 Honeywell Inc. On-off thermostat based modulating air flow controller
US4909041A (en) 1984-07-27 1990-03-20 Uhr Corporation Residential heating, cooling and energy management system
JPS615269A (en) 1984-07-27 1986-01-11 Canon Inc Fixing device of contact heating roll
DE3434118A1 (en) 1984-09-17 1986-03-20 Vdo Adolf Schindling Ag, 6000 Frankfurt DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN OPTO-ELECTRONIC DISPLAY DEVICE
US4621336A (en) 1984-09-17 1986-11-04 Emerson Electric Co. Visual display of time schedule in a programmable thermostat
US4585164A (en) 1984-09-24 1986-04-29 Butkovich Joseph J Portable energy level control system
US4657179A (en) 1984-12-26 1987-04-14 Honeywell Inc. Distributed environmental/load control system
JPH0766248B2 (en) 1985-02-04 1995-07-19 株式会社日立製作所 Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof
US4606401A (en) 1985-03-08 1986-08-19 Honeywell, Inc. Programmable thermostat
US4685025A (en) 1985-03-14 1987-08-04 Raychem Corporation Conductive polymer circuit protection devices having improved electrodes
US4622544A (en) 1985-05-13 1986-11-11 Lifeline Systems, Inc. Low battery indicator
FR2584542B1 (en) 1985-07-05 1987-10-23 Cahors App Elec POWER ADAPTER FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, ESPECIALLY DOMESTIC
JPS62266348A (en) 1985-12-27 1987-11-19 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Air conditioner
US4708558A (en) 1986-02-21 1987-11-24 Flexible Steel Lacing Company Wire fastener
US4914568A (en) 1986-10-24 1990-04-03 National Instruments, Inc. Graphical system for modelling a process and associated method
US4748552A (en) 1986-05-28 1988-05-31 Goro Kikuchi Sequence control system
US4656835A (en) 1986-09-15 1987-04-14 Honeywell Inc. Demand limit control by integral reset of thermostats
KR900001894B1 (en) 1986-09-22 1990-03-26 미쓰비시덴기 가부시기가이샤 Air conditioning apparatus
US4725001A (en) 1986-10-17 1988-02-16 Arnold D. Berkeley Electronic thermostat employing adaptive cycling
JPH0817540B2 (en) 1986-11-12 1996-02-21 株式会社日立製作所 Centralized control device for home appliances
US4990987A (en) 1986-12-18 1991-02-05 Gte Products Corporation Over-temperature sensor and protector for semiconductor devices
DE3703465C2 (en) 1987-02-05 1998-02-19 Behr Thomson Dehnstoffregler Method of manufacturing an electrical switching device and electrical switching device
US4746766A (en) 1987-03-11 1988-05-24 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Shielded flexing connector
US4888726A (en) 1987-04-22 1989-12-19 Allen-Bradley Company. Inc. Distributed processing in a cluster of industrial controls linked by a communications network
US4948040A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-08-14 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Air conditioning system
US4918439A (en) 1987-06-23 1990-04-17 Cl 9, Inc. Remote control device
US4837731A (en) 1987-07-07 1989-06-06 Honeywell Incorporated System for time programming of states by communicating time data via a continuously rotatable potentiometer
US4797568A (en) 1987-08-21 1989-01-10 Gumbs Curtis M Electronic switching system for controlling indoor and outdoor lights
JPH07118826B2 (en) 1987-09-23 1995-12-18 山武ハネウエル株式会社 Building management system
US4899129A (en) 1987-12-01 1990-02-06 Smart House Limited Partnership Automated appliance and energy distribution control system
US4941829A (en) 1987-12-23 1990-07-17 International Business Machines Corporation Method for providing a dynamic tutorial display
EP0322897B1 (en) 1987-12-29 1997-10-08 Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. Simultaneous data and electric power transmitting/receiving system
US5006703A (en) * 1988-02-22 1991-04-09 Victor Company Of Japan, Ltd. Reflective optical rotary encoder disc
CH682264A5 (en) 1988-03-18 1993-08-13 Tem Ag
JP2989607B2 (en) 1988-03-30 1999-12-13 キヤノン株式会社 Information input device
US4924404A (en) 1988-04-11 1990-05-08 K. Reinke, Jr. & Company Energy monitor
US4912463A (en) 1988-08-09 1990-03-27 Princeton Technology Corporation Remote control apparatus
US5149200A (en) 1988-08-25 1992-09-22 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Temperature measuring probe and electronic clinical thermometer equipped with same
US5012973A (en) 1988-08-26 1991-05-07 Hunter Fan Company Window air conditioning unit having a built-in programmable thermostat with remote temperature sensor
DE8811566U1 (en) 1988-09-13 1988-10-27 Honeywell Regelsysteme Gmbh, 6050 Offenbach, De
US5187797A (en) 1988-09-28 1993-02-16 Solatrol, Inc. Machine interface system with hierarchal menus allowing user sequencing and selection of menu items by actuation of three switches
US5038851A (en) 1988-10-13 1991-08-13 Hunter Fan Company Electronic programmable thermostat for a heating and cooling system with an oscillation control mechanism
US4881686A (en) 1988-10-13 1989-11-21 Hunter-Melnor, Inc. Temperature recovery display device for an electronic programmable thermostat
US4942613A (en) 1988-12-02 1990-07-17 Heil-Quaker Corporation Service thermostat
US5005365A (en) 1988-12-02 1991-04-09 Inter-City Products Corporation (Usa) Thermostat speed bar graph for variable speed temperature control system
US5442340A (en) 1988-12-05 1995-08-15 Prince Corporation Trainable RF transmitter including attenuation control
US5479155A (en) 1988-12-05 1995-12-26 Prince Corporation Vehicle accessory trainable transmitter
JPH02156125A (en) 1988-12-07 1990-06-15 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Temperature sensor
US4916328A (en) 1988-12-08 1990-04-10 Honeywell Inc. Add/shed load control using anticipatory processes
US5161606A (en) 1988-12-09 1992-11-10 Arnold D. Berkeley Interactive electronic thermostat with minimum and maximum temperature thermal limit switches
US5065813A (en) 1988-12-09 1991-11-19 Arnold D. Berkeley Interactive electronic thermostat with installation assistance
US5086385A (en) 1989-01-31 1992-02-04 Custom Command Systems Expandable home automation system
FR2645642B1 (en) 1989-04-06 1994-01-21 Jaeger THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF
WO1990015394A1 (en) 1989-06-02 1990-12-13 Aisi Research Corporation Appliance interface for exchanging data
US5272477A (en) 1989-06-20 1993-12-21 Omron Corporation Remote control card and remote control system
US5218399A (en) 1989-06-26 1993-06-08 Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha Display system for camera having segment display portion and dot matrix display portion
JPH0338617A (en) 1989-07-05 1991-02-19 Toshiba Corp Liquid crystal display device
US5126686A (en) 1989-08-15 1992-06-30 Astec International, Ltd. RF amplifier system having multiple selectable power output levels
US5213417A (en) 1989-08-21 1993-05-25 Nkk Corporation Apparatus for temperature measurement
US5140310A (en) 1989-11-29 1992-08-18 Motorola, Inc. Interrupting low battery indicator
JPH03171310A (en) 1989-11-30 1991-07-24 Toshiba Corp Personal computer
US5289362A (en) 1989-12-15 1994-02-22 Johnson Service Company Energy control system
JP2704017B2 (en) * 1989-12-26 1998-01-26 キヤノン株式会社 Optical encoder
IT219664Z2 (en) 1989-12-29 1993-04-21 Bpt Spa PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
JPH03209704A (en) 1990-01-11 1991-09-12 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Liquid-level detecting thermistor
US5187655A (en) 1990-01-16 1993-02-16 Lutron Electronic Co., Inc. Portable programmer for a lighting control
US5043531A (en) 1990-01-16 1991-08-27 Smart House Limited Partnership Wiring layout for use in constructing new homes
US4969508A (en) 1990-01-25 1990-11-13 United Enertech Corporation Wireless thermostat and room environment control system
JPH03245180A (en) 1990-02-23 1991-10-31 Toshiba Corp Brightness controller for panel display
JP2753364B2 (en) 1990-02-23 1998-05-20 オークマ株式会社 Numerical control information creation device
US5053752A (en) 1990-02-26 1991-10-01 Jack Epstein Smoke detector and method using elongated flexible low battery condition indicator member
US5036698A (en) 1990-05-04 1991-08-06 Allied-Signal Inc. Method and apparatus for predicting life of air filter cartridges
US5172565A (en) 1990-05-21 1992-12-22 Honeywell Inc. Air handling system utilizing direct expansion cooling
US5414618A (en) 1990-07-18 1995-05-09 The Toro Company Irrigation controller with analog data input devices
US5218552A (en) 1990-07-30 1993-06-08 Smart House, L.P. Control apparatus for use in a dwelling
JP3118819B2 (en) 1990-08-24 2000-12-18 ソニー株式会社 Remote control system
DE69119910T2 (en) 1990-09-20 1997-01-23 Illumination Research Group Pr DISPLAY DEVICE
US5436609A (en) 1990-09-28 1995-07-25 Raychem Corporation Electrical device
US5153837A (en) 1990-10-09 1992-10-06 Sleuth Inc. Utility consumption monitoring and control system
US5237305A (en) 1990-11-30 1993-08-17 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Home bus system
US5317304A (en) 1991-01-17 1994-05-31 Sonicpro International, Inc. Programmable microprocessor based motion-sensitive alarm
DE4104709A1 (en) 1991-02-15 1992-08-20 Hofsass P METHOD FOR PRODUCING MADE-UP SELF-STABLIZING RESISTORS AND SUCH A RESISTANT
US5271410A (en) 1991-04-01 1993-12-21 Baxter International Inc. Catheter with rapid response thermistor and method
US5088645A (en) 1991-06-24 1992-02-18 Ian Bell Self-programmable temperature control system for a heating and cooling system
US5321382A (en) 1991-07-08 1994-06-14 Nippondenso Co., Ltd. Thermal type flow rate sensor
JPH0579933A (en) 1991-09-18 1993-03-30 Toyota Motor Corp Automatic stopping device for three-dimensional measuring instrument
US5238184A (en) 1991-09-30 1993-08-24 Honeywell Inc. Thermostat having simple battery level detection
US5270952A (en) 1991-09-30 1993-12-14 Honeywell Inc. Self-adjusting recovery algorithm for a microprocessor-controlled setback thermostat
US5390206A (en) 1991-10-01 1995-02-14 American Standard Inc. Wireless communication system for air distribution system
US5170935A (en) 1991-11-27 1992-12-15 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Adaptable control of HVAC systems
US5230482A (en) 1991-12-20 1993-07-27 Honeywell Inc. Electronic time thermostat with a temporary next period adjustment means
US6400996B1 (en) 1999-02-01 2002-06-04 Steven M. Hoffberg Adaptive pattern recognition based control system and method
US5291063A (en) 1991-12-23 1994-03-01 Eni Div. Of Astec America, Inc. High-power RF device with heat spreader bushing
US5181653A (en) 1992-03-03 1993-01-26 Foster Glenn D Residential heating and air conditioning control system
US6347997B1 (en) 1997-10-01 2002-02-19 Brad A. Armstrong Analog controls housed with electronic displays
US5544036A (en) 1992-03-25 1996-08-06 Brown, Jr.; Robert J. Energy management and home automation system
US5761083A (en) 1992-03-25 1998-06-02 Brown, Jr.; Robert J. Energy management and home automation system
EP0566479B1 (en) 1992-04-14 1995-11-15 Roger Claude Robin Fouling detector for air filter
JP3296621B2 (en) 1992-05-01 2002-07-02 株式会社イシダ PRINTING PROMOTION INFORMATION PRINTING METHOD, ITS APPARATUS AND LABEL
US5226723A (en) 1992-05-11 1993-07-13 Chen Der Jong Light emitting diode display
US5404934A (en) 1992-05-19 1995-04-11 Currise & Carlson, Inc. Retrofit air conditioning system
US5259445A (en) 1992-07-13 1993-11-09 The Detroit Edison Company Control for dual heating system including a heat pump and furnace
JPH0636904A (en) 1992-07-15 1994-02-10 Shinagawa Refract Co Ltd Positive characteristic thermister
US5367282A (en) 1992-07-21 1994-11-22 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electric motor protector sensor
US5392223A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-02-21 International Business Machines Corp. Audio/video communications processor
DE69329005T2 (en) 1992-10-26 2001-03-22 Sun Microsystems Inc Remote control and pointing device
US5306995A (en) 1992-10-30 1994-04-26 General Electric Company Reconfiguration automatic electronic control system with automatic model determination, internally restructurable control and flexible programmable test modes
US5329991A (en) 1992-11-05 1994-07-19 Hunter Fan Company Pre-programmed electronic programmable thermostat
US8095340B2 (en) 1992-11-17 2012-01-10 Health Hero Network, Inc. Home power management system
DE69423204T2 (en) 1993-01-05 2000-07-27 Honeywell Inc MULTIPURPOSE USER INTERFACE
US5818428A (en) 1993-01-21 1998-10-06 Whirlpool Corporation Appliance control system with configurable interface
US5351035A (en) 1993-02-22 1994-09-27 Ben A. Everson Clogged filter indicator
US5251813A (en) 1993-03-25 1993-10-12 Emerson Electric Co. Indication of low battery voltage condition by altering of temperature setpoint
US5495887A (en) 1993-05-21 1996-03-05 Erie Manufacturing (Canada) Co. Limited Temperature control system and controller therefor
EP0626635B1 (en) 1993-05-24 2003-03-05 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Improved graphical user interface with method for interfacing to remote devices
US5506572A (en) 1993-06-23 1996-04-09 Lodgenet Entertainment Corporation Low battery detection system
US5348078A (en) 1993-07-08 1994-09-20 Steven D. Dushane Dwelling heating and air conditioning system
US6116512A (en) 1997-02-19 2000-09-12 Dushane; Steven D. Wireless programmable digital thermostat system
US5392042A (en) 1993-08-05 1995-02-21 Martin Marietta Corporation Sigma-delta analog-to-digital converter with filtration having controlled pole-zero locations, and apparatus therefor
FR2711230B1 (en) 1993-10-13 1995-12-29 Atlantic Ste Fse Dev T Heating control method and corresponding programmable device.
US5449234A (en) 1993-11-29 1995-09-12 Caterpillar Inc. Air temperature sensor
US5566879A (en) 1993-12-06 1996-10-22 Comptel Domotique Inc. System for centralized controlling of a plurality of temperature regulating devices
US5621662A (en) 1994-02-15 1997-04-15 Intellinet, Inc. Home automation system
US5395042A (en) 1994-02-17 1995-03-07 Smart Systems International Apparatus and method for automatic climate control
US5482209A (en) 1994-06-01 1996-01-09 Honeywell Inc. Method and means for programming a programmable electronic thermostat
US5526422A (en) 1994-06-20 1996-06-11 At&T Corp. System and method for cleaning the display screen of a touch screen device
US5459374A (en) 1994-07-05 1995-10-17 Delco Electronics Corporation Combination fixed segment and active matrix vacuum fluorescent display
JPH0831606A (en) 1994-07-19 1996-02-02 Murata Mfg Co Ltd Electronic part
US5590831A (en) 1994-10-19 1997-01-07 Whirlpool Corporation Menu driven remote control for a room air conditioner
US5644173A (en) 1994-10-25 1997-07-01 Elliason; Kurt L. Real time and/shed load based on received tier pricing and direct load control with processors for each load
US6574581B1 (en) 1994-10-25 2003-06-03 Honeywell International Inc. Profile based method for deriving a temperature setpoint using a ‘delta’ based on cross-indexing a received price-point level signal
JPH08153601A (en) 1994-11-28 1996-06-11 Murata Mfg Co Ltd Electronic part
JPH08160443A (en) 1994-12-06 1996-06-21 Nec Corp Lcd display device
US5539633A (en) 1994-12-09 1996-07-23 Excel Energy Technologies, Ltd. Temperature control method and apparatus
US5572438A (en) 1995-01-05 1996-11-05 Teco Energy Management Services Engery management and building automation system
US5706191A (en) 1995-01-19 1998-01-06 Gas Research Institute Appliance interface apparatus and automated residence management system
US5671083A (en) 1995-02-02 1997-09-23 Texas Instruments Incorporated Spatial light modulator with buried passive charge storage cell array
US5690277A (en) 1995-02-06 1997-11-25 Flood; Scott W. Audible thermostat
US5654813A (en) 1995-03-10 1997-08-05 Whitworth; Thomas W. Infrared receiver and system for controlling a module
US5565843A (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-15 Stanley Home Automation Garage door message display system
GB9506201D0 (en) 1995-03-27 1995-05-17 Appliance Components Ltd Improvements in or relating to heating/cooling apparatus
US5971597A (en) 1995-03-29 1999-10-26 Hubbell Corporation Multifunction sensor and network sensor system
US5603451A (en) 1995-03-31 1997-02-18 John W. Helander Aesthetic thermostat
US5654688A (en) 1995-04-14 1997-08-05 Omega Research And Development, Inc. Vehicle security system having enhanced remote transmitter security
US5600311A (en) 1995-04-17 1997-02-04 Rice-Kelly Research & Engineering, Inc. Environmental control system with auxiliary control interface
US5679137A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-10-21 Honeywell Inc. Optical dirty cell sensor for an electronic air cleaner
US5950709A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-09-14 Honeywell Inc. Temperature control with stored multiple configuration programs
AU7017796A (en) 1995-09-18 1997-04-09 Intellinet User interface for home automation system
US5682206A (en) 1995-09-25 1997-10-28 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Consumer interface for programming device
US5802467A (en) 1995-09-28 1998-09-01 Innovative Intelcom Industries Wireless and wired communications, command, control and sensing system for sound and/or data transmission and reception
US5570837A (en) 1995-10-18 1996-11-05 Emerson Electric Co. Programmable digital thermostat with means for enabling temporary connection of a battery thereto
US5711785A (en) 1995-10-26 1998-01-27 Ormet Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling the cleaning cycle of air filter elements and for predicting the useful life thereof
US5833134A (en) 1995-10-27 1998-11-10 Ho; Tienhou Joseph Wireless remote temperature sensing thermostat with adjustable register
US5940296A (en) 1995-11-06 1999-08-17 Medar Inc. Method and system for interactively developing a graphical control-flow structure and associated application software for use in a machine vision system
JP3156750B2 (en) 1995-11-24 2001-04-16 日本電気株式会社 Alarm issuing device
US5668535A (en) 1995-12-07 1997-09-16 Emerson Electric Co. Filter condition sensor and indicator
DE29600654U1 (en) 1996-01-16 1996-03-07 Graesslin Kg Device in particular for time and / or temperature switching devices with an optoelectronic graphic display system
US5839654A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-11-24 Innova Patent Trust Portable air comfort system thermostat enabling personal localized control of room temperature
US5838226A (en) 1996-02-07 1998-11-17 Lutron Electronics Co.Inc. Communication protocol for transmission system for controlling and determining the status of electrical devices from remote locations
US6121875A (en) 1996-02-08 2000-09-19 Inform 2000 Monitoring and alerting system for buildings
US5829862A (en) 1996-02-21 1998-11-03 Ferrell; Tommy Dale Illuminated lighting structure
AUPN912096A0 (en) 1996-04-04 1996-05-02 Garrick, Corinne Marie Jeanette Fire detector silenceable low battery pre-alarm
US5862737A (en) 1996-04-10 1999-01-26 Honeywell Consumer Products Inc. Filter change indicator
US5884248A (en) 1996-04-10 1999-03-16 Casio Computer Co., Ltd. Build message communication system utilizing data tables containing message defining data and corresponding codes
US6032208A (en) 1996-04-12 2000-02-29 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. Process control system for versatile control of multiple process devices of various device types
US5838563A (en) 1996-04-12 1998-11-17 Fisher-Rosemont Systems, Inc. System for configuring a process control environment
US6098116A (en) 1996-04-12 2000-08-01 Fisher-Rosemont Systems, Inc. Process control system including a method and apparatus for automatically sensing the connection of devices to a network
US6868538B1 (en) 1996-04-12 2005-03-15 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. Object-oriented programmable controller
AT404997B (en) 1996-04-17 1999-04-26 Erwin Hanazeder DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING A HEATING, IN PARTICULAR FOR A RESIDENTIAL HOUSE
JPH09298780A (en) 1996-05-07 1997-11-18 Yamatake Honeywell Co Ltd Wireless receiver
JP3853419B2 (en) 1996-05-08 2006-12-06 ニチコン株式会社 Overvoltage / overcurrent protection device
US5805442A (en) 1996-05-30 1998-09-08 Control Technology Corporation Distributed interface architecture for programmable industrial control systems
US5982362A (en) 1996-05-30 1999-11-09 Control Technology Corporation Video interface architecture for programmable industrial control systems
US5963886A (en) 1996-05-31 1999-10-05 Eskom Selective monitoring system
US5782296A (en) 1996-06-14 1998-07-21 Hunter Fan Company Auto-programmable electronic thermostat
US5845259A (en) 1996-06-27 1998-12-01 Electronic Consumer Concepts, L.L.C. Electronic coupon dispensing system
JP3240434B2 (en) 1996-07-04 2001-12-17 株式会社山武 Desktop / wall mounted sensor built-in device
US5673850A (en) 1996-07-22 1997-10-07 Lux Products Corporation Programmable thermostat with rotary dial program setting
CA2210950A1 (en) 1996-07-31 1998-01-31 Richard J. Osendorf Air filter element; assembly; and method
WO1998008179A1 (en) 1996-08-22 1998-02-26 Emv Technologies, Inc. System and method for energy measurement and verification with constant baseline reference
US5963446A (en) 1996-08-27 1999-10-05 Steeplechase Software, Inc. Extended relay ladder logic for programmable logic controllers
US5909429A (en) 1996-09-03 1999-06-01 Philips Electronics North America Corporation Method for installing a wireless network which transmits node addresses directly from a wireless installation device to the nodes without using the wireless network
US6140987A (en) 1996-09-18 2000-10-31 Intellinet, Inc. User interface for home automation system
US5901183A (en) 1996-09-25 1999-05-04 Magellan Corporation Signal correlation technique for a receiver of a spread spectrum signal including a pseudo-random noise code that reduces errors when a multipath signal is present
US6192282B1 (en) 1996-10-01 2001-02-20 Intelihome, Inc. Method and apparatus for improved building automation
US5982445A (en) 1996-10-21 1999-11-09 General Instrument Corporation Hypertext markup language protocol for television display and control
US5956487A (en) 1996-10-25 1999-09-21 Hewlett-Packard Company Embedding web access mechanism in an appliance for user interface functions including a web server and web browser
US5732691A (en) 1996-10-30 1998-03-31 Rheem Manufacturing Company Modulating furnace with two-speed draft inducer
US5947372A (en) 1996-11-01 1999-09-07 Tiernan; Teresa Conaty Combined fuel level monitor and thermostat
US5877957A (en) 1996-11-06 1999-03-02 Ameritech Services, Inc. Method and system of programming at least one appliance to change state upon the occurrence of a trigger event
US5902183A (en) 1996-11-15 1999-05-11 D'souza; Melanius Process and apparatus for energy conservation in buildings using a computer controlled ventilation system
US6139177A (en) 1996-12-03 2000-10-31 Hewlett Packard Company Device access and control using embedded web access functionality
JPH10187224A (en) 1996-12-25 1998-07-14 Smc Corp Automatic control system
JP3684748B2 (en) 1997-01-22 2005-08-17 アンデン株式会社 Load drive circuit
US6009355A (en) 1997-01-28 1999-12-28 American Calcar Inc. Multimedia information and control system for automobiles
US5915473A (en) 1997-01-29 1999-06-29 American Standard Inc. Integrated humidity and temperature controller
GB2321993B (en) 1997-02-05 2001-02-28 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd Display with icon row
US5790977A (en) 1997-02-06 1998-08-04 Hewlett-Packard Company Data acquisition from a remote instrument via the internet
US6101824A (en) 1997-02-07 2000-08-15 Honeywell Inc. Flexible thermostat controller that permits various control point profiles when controlling multistage HVAC equipment
US5810908A (en) 1997-05-02 1998-09-22 Bemis Manufacturing Company Electronic control for air filtering apparatus
USD413328S (en) 1997-05-21 1999-08-31 Sony Corporation Remote controller combined with wireless telephone
US6154128A (en) 1997-05-21 2000-11-28 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Automatic building and distribution of alerts in a remote monitoring system
US5915948A (en) 1997-05-28 1999-06-29 Waterbury Companies, Inc. Insect attractant device
US5926776A (en) 1997-06-04 1999-07-20 Gas Research Institute Smart thermostat having a transceiver interface
DE19723815A1 (en) 1997-06-06 1998-12-10 Philips Patentverwaltung System for menu-driven command entry
US5956025A (en) 1997-06-09 1999-09-21 Philips Electronics North America Corporation Remote with 3D organized GUI for a home entertainment system
US5918292A (en) 1997-07-31 1999-06-29 Smith; William L. Right angle sensor
US5873519A (en) 1997-08-19 1999-02-23 Heatcraft Inc. Electronic thermostat with multiple program options
US6211626B1 (en) 1997-08-26 2001-04-03 Color Kinetics, Incorporated Illumination components
US6282454B1 (en) 1997-09-10 2001-08-28 Schneider Automation Inc. Web interface to a programmable controller
US6484061B2 (en) 1997-09-10 2002-11-19 Schneider Automation Inc. Web interface to a programmable controller
JPH11126727A (en) 1997-10-24 1999-05-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Electronic component
US5924486A (en) 1997-10-29 1999-07-20 Tecom, Inc. Environmental condition control and energy management system and method
US6385510B1 (en) 1997-12-03 2002-05-07 Klaus D. Hoog HVAC remote monitoring system
AU1823799A (en) 1997-12-29 1999-07-19 Ameritech Corporation System and method for home automation and security
US5917141A (en) 1998-01-12 1999-06-29 Naquin, Jr.; Clyde J. Air filter monitoring device
US6067477A (en) 1998-01-15 2000-05-23 Eutech Cybernetics Pte Ltd. Method and apparatus for the creation of personalized supervisory and control data acquisition systems for the management and integration of real-time enterprise-wide applications and systems
US6059195A (en) 1998-01-23 2000-05-09 Tridelta Industries, Inc. Integrated appliance control system
GB2333494A (en) 1998-01-27 1999-07-28 Ibm Smart card for electronic cash transactions having ferroelectric LCD
US6337635B1 (en) 1998-01-31 2002-01-08 Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. Remotely controllable programmable hose faucet valve system
US5937942A (en) 1998-03-17 1999-08-17 Hunter Fan Company Electronic programmable thermostat with temporary reset
FR2776462B1 (en) 1998-03-19 2000-05-19 Schneider Electric Sa MODULE OF ELECTRONIC POWER COMPONENTS
US6104963A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-08-15 Johnson Controls Technology Company Communication system for distributed-object building automation system
US6167316A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-12-26 Johnson Controls Technology Co. Distributed object-oriented building automation system with reliable asynchronous communication
US6154681A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-11-28 Johnson Controls Technology Company Asynchronous distributed-object building automation system with support for synchronous object execution
US6119125A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-09-12 Johnson Controls Technology Company Software components for a building automation system based on a standard object superclass
US6141595A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-10-31 Johnson Controls Technology Company Common object architecture supporting application-centric building automation systems
US6032867A (en) 1998-04-21 2000-03-07 Dushane; Steve Flat plate thermostat and wall mounting method
US6215405B1 (en) 1998-04-23 2001-04-10 Digital Security Controls Ltd. Programmable temperature sensor for security system
KR100607215B1 (en) 1998-05-07 2006-08-01 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for user and device command and control in a network
US6229429B1 (en) 1998-05-15 2001-05-08 Daniel J. Horon Fire protection and security monitoring system
USD422594S (en) 1998-05-19 2000-04-11 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Data transmitter apparatus
US6122603A (en) 1998-05-29 2000-09-19 Powerweb, Inc. Multi-utility energy control system with dashboard
US6311105B1 (en) 1998-05-29 2001-10-30 Powerweb, Inc. Multi-utility energy control system
US6437692B1 (en) 1998-06-22 2002-08-20 Statsignal Systems, Inc. System and method for monitoring and controlling remote devices
US6891838B1 (en) 1998-06-22 2005-05-10 Statsignal Ipc, Llc System and method for monitoring and controlling residential devices
US6088029A (en) 1998-06-26 2000-07-11 Tektronix, Inc. Enhanced display of a control window in a measurement instrument
US6208331B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2001-03-27 Ericsson Inc. Cleaning touchscreens
US6084523A (en) 1998-07-13 2000-07-04 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Non-intrusive battery status indicator and inventory system
DE19835920C2 (en) 1998-08-07 2001-08-16 Viessmann Werke Kg Monitoring and operating device for heating systems
DE19840552C2 (en) 1998-09-07 2001-10-31 Danfoss As Control unit for a heating system
EP0985994A1 (en) 1998-09-11 2000-03-15 Electrowatt Technology Innovation AG Method and device for inputting process parameters
US7136645B2 (en) 1998-10-09 2006-11-14 Netmotion Wireless, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing mobile and other intermittent connectivity in a computing environment
US6098893A (en) 1998-10-22 2000-08-08 Honeywell Inc. Comfort control system incorporating weather forecast data and a method for operating such a system
US6112246A (en) 1998-10-22 2000-08-29 Horbal; Mark T. System and method for accessing information from a remote device and providing the information to a client workstation
US6353853B1 (en) 1998-10-26 2002-03-05 Triatek, Inc. System for management of building automation systems through an HTML client program
US20010010032A1 (en) 1998-10-27 2001-07-26 Ehlers Gregory A. Energy management and building automation system
US6149065A (en) 1998-10-28 2000-11-21 Harper-Wyman Company Modulating thermostat for gas oven burner
US6320577B1 (en) 1998-11-03 2001-11-20 Agilent Technologies, Inc. System and method for graphically annotating a waveform display in a signal-measurement system
US6157943A (en) 1998-11-12 2000-12-05 Johnson Controls Technology Company Internet access to a facility management system
US8135413B2 (en) 1998-11-24 2012-03-13 Tracbeam Llc Platform and applications for wireless location and other complex services
US6356282B2 (en) 1998-12-04 2002-03-12 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Alarm manager system for distributed network management system
US6211782B1 (en) 1999-01-09 2001-04-03 Heat-Timer Corporation Electronic message delivery system utilizable in the monitoring of remote equipment and method of same
US6145751A (en) 1999-01-12 2000-11-14 Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining a thermal setpoint in a HVAC system
US6483906B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-11-19 Pointset Corporation Method and apparatus for setting programmable features of an appliance
US6351693B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-02-26 Honeywell International Inc. Computerized system for controlling thermostats
CA2361515A1 (en) 1999-01-22 2000-07-27 Pointset Corporation Method and apparatus for setting programmable features of an appliance
US6398118B1 (en) 1999-01-29 2002-06-04 Howard B. Rosen Thermostat incorporating thin film carbon dioxide sensor and environmental control system
US6334107B1 (en) 1999-02-04 2001-12-25 Rental Tracker Method of managing a real estate unit
US6598056B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2003-07-22 Honeywell International Inc. Remotely accessible building information system
DE19909102C2 (en) 1999-03-02 2001-10-04 Danfoss As Control device for a heating device
US6290140B1 (en) 1999-03-04 2001-09-18 Energyiq Systems, Inc. Energy management system and method
EP1183581A2 (en) 1999-03-24 2002-03-06 Myhomelink.Con, Inc. Internet-based home management
TW463184B (en) 1999-04-09 2001-11-11 Murata Manufacturing Co Temperature sensor, method of producing same and method of mounting same to a circuit board
US7127734B1 (en) 1999-04-12 2006-10-24 Texas Instruments Incorporated System and methods for home network communications
US7203296B2 (en) 1999-04-16 2007-04-10 Sbc Properties, L.P. Method, system, and article for placing a telephone call to a previously-called party
US6152375A (en) 1999-04-22 2000-11-28 Robison; Jerry L. Remote control thermostat system for controlling electric devices
JP4237865B2 (en) 1999-04-27 2009-03-11 富士通マイクロエレクトロニクス株式会社 Packet transfer control apparatus and method
US6225907B1 (en) 1999-05-14 2001-05-01 International Comfort Products Corporation (Usa) Environmental control system incipient failure indicator apparatus
WO2000072285A1 (en) 1999-05-24 2000-11-30 Heat-Timer Corporation Electronic message delivery system utilizable in the monitoring oe remote equipment and method of same
US6255988B1 (en) 1999-06-03 2001-07-03 Honeywell International Inc Industrial process field instrumentation employing satellite transmitted reference signals
US6449726B1 (en) 1999-07-21 2002-09-10 Spotware Technologies, Inc. Method, system, software, and signal for estimating battery life in a remote control device
GB2353184A (en) 1999-08-13 2001-02-14 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd Disabling a touch sensitive display screen when a call is established
US6961763B1 (en) 1999-08-17 2005-11-01 Microsoft Corporation Automation system for controlling and monitoring devices and sensors
US6190442B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2001-02-20 Tishken Products Co. Air filter gauge
US6529137B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2003-03-04 Compass Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for displaying alarm information
JP2001110565A (en) 1999-10-04 2001-04-20 Auto Network Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Display element driving apparatus
US6318639B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2001-11-20 Emerson Electric Co. Thermostat with temporary fan on function
US6259074B1 (en) 1999-10-26 2001-07-10 Sims Level 1, Inc. Apparatus for regulating the temperature of a fluid
US6675193B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2004-01-06 Invensys Software Systems Method and system for remote control of a local system
US6236326B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-05-22 Vtech Telecommunications, Ltd. Method and apparatus for intelligently signaling a battery charge condition in a wireless telephone
US6400956B1 (en) 1999-11-15 2002-06-04 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for a wireless telecommunication system that provides location-based action services
JP2001153437A (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-08 Daikin Ind Ltd Remote controller for air conditioner
US6315211B1 (en) 1999-12-03 2001-11-13 Emerson Electric Co. Hardwired or battery powered digital thermostat
US7411489B1 (en) 1999-12-29 2008-08-12 Cooper Wiring Devices, Inc. Self-adjusting dual technology occupancy sensor system and method
US6823223B2 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-11-23 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing distributed scene programming of a home automation and control system
US6321637B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2001-11-27 Honeywell International Inc. Low-profile air filter module
US6934862B2 (en) 2000-01-07 2005-08-23 Robertshaw Controls Company Appliance retrofit monitoring device with a memory storing an electronic signature
US6453687B2 (en) 2000-01-07 2002-09-24 Robertshaw Controls Company Refrigeration monitor unit
US7246087B1 (en) 2000-01-10 2007-07-17 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for product selection assistance
US20020011923A1 (en) 2000-01-13 2002-01-31 Thalia Products, Inc. Appliance Communication And Control System And Appliance For Use In Same
WO2001052215A1 (en) 2000-01-14 2001-07-19 The Holmes Group, Inc. Filter monitoring system using a thermistor
FR2804218B1 (en) 2000-01-26 2002-03-29 Schneider Automation PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER WITH COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN A CLIENT-SERVER ARCHITECTURE
WO2001057842A1 (en) 2000-02-04 2001-08-09 Toynetix Company, Ltd. System and method for drawing electronic images
US6270651B1 (en) 2000-02-04 2001-08-07 Abetif Essalik Gas component sensor
US6260765B1 (en) 2000-02-25 2001-07-17 American Secure Care, Llc Remotely controllable thermostat
US6330806B1 (en) 2000-03-03 2001-12-18 York International Corporation System and method for controlling an HVAC system using a flash mini-card
ATE362630T1 (en) 2000-03-13 2007-06-15 Honeywell Int Inc INTEGRATED SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH SECURE COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION
US6973794B2 (en) 2000-03-14 2005-12-13 Hussmann Corporation Refrigeration system and method of operating the same
US6473661B1 (en) 2000-03-15 2002-10-29 Auto Time, Llc Home automation system
NL1014792C2 (en) 2000-03-30 2001-10-02 Univ Delft Tech Interface unit.
US7231605B1 (en) 2000-04-07 2007-06-12 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for mapping electronic devices coupled to a wireless network
DE10017361A1 (en) 2000-04-07 2001-10-11 Mann & Hummel Filter Differential pressure measuring arrangement
US6917373B2 (en) 2000-12-28 2005-07-12 Microsoft Corporation Context sensitive labels for an electronic device
US6580950B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-06-17 Echelon Corporation Internet based home communications system
US6604023B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2003-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation Managing an environment utilizing a portable data processing system
JP2001319045A (en) 2000-05-11 2001-11-16 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Home agent system using vocal man-machine interface and program recording medium
USD448757S1 (en) 2000-06-14 2001-10-02 Nippon Columbia Co., Ltd. Remote control unit
US20010053963A1 (en) 2000-06-16 2001-12-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Refrigerator and method for controlling the same
US6519509B1 (en) 2000-06-22 2003-02-11 Stonewater Software, Inc. System and method for monitoring and controlling energy distribution
AU2001270257A1 (en) 2000-06-28 2002-01-08 Healthangel.Com, Inc. System for prompting user activities
US6810397B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2004-10-26 Intel Corporation Collecting event data and describing events
US6477117B1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-11-05 International Business Machines Corporation Alarm interface for a smart watch
US20060097063A1 (en) 2000-07-07 2006-05-11 Zvi Zeevi Modular HVAC control system
US6639614B1 (en) 2000-07-10 2003-10-28 Stephen Michael Kosslyn Multi-variate data presentation method using ecologically valid stimuli
IT1315103B1 (en) 2000-07-11 2003-02-03 Invensys Climate Controls Spa ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SETTING AND CONDITIONING ROOM TEMPERATURES AND RELATED SETTING METHOD
US6394359B1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-05-28 Arthur Morgan Remote control thermostat
US7152058B2 (en) 2000-07-13 2006-12-19 Biap Systems, Inc. Apparatus for and method of selectively retrieving information and enabling its subsequent display
US6508171B1 (en) 2000-08-03 2003-01-21 Chris Georges Illuminated transparent article having a semi-transparent image thereon
US6611739B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2003-08-26 New Flyer Industries System and method for remote bus diagnosis and control
US20070037605A1 (en) 2000-08-29 2007-02-15 Logan James D Methods and apparatus for controlling cellular and portable phones
US6686838B1 (en) 2000-09-06 2004-02-03 Xanboo Inc. Systems and methods for the automatic registration of devices
US6596059B1 (en) 2000-09-12 2003-07-22 Skyline Products, Inc. Automated filter changing device and method
WO2002023744A2 (en) 2000-09-14 2002-03-21 General Innovations, Llc System and method for remotely controlling home appliances
US6868293B1 (en) 2000-09-28 2005-03-15 Itron, Inc. System and method for energy usage curtailment
US6597151B1 (en) 2000-10-02 2003-07-22 3Com Corporation Portable auxiliary battery pack for extended use and recharging of personal digital assistants
US7092794B1 (en) 2000-10-05 2006-08-15 Carrier Corporation Method and apparatus for connecting to HVAC device
US6350039B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2002-02-26 Lee Chien-Yu Wall switch and lamp assembly
AU770578B2 (en) 2000-10-16 2004-02-26 Daikin Industries, Ltd. Setback timer of air conditioner, air conditioning system, and method of setting setback timer display
US6756998B1 (en) 2000-10-19 2004-06-29 Destiny Networks, Inc. User interface and method for home automation system
US6912429B1 (en) 2000-10-19 2005-06-28 Destiny Networks, Inc. Home automation system and method
US6595430B1 (en) 2000-10-26 2003-07-22 Honeywell International Inc. Graphical user interface system for a thermal comfort controller
US6621507B1 (en) 2000-11-03 2003-09-16 Honeywell International Inc. Multiple language user interface for thermal comfort controller
US6486874B1 (en) 2000-11-06 2002-11-26 Motorola, Inc. Method of pre-caching user interaction elements using input device position
US6588931B2 (en) 2000-12-07 2003-07-08 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Temperature sensor with flexible circuit substrate
JP3522686B2 (en) 2000-12-13 2004-04-26 松下電器産業株式会社 Mobile terminal, automatic remote control system and automatic remote control method
US20020082746A1 (en) 2000-12-27 2002-06-27 Honeywell International Inc. Replaceable media with programmable device
US6650322B2 (en) 2000-12-27 2003-11-18 Intel Corporation Computer screen power management through detection of user presence
US6478233B1 (en) 2000-12-29 2002-11-12 Honeywell International Inc. Thermal comfort controller having an integral energy savings estimator
MXPA03006009A (en) 2001-01-12 2005-02-14 Novar Marketing Inc Small building automation control system.
US6663010B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2003-12-16 Meritor Heavy Vehicle Technology, Llc Individualized vehicle settings
US6574537B2 (en) 2001-02-05 2003-06-03 The Boeing Company Diagnostic system and method
US20020111698A1 (en) 2001-02-09 2002-08-15 Marco Graziano Web-based system for monitoring and/or controlling home devices
US20020147006A1 (en) 2001-04-09 2002-10-10 Coon Bradley S. Proximity-based control of building functions
US7908211B1 (en) 2001-04-13 2011-03-15 AT&T Intellecutual Property II, L.P. Environment customization based on location
US6892546B2 (en) 2001-05-03 2005-05-17 Emerson Retail Services, Inc. System for remote refrigeration monitoring and diagnostics
US7814516B2 (en) 2001-05-03 2010-10-12 Mitsubishi Digital Electronics America, Inc. Control system and user interface for network of input devices
US6973410B2 (en) 2001-05-15 2005-12-06 Chillergy Systems, Llc Method and system for evaluating the efficiency of an air conditioning apparatus
USD464948S1 (en) 2001-05-30 2002-10-29 Amx Corporation Desktop remote controller
US6608560B2 (en) 2001-06-05 2003-08-19 James D. Abrams Device and method for providing HVAC service assistance
US7009493B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2006-03-07 Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. Electronic device with paging for energy curtailment and code generation for manual verification of curtailment
US6801849B2 (en) 2001-07-13 2004-10-05 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. Engine diagnostic via PDA
AU2002355858A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-17 Xerxes K. Aghassipour System and method for optimization of and analysis of insulated systems
US7505914B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2009-03-17 Ecolab Inc. Method and system for providing advisory information to a field service provider
US20030033230A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-13 Mccall John E. Method and system for presenting customized advisory information
US7542867B2 (en) 2001-08-14 2009-06-02 National Instruments Corporation Measurement system with modular measurement modules that convey interface information
US20030036810A1 (en) 2001-08-15 2003-02-20 Petite Thomas D. System and method for controlling generation over an integrated wireless network
US6671586B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2003-12-30 Statsignal Systems, Inc. System and method for controlling power demand over an integrated wireless network
US20030034897A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-20 Shamoon Charles G. Thermostat and remote control apparatus
US20030034898A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-20 Shamoon Charles G. Thermostat and remote control system and method
US6741915B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2004-05-25 Mmi Controls, Ltd. Usage monitoring HVAC control system
US6448896B1 (en) 2001-08-24 2002-09-10 Carrier Corporation Air filter monitor for HVAC units
USD452236S1 (en) 2001-09-06 2001-12-18 Paramjit Kohli Cup-holder speaker phone
US6993417B2 (en) 2001-09-10 2006-01-31 Osann Jr Robert System for energy sensing analysis and feedback
US6681848B2 (en) 2001-09-21 2004-01-27 Robert Louis Breeden Method and apparatus for operating a thermostat to provide an automatic changeover
US6665613B2 (en) 2001-09-25 2003-12-16 Lojack Corporation Method of and apparatus for dynamically GoeFencing movable vehicle and other equipment and the like
US6622925B2 (en) 2001-10-05 2003-09-23 Enernet Corporation Apparatus and method for wireless control
US20030070544A1 (en) 2001-10-15 2003-04-17 Hamilton Beach/Proctor-Silex, Inc. System and method for determining filter condition
US7587484B1 (en) 2001-10-18 2009-09-08 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for tracking client software use
CA2360186C (en) 2001-10-26 2008-08-05 Anthony Derose Improvements in display signs, decorative lighting and ornaments for holiday seasons
US7080941B1 (en) 2001-11-13 2006-07-25 Lam Research Corporation Temperature sensing system for temperature measurement in a high radio frequency environment
US20030103075A1 (en) 2001-12-03 2003-06-05 Rosselot Robert Charles System and method for control of conference facilities and equipment
US6587338B2 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-07-01 Carter Group, Inc. Electronic controller modules and methods for making and using same
USD478051S1 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-08-05 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Remote controller for household electric/electronic appliances
US6643567B2 (en) 2002-01-24 2003-11-04 Carrier Corporation Energy consumption estimation using real time pricing information
US20030142141A1 (en) 2002-01-28 2003-07-31 International Business Machines Corporation Displaying specified resource usage
US6824069B2 (en) 2002-01-30 2004-11-30 Howard B. Rosen Programmable thermostat system employing a touch screen unit for intuitive interactive interface with a user
US6786421B2 (en) 2002-01-30 2004-09-07 Howard Rosen Programmable thermostat including a feature for providing a running total for the cost of energy consumed during a given period for heating and/or cooling a conditioned space
US6619555B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2003-09-16 Howard B. Rosen Thermostat system communicating with a remote correspondent for receiving and displaying diverse information
US6789739B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2004-09-14 Howard Rosen Thermostat system with location data
US7274303B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-09-25 Universal Electronics Inc. Power strip with control and monitoring functionality
US6581846B1 (en) 2002-03-06 2003-06-24 Howard B. Rosen Thermostat including a vacation mode in which electrical devices within and proximate the conditioned space are operated by the thermostat to provide an occupied appearance
US20030177012A1 (en) 2002-03-13 2003-09-18 Brett Drennan Voice activated thermostat
US20030178070A1 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-09-25 Glicken Lisa Ann Peak demand flow controller for water conservation
US20070220907A1 (en) 2006-03-21 2007-09-27 Ehlers Gregory A Refrigeration monitor unit
WO2003084022A1 (en) 2002-03-28 2003-10-09 Robertshaw Controls Company Energy management system and method
US6578770B1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-06-17 Howard B. Rosen Thermostat incorporating a carbon dioxide sensor suitable for reading using potentiostat techniques, and environmental control system incorporating such thermostat
US7080358B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2006-07-18 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mechanism for generating an execution log and coverage data for a set of computer code
US7049976B2 (en) 2002-04-15 2006-05-23 Hunt Power, L.P. User-installable power consumption monitoring system
US6875250B2 (en) 2002-05-06 2005-04-05 Honeywell International Inc. Deep filter element suitable for replacing a shallow filter element and having a support frame made from thin stock
US7269660B1 (en) 2002-05-17 2007-09-11 Cisco Technology, Inc. Limited TCP/IP implementation using minimal resources
US20030233432A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2003-12-18 John Davis Web-based interface for building management systems
US20040034484A1 (en) 2002-06-24 2004-02-19 Solomita Michael V. Demand-response energy management system
US8116889B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2012-02-14 Openpeak Inc. Method, system, and computer program product for managing controlled residential or non-residential environments
US7933945B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2011-04-26 Openpeak Inc. Method, system, and computer program product for managing controlled residential or non-residential environments
US20040002792A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Encelium Technologies Inc. Lighting energy management system and method
US20040143474A1 (en) 2002-07-27 2004-07-22 Brad Haeberle Method and system for obtaining service information about a building site
US6861154B2 (en) 2002-09-26 2005-03-01 Ecolab, Inc. Coating wear indicator
US7734476B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2010-06-08 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Universal communications, monitoring, tracking, and control system for a healthcare facility
USD492282S1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-06-29 Comau S.P.A. Device for controlling, programming and/or teaching automatic systems such as robots or the like
US20050090915A1 (en) 2002-10-22 2005-04-28 Smart Systems Technologies, Inc. Programmable and expandable building automation and control system
JP4009520B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2007-11-14 日東電工株式会社 Flexible circuit board for temperature measurement
US7085755B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2006-08-01 Thomson Global Resources Ag Electronic document repository management and access system
US20040107114A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Curtis Peter M. System and method for processing, organizing and accessing mission critical facilities information and intellectual capital
US20040118664A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Lear Corporation Multifunction switch and method of using same
US7930490B2 (en) 2002-12-23 2011-04-19 Siemens Industry, Inc. Method for utilizing a memory device for a programmable logic controller (PLC)
KR101025177B1 (en) 2003-01-15 2011-03-31 코닌클리즈케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. Method and arrangement for assigning names to devices in a network
WO2004068614A2 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-08-12 Tecumseh Products Company Integrated hvacr control and protection system
JP3956863B2 (en) 2003-02-13 2007-08-08 豊田合成株式会社 Head protection airbag
US6931445B2 (en) 2003-02-18 2005-08-16 Statsignal Systems, Inc. User interface for monitoring remote devices
US6783079B2 (en) 2003-02-18 2004-08-31 Emerson Electric Co. Thermostat with one button programming feature
US7110843B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2006-09-19 Smar Research Corporation Arrangements and methods for monitoring processes and devices using a web service
US20040260411A1 (en) 2003-02-25 2004-12-23 Cannon Joel R. Consumer energy services web-enabled software and method
US6726112B1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-04-27 Joseph Ho Illuminating thermostat
US7146253B2 (en) 2003-03-24 2006-12-05 Smartway Solutions, Inc. Device and method for interactive programming of a thermostat
US7333460B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2008-02-19 Nokia Corporation Adaptive beacon interval in WLAN
US20040262410A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-12-30 Hull Gerry G. Graphical thermostat and sensor
US6988671B2 (en) 2003-05-05 2006-01-24 Lux Products Corporation Programmable thermostat incorporating air quality protection
US7050026B1 (en) 2003-05-15 2006-05-23 Howard Rosen Reverse images in a dot matrix LCD for an environmental control device
US7302642B2 (en) 2003-06-03 2007-11-27 Tim Simon, Inc. Thermostat with touch-screen display
US7246156B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2007-07-17 Industrial Defender, Inc. Method and computer program product for monitoring an industrial network
US7010363B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2006-03-07 Battelle Memorial Institute Electrical appliance energy consumption control methods and electrical energy consumption systems
US6967565B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-11-22 Hx Lifespace, Inc. Building automation system
US7036559B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2006-05-02 Daniel Stanimirovic Fully articulated and comprehensive air and fluid distribution, metering, and control method and apparatus for primary movers, heat exchangers, and terminal flow devices
US7327250B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2008-02-05 Qualcomm Incorporated System for providing a virtual vehicle boundary
US20070043478A1 (en) 2003-07-28 2007-02-22 Ehlers Gregory A System and method of controlling an HVAC system
US6851621B1 (en) * 2003-08-18 2005-02-08 Honeywell International Inc. PDA diagnosis of thermostats
US7222800B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2007-05-29 Honeywell International Inc. Controller customization management system
US7083109B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2006-08-01 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat having modulated and non-modulated provisions
US7055759B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2006-06-06 Honeywell International Inc. PDA configuration of thermostats
US20050270151A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-12-08 Honeywell International, Inc. RF interconnected HVAC system and security system
EP1660985A4 (en) 2003-09-02 2008-01-02 Research In Motion Ltd Method and data structure for user interface customization
US7156318B1 (en) 2003-09-03 2007-01-02 Howard Rosen Programmable thermostat incorporating a liquid crystal display selectively presenting adaptable system menus including changeable interactive virtual buttons
US20050055432A1 (en) 2003-09-08 2005-03-10 Smart Synch, Inc. Systems and methods for remote power management using 802.11 wireless protocols
DE60319531T2 (en) 2003-09-15 2009-04-02 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft User interface for a control station
US7665019B2 (en) 2003-09-26 2010-02-16 Nbor Corporation Method for recording and replaying operations in a computer environment using initial conditions
US7664573B2 (en) 2003-09-26 2010-02-16 Siemens Industry, Inc. Integrated building environment data system
US20050083168A1 (en) 2003-10-17 2005-04-21 Breitenbach John M. Modular thermostat system
WO2005047049A1 (en) 2003-10-20 2005-05-26 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Turning knob for a motor vehicle
US7136709B2 (en) * 2003-11-04 2006-11-14 Universal Electronics Inc. Home appliance control system and methods in a networked environment
US7155305B2 (en) 2003-11-04 2006-12-26 Universal Electronics Inc. System and methods for home appliance identification and control in a networked environment
US6810307B1 (en) 2003-11-14 2004-10-26 Honeywell International, Inc. Thermostat having a temperature stabilized superregenerative RF receiver
US7000849B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2006-02-21 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Thermostat with configurable service contact information and reminder timers
GB2408592B (en) 2003-11-27 2005-11-16 James Ian Oswald Household energy management system
US7114554B2 (en) 2003-12-01 2006-10-03 Honeywell International Inc. Controller interface with multiple day programming
US7181317B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2007-02-20 Honeywell International Inc. Controller interface with interview programming
US8554374B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2013-10-08 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with electronic image display
US7225054B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2007-05-29 Honeywell International Inc. Controller with programmable service event display mode
US7274973B2 (en) 2003-12-08 2007-09-25 Invisible Service Technicians, Llc HVAC/R monitoring apparatus and method
US20050143863A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-06-30 Margaret Ruane Building control system field panel having integrated web server
EP1710712B1 (en) 2004-01-07 2017-10-11 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Server, terminal apparatus, device registering system, registering method, registering program, and recording medium
US7188002B2 (en) 2004-01-08 2007-03-06 Maple Chase Company Appliance diagnostic display apparatus and network incorporating same
JP4625023B2 (en) 2004-01-12 2011-02-02 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ Lighting control by occupancy detection
US7317404B2 (en) 2004-01-14 2008-01-08 Itron, Inc. Method and apparatus for collecting and displaying consumption data from a meter reading system
US7212887B2 (en) 2004-01-20 2007-05-01 Carrier Corporation Service and diagnostic tool for HVAC systems
KR100984810B1 (en) 2004-02-02 2010-10-01 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for enabling UPnP device to control PLC device
US8126999B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2012-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Network DNA
US7140551B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2006-11-28 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC controller
US20050194456A1 (en) 2004-03-02 2005-09-08 Tessier Patrick C. Wireless controller with gateway
US7183899B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2007-02-27 Global Gate Technologies, Inc. Remotely monitored and controlled building automation system
US9531593B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2016-12-27 Icontrol Networks, Inc. Takeover processes in security network integrated with premise security system
EP1738540B1 (en) 2004-03-16 2017-10-04 Icontrol Networks, Inc. Premises management system
US7374327B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2008-05-20 Schexnaider Craig J Light panel illuminated by light emitting diodes
US7261762B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2007-08-28 Carrier Corporation Technique for detecting and predicting air filter condition
USD512208S1 (en) 2004-05-27 2005-12-06 Asics Corporation Pair of shoe outsoles
US7108194B1 (en) 2004-06-01 2006-09-19 Hankins Ii Robert E Remote controlled thermostat system for the sight-impaired
US7159789B2 (en) 2004-06-22 2007-01-09 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with mechanical user interface
US7159790B2 (en) * 2004-06-22 2007-01-09 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with offset drive
US7873916B1 (en) 2004-06-22 2011-01-18 Apple Inc. Color labeling in a graphical user interface
US7130720B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2006-10-31 Fisher James L Radio frequency enabled control of environmental zones
US7264175B2 (en) * 2004-07-01 2007-09-04 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with parameter adjustment
US7309015B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2007-12-18 Scanbuy, Inc. Mobile device gateway providing access to instant information
EP1621135B1 (en) 2004-07-29 2006-11-29 Fujinon Corporation Ultrasonic endoscope
US20100081375A1 (en) 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Apple Inc. System and method for simplified control of electronic devices
US7860495B2 (en) 2004-08-09 2010-12-28 Siemens Industry Inc. Wireless building control architecture
US7275377B2 (en) 2004-08-11 2007-10-02 Lawrence Kates Method and apparatus for monitoring refrigerant-cycle systems
US7279659B2 (en) 2004-09-01 2007-10-09 Western Industries, Inc. Non-food warmer appliance
US7984220B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2011-07-19 International Business Machines Corporation Exception tracking
US20060049694A1 (en) 2004-09-03 2006-03-09 Lawrence Kates Method and apparatus for load management in an electric power system
US7266777B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2007-09-04 Universal Electronics Inc. Configurable controlling device having an associated editing program
US20060058900A1 (en) 2004-09-10 2006-03-16 Johanson Thomas E User interface for a building control system configurator
US20070013534A1 (en) 2004-09-16 2007-01-18 Dimaggio Edward G Detection device for air filter
US20060063522A1 (en) 2004-09-21 2006-03-23 Mcfarland Norman R Self-powering automated building control components
SG141462A1 (en) 2004-09-28 2008-04-28 Daikin Ind Ltd Environmental control apparatus, environmental control system, environmental control method, and environmental control program
US7298833B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2007-11-20 Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions, Inc. Wireless device to manage cross-network telecommunication services
KR20060029736A (en) 2004-10-01 2006-04-07 한정수 Realtime wireless display system for the amount of electric power use
US7419532B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2008-09-02 Caterpillar Inc. Deposition system and method
US7707189B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2010-04-27 Microsoft Corporation Log management system and method
US7163156B2 (en) 2004-10-06 2007-01-16 Lawrence Kates System and method for zone heating and cooling
US6990335B1 (en) 2004-11-18 2006-01-24 Charles G. Shamoon Ubiquitous connectivity and control system for remote locations
US7058477B1 (en) 2004-11-23 2006-06-06 Howard Rosen Thermostat system with remote data averaging
US7578135B2 (en) 2004-11-23 2009-08-25 Mattheis Steven G Recessed climate controller
US7403838B2 (en) 2004-12-16 2008-07-22 General Instrument Corporation Messaging system based building control
US8149218B2 (en) * 2004-12-21 2012-04-03 Universal Electronics, Inc. Controlling device with selectively illuminated user interfaces
US20060147003A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-06 Carrier Corporation Remote telephone access control of multiple home comfort systems
US20060196953A1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-09-07 Tim Simon, Inc. Multiple thermostat installation
US20060267788A1 (en) 2005-01-21 2006-11-30 Delany George B Method and apparatus for illuminating a wall plate
US20060167591A1 (en) 2005-01-26 2006-07-27 Mcnally James T Energy and cost savings calculation system
US7385500B2 (en) 2005-02-16 2008-06-10 Igit Enterprises, Inc. System and method for effectuating the acquisition and distribution of tracking data on mobile assets, including shipment containers used in freight transportation
US7354005B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2008-04-08 Emerson Electric Co. Variable capacity climate control system for multi-zone space
USD525541S1 (en) 2005-02-28 2006-07-25 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat housing
WO2006096854A2 (en) 2005-03-08 2006-09-14 E-Radio Usa, Inc. Systems and methods for modifying power usage
US20060212174A1 (en) 2005-03-18 2006-09-21 Carrier Corporation Method for easy configuration of options within a dynamic HVAC control network using an advanced communicating front-end device
US7584897B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-09-08 Honeywell International Inc. Controller system user interface
US20060242591A1 (en) 2005-04-22 2006-10-26 Microsoft Corporation File dialog user interfaces and creation of same
US20060250578A1 (en) 2005-05-06 2006-11-09 Pohl Garrick G Systems and methods for controlling, monitoring, and using remote applications
US7319426B2 (en) 2005-06-16 2008-01-15 Universal Electronics Controlling device with illuminated user interface
US7434742B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2008-10-14 Emerson Electric Co. Thermostat capable of displaying received information
US7364093B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2008-04-29 Emerson Electric Co. Thermostat having default curtailment temperature settings
EP1908041A4 (en) 2005-06-24 2014-08-27 Nuance Communications Inc Local intercept methods, such as applications for providing customer assistance for training, information calls and diagnostics
USD520989S1 (en) 2005-07-15 2006-05-16 Thomson Licensing, S.A. Touch screen remote control
US7556207B2 (en) 2005-08-04 2009-07-07 Emerson Electric Co. Thermostat with touch membrane feature
US7455240B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2008-11-25 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Thermostat display system providing animated icons
US20070045441A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Thermostat configuration wizard
US20070045431A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Occupancy-based zoning climate control system and method
US20070045429A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware Time of day zoning climate control system and method
WO2007030604A2 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Loc-Aid Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for developing location-based applications utilizing a location-based portal
US20070058634A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Vipul Gupta Interaction with wireless sensor devices
US7714735B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2010-05-11 Daniel Rockwell Monitoring electrical assets for fault and efficiency correction
FR2891891B1 (en) 2005-10-11 2013-08-30 Valeo Vision OPTICALLY GUIDED LIGHTING OR SIGNALING DEVICE FOR MOTOR VEHICLE
US7437755B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2008-10-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. Unified network and physical premises access control server
US20070099626A1 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-05-03 Honeywell International Inc. Tracking system and method
US20070097993A1 (en) 2005-11-02 2007-05-03 Bojahra Richard D System and method for remote control of local devices over a wide area network
USD542236S1 (en) 2005-11-07 2007-05-08 Sandro David Klein Hand held device key set
USD533515S1 (en) 2005-11-07 2006-12-12 Universal Electronics Inc. Hand held device body
US20070114293A1 (en) 2005-11-18 2007-05-24 Gugenheim Stephen J Thermostat Adjustment System
US20070114295A1 (en) 2005-11-22 2007-05-24 Robertshaw Controls Company Wireless thermostat
US20070122789A1 (en) * 2005-11-29 2007-05-31 Yoo Sung W Context aware tutorial
US7676282B2 (en) 2005-12-02 2010-03-09 International Business Machines Corporation Compression of servo control logging entries
US7272403B2 (en) * 2005-12-02 2007-09-18 International Business Machines Corporation Selective enablement and disablement of a mobile communications device based upon location
US7510126B2 (en) 2005-12-13 2009-03-31 Comverge, Inc. HVAC communication system
TWI326378B (en) 2005-12-16 2010-06-21 Chimei Innolux Corp Light emitting diode and back light module using the same
US8150421B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2012-04-03 Trueposition, Inc. User plane uplink time difference of arrival (U-TDOA)
US7451606B2 (en) 2006-01-06 2008-11-18 Johnson Controls Technology Company HVAC system analysis tool
US7614567B2 (en) 2006-01-10 2009-11-10 Ranco Incorporated of Deleware Rotatable thermostat
WO2007080559A2 (en) 2006-01-16 2007-07-19 Zlango Ltd. Iconic communication
USD531588S1 (en) 2006-01-23 2006-11-07 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Remote control unit
US20070194881A1 (en) 2006-02-07 2007-08-23 Schwarz Stanley G Enforcing payment schedules
US9557723B2 (en) 2006-07-19 2017-01-31 Power Analytics Corporation Real-time predictive systems for intelligent energy monitoring and management of electrical power networks
US8131401B2 (en) 2006-07-19 2012-03-06 Power Analytics Corporation Real-time stability indexing for intelligent energy monitoring and management of electrical power network system
US7452396B2 (en) 2006-03-01 2008-11-18 Honeywell International Inc. Collapsible auto expanding media filter
US7835998B2 (en) 2006-03-06 2010-11-16 Veveo, Inc. Methods and systems for selecting and presenting content on a first system based on user preferences learned on a second system
GB0604492D0 (en) 2006-03-07 2006-04-12 Quidham Computing Ltd System,method,computer program product and article of manufacture for remote fault diagnosis and correction in a computer system
US7496627B2 (en) 2006-03-16 2009-02-24 Exceptional Innovation, Llc Automation control system having digital logging
US7966083B2 (en) * 2006-03-16 2011-06-21 Exceptional Innovation Llc Automation control system having device scripting
CA2644353A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-11-29 Rtp Controls Method and apparatus for controlling power consumption
US8491159B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2013-07-23 Wireless Environment, Llc Wireless emergency lighting system
US20070228183A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Kennedy Kimberly A Thermostat
US8829799B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2014-09-09 Wireless Environment, Llc Autonomous grid shifting lighting device
US7416332B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2008-08-26 Harris Corporation Flexible circuit temperature sensor assembly for flanged mounted electronic devices
US20070230962A1 (en) 2006-03-29 2007-10-04 Tim Simon, Inc. Device Recognition Method
US7734572B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2010-06-08 Panduit Corp. Building automation system controller
US8126685B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2012-02-28 Edsa Micro Corporation Automatic real-time optimization and intelligent control of electrical power distribution and transmission systems
US7436292B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2008-10-14 Quartet Technology, Inc. System and method for controlling a network of environmental control units
US20070249319A1 (en) 2006-04-24 2007-10-25 Faulkner Mark A Power distribution communication system employing gateway including wired and wireless communication interfaces
WO2007139658A2 (en) 2006-05-24 2007-12-06 Objectvideo, Inc. Intelligent imagery-based sensor
US7713339B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2010-05-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Filter change indicator
US7594960B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2009-09-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Method and apparatus for monitoring the condition of a flexible filter
US20070289731A1 (en) 2006-05-30 2007-12-20 Energate Inc. Method for programming and user interface for environmental control
JP2008004627A (en) 2006-06-20 2008-01-10 Nidec Sankyo Corp Mounting structure for electronic component, and optical head device
EP1873663A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2008-01-02 Takumi Technology Corporation Method for optimizing an integrated circuit physical layout
US7770242B2 (en) 2006-07-26 2010-08-10 Sell Timothy L Collapsible potty
US20080033599A1 (en) 2006-08-02 2008-02-07 Rouzbeh Aminpour Method and system for controlling heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) units
ITMI20061568A1 (en) * 2006-08-03 2008-02-04 Plustek S R L SHOULDER PROSTHESIS
US7469151B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2008-12-23 Vivotech, Inc. Methods, systems and computer program products for over the air (OTA) provisioning of soft cards on devices with wireless communications capabilities
US8199113B2 (en) 2006-09-13 2012-06-12 Savant Systems, Llc Programmable on screen display and remote control
US20080083234A1 (en) 2006-10-04 2008-04-10 Steve Krebs Apparatus and method for logging data from a heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system
US20080094230A1 (en) 2006-10-23 2008-04-24 Motorola, Inc. Using location capabilities of a mobile device to permit users to avoid potentially harmful interactions
CA2667175A1 (en) 2006-10-30 2008-05-08 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Video encoding method and decoding method, apparatuses therefor, programs therefor, and storage media which store the programs
US7571865B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2009-08-11 Tonerhead, Inc. Wireless temperature control system
CN101192111B (en) 2006-11-17 2011-07-27 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Mouse with screen protection control function
US20080158210A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and method to display icons and graphic text
WO2008082395A1 (en) 2006-12-29 2008-07-10 Carrier Corporation Outbound broadband connectivity
US20080219319A1 (en) 2007-01-05 2008-09-11 Jay Buckalew Biological parameter monitoring system and method therefor
US7865252B2 (en) 2007-01-26 2011-01-04 Autani Corporation Upgradeable automation devices, systems, architectures, and methods
WO2008100257A1 (en) 2007-02-13 2008-08-21 Carrier Corporation Lifestyle activity choice comfort settings
US8205244B2 (en) 2007-02-27 2012-06-19 Airdefense, Inc. Systems and methods for generating, managing, and displaying alarms for wireless network monitoring
US7904209B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2011-03-08 Syracuse University Open web services-based indoor climate control system
US7768393B2 (en) 2007-04-10 2010-08-03 Honeywell International Inc. System and method for asset tracking
JP4695620B2 (en) * 2007-04-18 2011-06-08 ホシデン株式会社 Combined operation type input device
US20090065596A1 (en) 2007-05-09 2009-03-12 Johnson Controls Technology Company Systems and methods for increasing building space comfort using wireless devices
US20080283621A1 (en) 2007-05-16 2008-11-20 Inncom International, Inc. Occupant controlled energy management system and method for managing energy consumption in a multi-unit building
US8229722B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2012-07-24 Power Analytics Corporation Electrical power system modeling, design, analysis, and reporting via a client-server application framework
KR20080102821A (en) 2007-05-22 2008-11-26 주식회사 엘지화학 Construction structure of interior wall panel capable of being mounted and unmounted
US8750971B2 (en) 2007-05-24 2014-06-10 Bao Tran Wireless stroke monitoring
US7454269B1 (en) 2007-06-01 2008-11-18 Venstar, Inc. Programmable thermostat with wireless programming module lacking visible indicators
US8091794B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2012-01-10 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with usage history
US7954726B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2011-06-07 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with utility messaging
US7845576B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2010-12-07 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat with fixed segment display having both fixed segment icons and a variable text display capacity
US20090012704A1 (en) 2007-07-02 2009-01-08 Bruce Franco Retail Store Product Location Service System and Method
US7565225B2 (en) 2007-07-09 2009-07-21 Venstar, Inc. Environment, lighting and security control system
US20090022076A1 (en) 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Necati Canpolat Network type assisted wlan network selection
US20090020307A1 (en) 2007-07-18 2009-01-22 Roach Jr Peter Methods and apparatuses for a magnetic decorator wall cover plate with the option to record decorating choices
US7908116B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2011-03-15 Ecofactor, Inc. System and method for using a network of thermostats as tool to verify peak demand reduction
US8243141B2 (en) 2007-08-20 2012-08-14 Greenberger Hal P Adjusting a content rendering system based on user occupancy
US20090057428A1 (en) 2007-08-27 2009-03-05 Honeywell International Inc. Remote hvac control with alarm setup
US8239922B2 (en) 2007-08-27 2012-08-07 Honeywell International Inc. Remote HVAC control with user privilege setup
US7963454B2 (en) 2007-08-27 2011-06-21 Honeywell International Inc. Remote HVAC control with remote sensor wiring diagram generation
US8196185B2 (en) 2007-08-27 2012-06-05 Honeywell International Inc. Remote HVAC control with a customizable overview display
US9152153B2 (en) 2007-08-27 2015-10-06 Honeywell International Inc. Remote HVAC control with universal engineering tool
US7702421B2 (en) 2007-08-27 2010-04-20 Honeywell International Inc. Remote HVAC control with building floor plan tool
US8428867B2 (en) 2007-08-30 2013-04-23 Wirelesswerx International, Inc. Configuring and using multi-dimensional zones
ES2717152T3 (en) 2007-09-14 2019-06-19 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Air conditioner system
US8019567B2 (en) 2007-09-17 2011-09-13 Ecofactor, Inc. System and method for evaluating changes in the efficiency of an HVAC system
WO2009036764A2 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Danfoss A/S Distance regulated energy consuming devices
US8140279B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2012-03-20 Budderfly Ventures, Llc Computer based energy management
US20090094097A1 (en) 2007-10-03 2009-04-09 Seth Gardenswartz Network-based optimization of services
US8619601B2 (en) 2007-10-05 2013-12-31 Blackberry Limited Proximity of user equipment to a home local network
WO2009054153A1 (en) 2007-10-22 2009-04-30 Amcrew Incorporated Surface emitting body and internally illuminated sign having the surface emitting body assembled therein
US8406162B2 (en) 2008-05-16 2013-03-26 La Crosse Technology, Ltd. Method and apparatus of transmitting, receiving, displaying and playing weather data
US8886179B2 (en) 2007-10-23 2014-11-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Fielded device failure tracking and response
CA2705074A1 (en) 2007-11-25 2009-05-28 Trilliant Networks, Inc. Energy use control system and method
US20090135762A1 (en) 2007-11-25 2009-05-28 Michel Veillette Point-to-point communication within a mesh network
US8276829B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2012-10-02 Honeywell International Inc. Building control system with remote control unit and methods of operation
US8020780B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2011-09-20 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostatic control system having a configurable lock
US8346396B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2013-01-01 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC controller with parameter clustering
US8387892B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2013-03-05 Honeywell International Inc. Remote control for use in zoned and non-zoned HVAC systems
KR101387527B1 (en) * 2007-12-06 2014-04-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Terminal and method for displaying menu icon therefor
US20090165644A1 (en) 2007-12-31 2009-07-02 Campbell David F Air Filter Apparatus with Self-Contained Detachable Programmable Clogging Indicator
US8331544B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2012-12-11 Schlage Lock Company, Llc Method and system for remotely controlling access to an access point
US20090187499A1 (en) 2008-01-21 2009-07-23 David Mulder System, Method and Computer Program Product for Providing Demand Response Functionality
US8397411B2 (en) 2008-01-22 2013-03-19 Kelley M. Russo Magnet-based mounting systems for frames
USD580801S1 (en) 2008-01-24 2008-11-18 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat housing
US8255090B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2012-08-28 Energyhub System and method for home energy monitor and control
US8881172B2 (en) 2008-02-04 2014-11-04 Red Hat, Inc. Configuration interface manager
US8065342B1 (en) 2008-02-22 2011-11-22 BorgSolutions, Inc. Method and system for monitoring a mobile equipment fleet
WO2009108719A1 (en) 2008-02-25 2009-09-03 Recovery Systems Holdings, Llc Vehicle security and monitoring system
KR101556226B1 (en) 2008-03-14 2015-09-30 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for wireless ad-hoc network setup
US8634796B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2014-01-21 William J. Johnson System and method for location based exchanges of data facilitating distributed location applications
US8063775B2 (en) 2008-04-11 2011-11-22 Bay Controls, Llc Energy management system
JP5069615B2 (en) 2008-06-09 2012-11-07 下西技研工業株式会社 magnet catch
US20090302994A1 (en) 2008-06-10 2009-12-10 Mellennial Net, Inc. System and method for energy management
US8392561B1 (en) 2008-06-20 2013-03-05 Arrayent, Inc. Wireless internet product system
EP2138919B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2013-12-25 ABB Research Ltd. Wireless field device and method to configure same
US8010237B2 (en) 2008-07-07 2011-08-30 Ecofactor, Inc. System and method for using ramped setpoint temperature variation with networked thermostats to improve efficiency
US8180492B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-05-15 Ecofactor, Inc. System and method for using a networked electronic device as an occupancy sensor for an energy management system
US8365855B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2013-02-05 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd. Construction machine
US20100034386A1 (en) 2008-08-06 2010-02-11 Daintree Networks, Pty. Ltd. Device manager repository
US20100042940A1 (en) 2008-08-14 2010-02-18 Caterpillar Inc. Geofence system with integrated user interface
US20100261465A1 (en) * 2009-04-14 2010-10-14 Rhoads Geoffrey B Methods and systems for cell phone interactions
US9042455B2 (en) 2008-08-19 2015-05-26 Thomson Licensing Propagation map
JP5179295B2 (en) 2008-08-27 2013-04-10 株式会社パイオラックス Temperature sensor mounting device
US7953518B2 (en) 2008-09-08 2011-05-31 Microsoft Corporation Energy cost reduction and ad delivery
US8346397B2 (en) 2008-09-15 2013-01-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Airflow adjustment user interfaces
JP5113691B2 (en) 2008-09-17 2013-01-09 株式会社パイオラックス Temperature sensor mounting device
JP5274948B2 (en) 2008-09-17 2013-08-28 株式会社パイオラックス Temperature sensor mounting structure
US8078326B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2011-12-13 Johnson Controls Technology Company HVAC system controller configuration
RU2011116158A (en) 2008-09-25 2012-10-27 Виза Интернэшнл Сервис Ассосиэйшн (Us) METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SORTING WARNING MESSAGES AND OFFERS ON MOBILE DEVICE
US8412654B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2013-04-02 Rey Montalvo Method and system for fully automated energy curtailment
US8427278B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2013-04-23 Robert Bosch Gmbh Automation and security system
US9152155B2 (en) 2008-10-27 2015-10-06 Lennox Industries Inc. Device abstraction system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system
US8239066B2 (en) 2008-10-27 2012-08-07 Lennox Industries Inc. System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network
US20100127854A1 (en) 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 Richard Eric Helvick Method and system for controlling home appliances based on estimated time of arrival
US8125332B2 (en) 2008-11-21 2012-02-28 Zoombak, Inc. Geo-fence with minimal false alarms
US8686841B2 (en) 2008-12-12 2014-04-01 Gordon*Howard Associates, Inc. Methods and systems related to activating geo-fence boundaries and collecting location data
US8018329B2 (en) 2008-12-12 2011-09-13 Gordon * Howard Associates, Inc. Automated geo-fence boundary configuration and activation
US20100156628A1 (en) 2008-12-18 2010-06-24 Robert Ainsbury Automated Adaption Based Upon Prevailing Threat Levels in a Security System
US8390473B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2013-03-05 Openpeak Inc. System, method and apparatus for advanced utility control, monitoring and conservation
US8269620B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-09-18 Honeywell Internatonal Inc. Alarm trend summary display system and method
US8060470B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-11-15 Apple Inc. Heterogeneous database management system
KR101210277B1 (en) 2008-12-23 2012-12-18 한국전자통신연구원 System for activity monitoring and information transmission method for activity monitoring
CN102273037B (en) 2008-12-31 2014-10-29 Abb研究有限公司 Hybrid distribution network power restoration control
US20100252722A1 (en) * 2009-01-27 2010-10-07 Robert Procsal Optical encoder assembly including collimating reflective surface features
US8084980B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2011-12-27 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC actuator with internal heating
US7973678B2 (en) 2009-02-02 2011-07-05 Robert Bosch Gmbh Control of building systems based on the location and movement of a vehicle tracking device
US8463269B2 (en) 2009-02-20 2013-06-11 Research In Motion Limited System and method of wireless network selection based on list prioritized by service offered
US8718707B2 (en) * 2009-03-20 2014-05-06 Johnson Controls Technology Company Devices, systems, and methods for communicating with rooftop air handling units and other HVAC components
JP5407492B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-02-05 ダイキン工業株式会社 Temperature sensor mounting structure
US20100256823A1 (en) 2009-04-04 2010-10-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Mechanism for On-Demand Environmental Services Based on Network Activity
US8554714B2 (en) 2009-05-11 2013-10-08 Honeywell International Inc. High volume alarm management system
US8531294B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2013-09-10 Alarm.Com Incorporated Moving asset location tracking
CA2762163C (en) 2009-05-18 2017-12-12 Alarm.Com Incorporated Remote device control and energy monitoring
US8244181B2 (en) 2009-05-26 2012-08-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Portable personal SIM card
US9065928B2 (en) 2009-05-26 2015-06-23 Apple Inc. Space and time based device customization
US9026261B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2015-05-05 Tendril Networks, Inc. Methods and systems for managing energy usage in buildings
US20110015797A1 (en) 2009-07-14 2011-01-20 Daniel Gilstrap Method and apparatus for home automation and energy conservation
US8258654B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2012-09-04 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. Wireless occupancy sensing with portable power switching
US8509954B2 (en) 2009-08-21 2013-08-13 Allure Energy, Inc. Energy management system and method
MX342087B (en) 2009-07-20 2016-09-13 Allure Energy Inc Energy management system and method.
US8195309B2 (en) 2009-07-21 2012-06-05 Honeywell International Inc. System for scheduling using an external calendaring service
US9838255B2 (en) 2009-08-21 2017-12-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mobile demand response energy management system with proximity control
US8657936B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2014-02-25 Challen Sullivan Direct replacement air filter with automatic filter media advance and wireless communications
JP5713549B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2015-05-07 キヤノン株式会社 Image processing apparatus, log recording method, and program
US8606554B2 (en) 2009-10-19 2013-12-10 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Heat flow model for building fault detection and diagnosis
US8202161B2 (en) 2009-10-23 2012-06-19 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Virtual game instructor
US8232877B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2012-07-31 Telenav, Inc. Navigation system with context boundary monitoring mechanism and method of operation thereof
JP3156750U (en) 2009-10-30 2010-01-14 ニチレイマグネット株式会社 Wall mounting fixture mounting structure
JP4714294B1 (en) 2009-12-16 2011-06-29 株式会社東芝 Communication apparatus and communication method
US20110153525A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 Alcatel-Lucent Usa Inc. Method and system for managing power consumption using geolocation information
US20110190910A1 (en) 2010-02-03 2011-08-04 Ecobee Inc. System and method for web-enabled enterprise environment control and energy management
DK2548191T3 (en) 2010-03-17 2017-11-20 Luminator Holding Lp LCD TFT SIGN FOR PUBLIC TRANSPORT IN PUBLIC TRANSPORT
US8412381B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2013-04-02 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. HVAC control system
GB201005320D0 (en) 2010-03-30 2010-05-12 Telepure Ltd Improvements in controllers, particularly controllers for use in heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems
JP5234043B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2013-07-10 ダイキン工業株式会社 Temperature sensor fixture
IES20100214A2 (en) 2010-04-14 2011-11-09 Smartwatch Ltd Programmable controllers and schedule timers
US8489127B2 (en) 2010-04-20 2013-07-16 Apple Inc. Context-based reverse geocoding
TWI438675B (en) 2010-04-30 2014-05-21 Ibm Method, device and computer program product for providing a context-aware help content
US8556188B2 (en) 2010-05-26 2013-10-15 Ecofactor, Inc. System and method for using a mobile electronic device to optimize an energy management system
US8890675B2 (en) 2010-06-02 2014-11-18 Honeywell International Inc. Site and alarm prioritization system
US8874129B2 (en) 2010-06-10 2014-10-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Pre-fetching information based on gesture and/or location
US8301765B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2012-10-30 Verizon Patent And Licensing, Inc. Event detection and response using rich network content
US8648706B2 (en) 2010-06-24 2014-02-11 Honeywell International Inc. Alarm management system having an escalation strategy
EP2585996A4 (en) 2010-06-28 2014-08-20 Mastercard International Inc Methods, systems, and computer readable media for registering in a merchant sponsored program using a near field communication (nfc) device
WO2012000107A1 (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-05 Absolute Software Corporation Automatic creation and modification of dynamic geofences
JP2012013564A (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-19 Auto Network Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Mounting structure of temperature sensor
US8433344B1 (en) 2010-08-12 2013-04-30 David Virga Displaying a tier of risk in a region of a map displayed via a mobile computing device
US8606260B2 (en) 2010-08-18 2013-12-10 Apple Inc. Location-based profile
JP5043165B2 (en) 2010-08-27 2012-10-10 本田技研工業株式会社 Control device for internal combustion engine
US20120054125A1 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-01 Eric Douglass Clifton Resource management and control system
USD687059S1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-07-30 Nest Labs, Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with an animated graphical user interface
US8843239B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2014-09-23 Nest Labs, Inc. Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected thermostats
US8918219B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2014-12-23 Google Inc. User friendly interface for control unit
US8727611B2 (en) * 2010-11-19 2014-05-20 Nest Labs, Inc. System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats
US8606374B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2013-12-10 Nest Labs, Inc. Thermodynamic modeling for enclosures
US8510255B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2013-08-13 Nest Labs, Inc. Occupancy pattern detection, estimation and prediction
US9489062B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2016-11-08 Google Inc. User interfaces for remote management and control of network-connected thermostats
US9594960B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Visualizing video within existing still images
US9104211B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2015-08-11 Google Inc. Temperature controller with model-based time to target calculation and display
USD687056S1 (en) 2011-08-16 2013-07-30 Nest Labs, Inc. Display screen with an animated graphical user interface
US9098279B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2015-08-04 Google Inc. Methods and systems for data interchange between a network-connected thermostat and cloud-based management server
USD687057S1 (en) 2011-08-16 2013-07-30 Nest Labs, Inc. Display screen with an animated graphical user interface
USD687047S1 (en) 2011-08-16 2013-07-30 Nest Labs, Inc. Display screen with an animated graphical user interface
USD691629S1 (en) 2011-08-16 2013-10-15 Nest Labs, Inc. Display screen with an animated graphical user interface
US20120053739A1 (en) 2010-09-28 2012-03-01 General Electric Company Home energy manager system
US10109026B2 (en) 2010-10-06 2018-10-23 Tillster, Inc. Mobile restaurant ordering system
US20120086578A1 (en) * 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Moss Allen J Systems and methods for providing notifications regarding status of handheld communication device
US20120095749A1 (en) 2010-10-14 2012-04-19 Antonio Capretta Multi-functional audio distribution system and method for movie theaters and other public and private venues
US8626210B2 (en) * 2010-11-15 2014-01-07 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Methods, systems, and products for security systems
US9459018B2 (en) * 2010-11-19 2016-10-04 Google Inc. Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system
US8850348B2 (en) 2010-12-31 2014-09-30 Google Inc. Dynamic device-associated feedback indicative of responsible device usage
US10241527B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2019-03-26 Google Llc Thermostat graphical user interface
US9552002B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-01-24 Google Inc. Graphical user interface for setpoint creation and modification
US9256230B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2016-02-09 Google Inc. HVAC schedule establishment in an intelligent, network-connected thermostat
US8195313B1 (en) 2010-11-19 2012-06-05 Nest Labs, Inc. Thermostat user interface
US9453655B2 (en) * 2011-10-07 2016-09-27 Google Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for reporting performance information for an HVAC system controlled by a self-programming network-connected thermostat
US9429962B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2016-08-30 Google Inc. Auto-configuring time-of day for building control unit
US8630740B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2014-01-14 Nest Labs, Inc. Automated control-schedule acquisition within an intelligent controller
US20120232969A1 (en) 2010-12-31 2012-09-13 Nest Labs, Inc. Systems and methods for updating climate control algorithms
US20120172027A1 (en) 2011-01-03 2012-07-05 Mani Partheesh Use of geofences for location-based activation and control of services
US8798804B2 (en) 2011-01-06 2014-08-05 General Electric Company Added features of HEM/HEG using GPS technology
CN103282754B (en) 2011-01-07 2015-05-20 株式会社村田制作所 Temperature sensor and structure having temperature sensor attached thereto
US8219258B1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-07-10 eCurv, Inc. Queuing access to a shared power supply
US8531989B2 (en) 2011-03-08 2013-09-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for implementing ad hoc wireless networking
KR101036656B1 (en) * 2011-03-15 2011-05-25 주식회사 인프라웨어 Method for controlling devices using near field communication, and system using the same
US20120247187A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Qualitrol Company, Llc Sensor mounting into the temperature well of a transformer
CA2735614A1 (en) * 2011-04-04 2012-10-04 Ecobee Inc. Programming simulator for an hvac controller
US10317858B2 (en) 2011-04-07 2019-06-11 Infosys Technologies, Ltd. Architecture and method for centrally controlling a plurality of building automation systems
JP5687947B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2015-03-25 株式会社沖データ Composite device and program used for composite device
US20120284769A1 (en) 2011-05-06 2012-11-08 Kyle Dixon Systems and Methods of Intelligent Policy-Based Geo-Fencing
US8691750B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-04-08 Axolabs Gmbh Lipids and compositions for intracellular delivery of biologically active compounds
US8718826B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2014-05-06 Emerson Electric Co. System for remote control of a condition at a site
JP5935336B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2016-06-15 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing system, printer, print request control server, print request control method, and print control method
US9366448B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2016-06-14 Honeywell International Inc. Method and apparatus for configuring a filter change notification of an HVAC controller
US10119718B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2018-11-06 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for monitoring an air filter of an HVAC system
US8613792B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2013-12-24 Honeywell International Inc. Method and systems for setting an air filter change threshold value in an HVAC system
US8623117B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2014-01-07 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC air filter monitor with sensor compensation
US8734565B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2014-05-27 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems of verifying a filter change in an HVAC system
US8574343B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2013-11-05 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for setting an air filter change threshold in an HVAC system using a blocking panel
US8704672B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2014-04-22 Honeywell International Inc. Filter change alert system for an HVAC system
US9080784B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2015-07-14 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC controller with component change notification
WO2013012547A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-24 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. Load control device having internet connectivity, and method of programming the same using a smart phone
JP5792552B2 (en) * 2011-08-03 2015-10-14 ラピスセミコンダクタ株式会社 Power supply control system and semiconductor integrated circuit
DE102011052467B4 (en) 2011-08-08 2014-12-04 tado GmbH USER CONDITION AND BEHAVIOR BASED CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BUILDING TECHNICAL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
WO2013028388A1 (en) 2011-08-19 2013-02-28 30 Second Software Geo-fence entry and exit notification system
US20130052946A1 (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-02-28 Manjirnath Chatterjee Home automation using a mobile device
US20130261804A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-10-03 Siemens Industry, Inc. Interface for adjustment of portions of a building automation system
MX342956B (en) 2011-08-30 2016-10-19 Allure Energy Inc Resource manager, system, and method for communicating resource management information for smart energy and media resources.
US9489250B2 (en) 2011-09-05 2016-11-08 Infosys Limited System and method for managing a network infrastructure using a mobile device
US8670783B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2014-03-11 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Apparatus and method for utilizing location capable two-way radio transceivers as geo-fence posts
US8893032B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2014-11-18 Google Inc. User interfaces for HVAC schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device
US9222693B2 (en) * 2013-04-26 2015-12-29 Google Inc. Touchscreen device user interface for remote control of a thermostat
US8810454B2 (en) 2011-10-13 2014-08-19 Microsoft Corporation Power-aware tiered geofencing and beacon watchlists
US8941489B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2015-01-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and/or apparatus for geofence management
US9638431B2 (en) 2011-12-08 2017-05-02 Energyhub, Inc. Enhanced premises monitoring and/or control
US8976025B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2015-03-10 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Home monitoring enhancements
US20130147812A1 (en) 2011-12-13 2013-06-13 Lennox Industries Inc. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning system user interface having proportional animation graphics and method of operation thereof
US20130158717A1 (en) 2011-12-14 2013-06-20 Honeywell International Inc. Hvac controller with delta-t based diagnostics
US10747243B2 (en) 2011-12-14 2020-08-18 Ademco Inc. HVAC controller with HVAC system failure detection
US10533761B2 (en) 2011-12-14 2020-01-14 Ademco Inc. HVAC controller with fault sensitivity
US20130158714A1 (en) 2011-12-14 2013-06-20 Honeywell International Inc. Hvac controller with user activated performance test
US20130158720A1 (en) 2011-12-15 2013-06-20 Honeywell International Inc. Hvac controller with performance log
US9103558B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2015-08-11 Lennox Industries Inc. Method for detecting physical presence of a specific individual to control HVAC settings
US20130345882A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-12-26 Steven David Dushane Programmable environmental comfort controller
US9154903B2 (en) 2011-12-28 2015-10-06 Blackberry Limited Mobile communications device providing near field communication (NFC) card issuance features and related methods
US8337081B1 (en) 2012-01-09 2012-12-25 Honeywell International Inc. Sensor assembly for mounting a temperature sensor to a tank
US20130178994A1 (en) * 2012-01-11 2013-07-11 Nagaraju Valluri Power metering and load control device
CN104094665B (en) 2012-02-02 2018-05-15 Lg电子株式会社 The method and apparatus that channel is accessed in Wireless LAN system
US20130225196A1 (en) 2012-02-27 2013-08-29 Bryan J. James Geo-Fence Generation and Updating Based on Device Movement Patterns
CA2866496A1 (en) 2012-03-02 2013-09-06 Telecommunication Systems, Inc. Location agent geofence
US9442500B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2016-09-13 Honeywell International Inc. Systems and methods for associating wireless devices of an HVAC system
US10452084B2 (en) 2012-03-14 2019-10-22 Ademco Inc. Operation of building control via remote device
US10222926B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2019-03-05 Citrix Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for providing user interfaces for management applications
US9488994B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2016-11-08 Honeywell International Inc. Method and system for configuring wireless sensors in an HVAC system
CN102665166A (en) 2012-04-12 2012-09-12 无敌科技(西安)有限公司 Device and method for controlling communication function based on location and time
US20130278384A1 (en) 2012-04-21 2013-10-24 Irena Jozic McDowell Appliance, device, and system for home energy management
US9219983B2 (en) 2012-05-01 2015-12-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Mechanism to reduce missing breach detection in geofencing solution
US10088853B2 (en) 2012-05-02 2018-10-02 Honeywell International Inc. Devices and methods for interacting with an HVAC controller
US10054964B2 (en) * 2012-05-07 2018-08-21 Google Llc Building control unit method and controls
US10051104B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Delivery/read receipts for electronic messaging
US20130310053A1 (en) 2012-05-15 2013-11-21 QUALCOMM Atheros, Incorporated Creating geofence assistance information
AU2013262189B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2016-06-02 CHAN, Hun Man Lena Information control system
US9210545B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2015-12-08 Apple Inc. Managing alerts based on context
US8868254B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2014-10-21 Apple Inc. Accessory control with geo-fencing
US9071453B2 (en) 2012-06-11 2015-06-30 Apple Inc. Location-based device automation
US9113298B2 (en) 2012-06-12 2015-08-18 Telecommunication Systems, Inc. Geofence with kalman filter
US8577392B1 (en) 2012-06-13 2013-11-05 Apple Inc. System and method of determining location of wireless communication devices/persons for controlling/adjusting operation of devices based on the location
US9215560B1 (en) 2012-07-12 2015-12-15 two forty four a.m. LLC System and method for device-centric location detection and geofencing
US9477239B2 (en) 2012-07-26 2016-10-25 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC controller with wireless network based occupancy detection and control
US9594384B2 (en) 2012-07-26 2017-03-14 Honeywell International Inc. Method of associating an HVAC controller with an external web service
US10001791B2 (en) 2012-07-27 2018-06-19 Assa Abloy Ab Setback controls based on out-of-room presence information obtained from mobile devices
US9247378B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2016-01-26 Honeywell International Inc. Method for controlling an HVAC system using a proximity aware mobile device
US8489119B1 (en) 2012-08-11 2013-07-16 Federico Fraccaroli Method and apparatus for mediating among a plurality of profiles associated with users positioned in a shared location
US9602172B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2017-03-21 Crestron Electronics, Inc. User identification and location determination in control applications
US8965406B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2015-02-24 Square, Inc. Generating geofences
US8994540B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2015-03-31 Google Inc. Cover plate for a hazard detector having improved air flow and other characteristics
US9607787B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2017-03-28 Google Inc. Tactile feedback button for a hazard detector and fabrication method thereof
US9046414B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2015-06-02 Google Inc. Selectable lens button for a hazard detector and method therefor
US8659302B1 (en) 2012-09-21 2014-02-25 Nest Labs, Inc. Monitoring and recoverable protection of thermostat switching circuitry
US8594850B1 (en) * 2012-09-30 2013-11-26 Nest Labs, Inc. Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller
US8630741B1 (en) 2012-09-30 2014-01-14 Nest Labs, Inc. Automated presence detection and presence-related control within an intelligent controller
US9652525B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2017-05-16 Banjo, Inc. Dynamic event detection system and method
US10423214B2 (en) * 2012-11-20 2019-09-24 Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd Delegating processing from wearable electronic device
US20140142763A1 (en) 2012-11-21 2014-05-22 Energate Inc. Hold management in an environmental controller
US20140156087A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Honeywell International Inc. Hvac controller that facilitates installer setup via a remote user interface
US10380636B2 (en) 2012-12-06 2019-08-13 Ebay Inc. Systems and methods for statistical dynamic geofencing
US9824549B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2017-11-21 Triatek Holdings Llc Side viewable lighted bezel for a display device
US9589435B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-03-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Providing alerts, vouchers, or coupons once a plurality of geo-fences have been breached a number of times
US8806209B2 (en) 2012-12-22 2014-08-12 Wigwag, Llc Provisioning of electronic devices
US9414422B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2016-08-09 Broadcom Corporation Proximity detection for mobile communication devices using geo-fencing
US20140200718A1 (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-17 Honeywell International Inc. Systems and methods for facilitating diagnostic testing of an hvac system
US9331747B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-05-03 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Enhanced device configuration
US9311685B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-04-12 Bank Of America Corporation Geolocation check-in system
US9495866B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-11-15 General Motors Llc Communicating with residential electrical devices via a vehicle telematics unit
US9055475B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-06-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Power optimizations for challenging WAN service conditions
US9388998B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-07-12 Honeywell International Inc. Battery holder for an electronic device
US9618227B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-04-11 Emerson Electric Co. Energy management based on location
US20140337123A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-11-13 30 Second Software, Inc. System and method for adaptive use of geofence parameters
US9651673B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-05-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Energy conservation apparatus for geofence applications
US10135629B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2018-11-20 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. Load control device user interface and database management using near field communication (NFC)
US9470018B1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-10-18 August Home, Inc. Intelligent door lock system with friction detection and deformed door mode operation
KR101997771B1 (en) 2013-04-08 2019-07-08 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatas and method for offered a geofence service of low electric power in an electronic device
EP3764605B1 (en) 2013-04-17 2022-08-17 Systech Corporation Gateway device for machine-to-machine communication with dual cellular interfaces
US9298197B2 (en) * 2013-04-19 2016-03-29 Google Inc. Automated adjustment of an HVAC schedule for resource conservation
WO2014176379A2 (en) 2013-04-23 2014-10-30 Canary Connect, Inc. Security and/or monitoring devices and systems
US9851874B2 (en) 2013-04-24 2017-12-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Personalized webpage feature touring system
US10145579B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2018-12-04 Honeywell International Inc. Devices and methods for interacting with a control system that is connected to a network
US9014686B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-04-21 Emerson Electric Co. Provisioning a wireless-capable device for a wireless network
US9363772B2 (en) 2013-05-21 2016-06-07 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing call setup delay
US9432807B2 (en) 2013-05-23 2016-08-30 Honeywell International Inc. System and method with automatic radius crossing notification for global positioning system (GPS) tracker
US9191832B2 (en) 2013-06-06 2015-11-17 Apple Inc. Category-based fence
US9820231B2 (en) 2013-06-14 2017-11-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Coalescing geo-fence events
US20140370909A1 (en) 2013-06-14 2014-12-18 Microsoft Corporation Reduced power location determinations for detecting geo-fences
GB2515522A (en) 2013-06-26 2014-12-31 Ibm Mobile network based geofencing
US20150058744A1 (en) 2013-08-22 2015-02-26 Ashvin Dhingra Systems and methods for managing graphical user interfaces
US9363636B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2016-06-07 Google Inc. Sending geofence-related heuristics to multiple separate hardware components of mobile devices
CN103500049A (en) 2013-09-13 2014-01-08 小米科技有限责任公司 Desktop display method, device and terminal
DE102013219054A1 (en) * 2013-09-23 2015-03-26 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH A method of connecting a home appliance to a home wireless network, computer program product, portable communication terminal, and home appliance
US10452036B2 (en) 2013-09-27 2019-10-22 Siemens Industry, Inc. System and method for deterministic calculation of recovery time for an environmental system
US20150094860A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 Siemens Industry, Inc. Use of a geo-fencing perimeter for energy efficient building control
KR20150038977A (en) 2013-10-01 2015-04-09 엘지전자 주식회사 heating, ventilation, and/or air conditioning controller
US9646480B2 (en) 2013-10-07 2017-05-09 Google Inc. Smart home device with integrated conditional lighting
WO2015054254A1 (en) 2013-10-07 2015-04-16 Google Inc. Hazard detection unit facilitating user-friendly setup experience
US9316456B1 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-04-19 Oss Suppressors Llc Firearm discharge gas flow control modules and associated methods
JP2015089137A (en) 2013-11-01 2015-05-07 イノチップ テクノロジー シーオー エルティディー Acoustic amplification box and acoustic amplification apparatus with the same
US9686581B2 (en) 2013-11-07 2017-06-20 Cisco Technology, Inc. Second-screen TV bridge
US20150141045A1 (en) 2013-11-21 2015-05-21 Telecommunication Systems, Inc. Geofence
US10436977B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2019-10-08 Ademco Inc. Building automation system setup using a remote control device
US9230132B2 (en) 2013-12-18 2016-01-05 International Business Machines Corporation Anonymization for data having a relational part and sequential part
US9167381B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2015-10-20 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Geo-fence based alerts
CN106464551A (en) 2014-01-06 2017-02-22 魅力能源公司 System, device, and apparatus for coordinating environments using network devices and remote sensory information
US20150237470A1 (en) 2014-02-14 2015-08-20 Apple Inc. Personal Geofence
US9313320B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-04-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Automatic switching of modes and mode control capabilities on a wireless communication device
AU2015201441A1 (en) 2014-03-18 2015-10-08 4Tel Pty Ltd A Telecommunications System
US20150271638A1 (en) 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Drgnfly, Inc. Power efficient location tracking
US9288620B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2016-03-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Reducing overlapping geofences
US9733656B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2017-08-15 Salusfin Ltd. System and method for automated household energy management based on classification and location information
US10203665B2 (en) 2014-04-24 2019-02-12 Vivint, Inc. Managing home automation system based on behavior and user input
US9521519B2 (en) 2014-07-02 2016-12-13 Mediatek Inc. Mobile communication devices and context-based geofence control methods thereof
CN203949733U (en) 2014-07-14 2014-11-19 深圳市科敏传感器有限公司 A kind of surface mount temperature sensor
US20160057572A1 (en) 2014-08-20 2016-02-25 Microsoft Corporation Geo-fencing notifications subscriptions
US9900174B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-02-20 Honeywell International Inc. Multi-user geofencing for building automation
US9967391B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2018-05-08 Honeywell International Inc. Geo-fencing in a building automation system
US10802469B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-10-13 Ademco Inc. Geo-fencing with diagnostic feature
US10802459B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-10-13 Ademco Inc. Geo-fencing with advanced intelligent recovery
US9609478B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2017-03-28 Honeywell International Inc. Geo-fencing with diagnostic feature
US10057110B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2018-08-21 Honeywell International Inc. Site management system with dynamic site threat level based on geo-location data
US9628951B1 (en) 2015-11-11 2017-04-18 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for performing geofencing with reduced power consumption
US10516965B2 (en) 2015-11-11 2019-12-24 Ademco Inc. HVAC control using geofencing
US9860697B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2018-01-02 Honeywell International Inc. Methods and systems for automatic adjustment of a geofence size
US9560482B1 (en) 2015-12-09 2017-01-31 Honeywell International Inc. User or automated selection of enhanced geo-fencing
US10605472B2 (en) 2016-02-19 2020-03-31 Ademco Inc. Multiple adaptive geo-fences for a building
US10177930B1 (en) 2016-03-07 2019-01-08 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Smart thermostat control system
US10488062B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2019-11-26 Ademco Inc. Geofence plus schedule for a building controller

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5722126A (en) * 1996-05-22 1998-03-03 Romag Fasteners Inc. Magnetic snap fasteners
US20130099010A1 (en) * 2011-10-21 2013-04-25 Nest Labs, Inc. Thermostat with wiring terminals configured for spatial compactness and ease of wire installation

Cited By (74)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10768589B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-09-08 Ademco Inc. Building automation system with geo-fencing
US9587848B2 (en) * 2013-12-11 2017-03-07 Honeywell International Inc. Building automation controller with rear projecting light
US10534331B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-01-14 Ademco Inc. Building automation system with geo-fencing
US10591877B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-03-17 Ademco Inc. Building automation remote control device with an in-application tour
US10649418B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-05-12 Ademco Inc. Building automation controller with configurable audio/visual cues
US10712718B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-07-14 Ademco Inc. Building automation remote control device with in-application messaging
US20150160633A1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-06-11 Honeywell International Inc. Building automation controller with rear projecting light
US10490955B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-11-26 Ademco Inc. Poke-in electrical connector
US20160138821A1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-05-19 Kmc Controls, Inc. NFC Configuration of HVAC Equipment
US10006654B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2018-06-26 Kmc Controls, Inc. NFC configuration of HVAC equipment
US11799291B2 (en) * 2014-12-08 2023-10-24 Encycle Corporation Smart thermostat orchestration
US9964328B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2018-05-08 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device with cantilevered display
US10627126B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2020-04-21 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device with hinged mounting plate
US11216020B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2022-01-04 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Mountable touch thermostat using transparent screen technology
US9890971B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2018-02-13 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device with hinged mounting plate
US10677484B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2020-06-09 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device and multi-function home control system
US10808958B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2020-10-20 Johnson Controls Technology Company User control device with cantilevered display
US10907844B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2021-02-02 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function home control system with control system hub and remote sensors
US10410300B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2019-09-10 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with occupancy detection based on social media event data
US11080800B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2021-08-03 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat having network connected branding features
US10510127B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2019-12-17 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat having network connected branding features
US10559045B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-02-11 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with occupancy detection based on load of HVAC equipment
US10760809B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-09-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with mode settings for multiple zones
US10769735B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-09-08 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with user interface features
US11087417B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2021-08-10 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with bi-directional communications interface for monitoring HVAC equipment
US10162327B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2018-12-25 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with concierge features
US10180673B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2019-01-15 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with emergency direction features
US10310477B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2019-06-04 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with occupant tracking features
US10345781B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2019-07-09 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with health monitoring features
US10655881B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-05-19 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with halo light system and emergency directions
US10546472B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-01-28 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with direction handoff features
US10969131B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2021-04-06 Johnson Controls Technology Company Sensor with halo light system
US11277893B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2022-03-15 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with area light system and occupancy sensor
US10732600B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2020-08-04 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with health monitoring features
US10318266B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2019-06-11 Johnson Controls Technology Company Modular multi-function thermostat
US9989273B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-06-05 Honeywell International Inc. Wall covering plate for use with an HVAC controller
US9941183B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-04-10 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with wall covering plate
USD867174S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-11-19 Ademco Inc. Wall mountable connector
US11149973B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2021-10-19 Ademco Inc. Wall mount connector including memory
US10359790B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-07-23 Ademco Inc. Multi piece HVAC controller housing with latches and guiding features
US9686880B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-06-20 Honeywell International Inc. Thermostat housing with pc board locating apertures
USD843245S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-03-19 Ademco Inc. Wall mountable connector
USD843324S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-03-19 Ademco Inc. Wall mountable connector with terminal labels
US10208972B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2019-02-19 Ademco Inc. Automatic detection of jumper switch position of a wall mount connector
US9735482B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with commonly used field wire terminals spaced from one another
US9735518B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector terminal configuration
US10054326B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-08-21 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector for an HVAC controller
US9768564B2 (en) * 2016-02-12 2017-09-19 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with mounting features
US9667009B1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-05-30 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with movable door
US9960581B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-05-01 Honeywell International Inc. Adapter plate with mounting features for a wall mountable connector
USD794478S1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-15 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector
US9897339B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2018-02-20 Honeywell International Inc. HVAC wall mountable connector with memory
US9774158B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-09-26 Honeywell International Inc. Wall mountable connector with built in jumper functionality
US11692731B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2023-07-04 Ademco Inc. Wall mount connector including memory
US9780511B2 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-10-03 Honeywell International Inc. Jumper switch for an HVAC wall mountable connector
US10352578B2 (en) * 2016-06-09 2019-07-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Adaptive optimization for dynamic room pressurization control
US10488062B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2019-11-26 Ademco Inc. Geofence plus schedule for a building controller
US20180031264A1 (en) * 2016-07-27 2018-02-01 Johnson Controls Technology Company Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system override systems and methods
US10941951B2 (en) 2016-07-27 2021-03-09 Johnson Controls Technology Company Systems and methods for temperature and humidity control
US11209181B2 (en) * 2016-07-27 2021-12-28 Johnson Controls Technology Company Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system override systems and methods
US10895883B2 (en) 2016-08-26 2021-01-19 Ademco Inc. HVAC controller with a temperature sensor mounted on a flex circuit
US10650621B1 (en) 2016-09-13 2020-05-12 Iocurrents, Inc. Interfacing with a vehicular controller area network
US11232655B2 (en) 2016-09-13 2022-01-25 Iocurrents, Inc. System and method for interfacing with a vehicular controller area network
US11441799B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2022-09-13 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with interactive installation features
US10458669B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-10-29 Johnson Controls Technology Company Thermostat with interactive installation features
US10712038B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2020-07-14 Johnson Controls Technology Company Multi-function thermostat with air quality display
US11162698B2 (en) 2017-04-14 2021-11-02 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with exhaust fan control for air quality and humidity control
US20180348718A1 (en) * 2017-06-04 2018-12-06 Apple Inc. Presence triggered notifications and actions
US10962942B2 (en) * 2017-06-04 2021-03-30 Apple Inc. Presence triggered notifications and actions
US10024568B1 (en) 2017-09-14 2018-07-17 Honeywell International Inc. Lock box for a building controller
US11131474B2 (en) 2018-03-09 2021-09-28 Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP Thermostat with user interface features
US11107390B2 (en) 2018-12-21 2021-08-31 Johnson Controls Technology Company Display device with halo
US10802513B1 (en) * 2019-05-09 2020-10-13 Braeburn Systems Llc Comfort control system with hierarchical switching mechanisms
EP3955086A1 (en) * 2020-07-30 2022-02-16 Leedarson Lighting Co., Ltd. Rotary press control structure and smart radiator thermostat

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10712718B2 (en) 2020-07-14
US10436977B2 (en) 2019-10-08
WO2015089116A1 (en) 2015-06-18
US20150159904A1 (en) 2015-06-11
EP3080967B1 (en) 2021-10-13
US20150159901A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20200133214A1 (en) 2020-04-30
EP3080967A1 (en) 2016-10-19
CN106031129A (en) 2016-10-12
US10534331B2 (en) 2020-01-14
US20150163631A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20150159902A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20150159899A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US10649418B2 (en) 2020-05-12
CN113203168A (en) 2021-08-03
EP3961995A1 (en) 2022-03-02
US20150159900A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20150160633A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20150163945A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US20150159895A1 (en) 2015-06-11
US10768589B2 (en) 2020-09-08
US10591877B2 (en) 2020-03-17
US9587848B2 (en) 2017-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10768589B2 (en) Building automation system with geo-fencing
JP6524143B2 (en) Device, method, and related information processing for a home equipped with a smart sensor
US10175668B2 (en) Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system
US9952573B2 (en) Systems and methods for a graphical user interface of a controller for an energy-consuming system having spatially related discrete display elements
CN107103264B (en) Thermostat device
US11372530B2 (en) Using a wireless mobile device and photographic image of a building space to commission and operate devices servicing the building space
JP7122615B2 (en) Display control method and display control system
WO2020084838A1 (en) Information terminal and operation program for information terminal
WO2020084836A1 (en) Display control method and display control system
WO2020084837A1 (en) Information terminal and operation support program
WO2020084835A1 (en) Display control method and display control system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MARAK, PAVEL;BARTON, ERIC;SIGNING DATES FROM 20141202 TO 20141204;REEL/FRAME:036761/0833

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION